diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'pkg/mpv/patch')
4 files changed, 15378 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/pkg/mpv/patch/0001-Include-poll.h-instead-of-sys-poll.h.patch b/pkg/mpv/patch/0001-Include-poll.h-instead-of-sys-poll.h.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d466d1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/pkg/mpv/patch/0001-Include-poll.h-instead-of-sys-poll.h.patch @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +From 935018562e6fee649bb629a873d4c3beca3bc72e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 +From: Michael Forney <mforney@mforney.org> +Date: Sat, 2 Jul 2016 17:11:20 -0700 +Subject: [PATCH] Include poll.h instead of sys/poll.h + +--- + video/out/drm_common.c | 2 +- + video/out/vo_drm.c | 2 +- + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) + +diff --git a/video/out/drm_common.c b/video/out/drm_common.c +index 44e017e4b..3a9b2a4b3 100644 +--- a/video/out/drm_common.c ++++ b/video/out/drm_common.c +@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ + */ + + #include <errno.h> ++#include <poll.h> + #include <string.h> + #include <signal.h> + #include <sys/ioctl.h> +-#include <sys/poll.h> + #include <sys/stat.h> + #include <sys/vt.h> + #include <unistd.h> +diff --git a/video/out/vo_drm.c b/video/out/vo_drm.c +index 7e642e391..726d820ba 100644 +--- a/video/out/vo_drm.c ++++ b/video/out/vo_drm.c +@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ + #include <assert.h> + #include <errno.h> + #include <fcntl.h> ++#include <poll.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + #include <sys/mman.h> +-#include <sys/poll.h> + #include <unistd.h> + + #include <libswscale/swscale.h> +-- +2.11.0 + diff --git a/pkg/mpv/patch/0002-Add-generated-ebml-sources.patch b/pkg/mpv/patch/0002-Add-generated-ebml-sources.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb3be12e --- /dev/null +++ b/pkg/mpv/patch/0002-Add-generated-ebml-sources.patch @@ -0,0 +1,1147 @@ +From 79a9af59e6865a39214f628186fd768165fa2329 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 +From: Michael Forney <mforney@mforney.org> +Date: Sat, 2 Jul 2016 17:32:27 -0700 +Subject: [PATCH] Add generated ebml sources + +These require perl to generate. + +$ perl TOOLS/matroska.pl --generate-header demux/ebml.c demux/demux_mkv.c > demux/ebml_types.h +$ perl TOOLS/matroska.pl --generate-definitions demux/ebml.c > demux/ebml_defs.c +--- + demux/ebml_defs.c | 529 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + demux/ebml_types.h | 587 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + 2 files changed, 1116 insertions(+) + create mode 100644 demux/ebml_defs.c + create mode 100644 demux/ebml_types.h + +diff --git a/demux/ebml_defs.c b/demux/ebml_defs.c +new file mode 100644 +index 000000000..3fcbf8a5b +--- /dev/null ++++ b/demux/ebml_defs.c +@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ ++/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */ ++ ++ ++E("EBMLVersion", ebml_version, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EBMLReadVersion", ebml_read_version, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EBMLMaxIDLength", ebml_max_id_length, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EBMLMaxSizeLength", ebml_max_size_length, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DocType", doc_type, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("DocTypeVersion", doc_type_version, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DocTypeReadVersion", doc_type_read_version, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N ebml ++E_S("EBML", 7) ++F(EBML_ID_DOCTYPE, doc_type, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_DOCTYPEREADVERSION, doc_type_read_version, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_DOCTYPEVERSION, doc_type_version, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_EBMLMAXIDLENGTH, ebml_max_id_length, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_EBMLMAXSIZELENGTH, ebml_max_size_length, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_EBMLREADVERSION, ebml_read_version, 0) ++F(EBML_ID_EBMLVERSION, ebml_version, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("CRC32", crc32, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("Void", void, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("SeekID", seek_id, EBML_TYPE_EBML_ID) ++ ++E("SeekPosition", seek_position, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N seek ++E_S("Seek", 2) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEEKID, seek_id, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEEKPOSITION, seek_position, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N seek_head ++E_S("SeekHead", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEEK, seek, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("SegmentUID", segment_uid, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("PrevUID", prev_uid, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("NextUID", next_uid, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("TimecodeScale", timecode_scale, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DateUTC", date_utc, EBML_TYPE_SINT) ++ ++E("Title", title, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("MuxingApp", muxing_app, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("WritingApp", writing_app, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("Duration", duration, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++#define N info ++E_S("Info", 9) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DATEUTC, date_utc, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DURATION, duration, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MUXINGAPP, muxing_app, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_NEXTUID, next_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PREVUID, prev_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEGMENTUID, segment_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TIMECODESCALE, timecode_scale, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TITLE, title, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_WRITINGAPP, writing_app, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("Timecode", timecode, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("Block", block, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("BlockDuration", block_duration, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ReferenceBlock", reference_block, EBML_TYPE_SINT) ++ ++E("DiscardPadding", discard_padding, EBML_TYPE_SINT) ++ ++#define N block_group ++E_S("BlockGroup", 4) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_BLOCK, block, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_BLOCKDURATION, block_duration, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DISCARDPADDING, discard_padding, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_REFERENCEBLOCK, reference_block, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("SimpleBlock", simple_block, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++#define N cluster ++E_S("Cluster", 3) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_BLOCKGROUP, block_group, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SIMPLEBLOCK, simple_block, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TIMECODE, timecode, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("TrackNumber", track_number, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TrackUID", track_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TrackType", track_type, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FlagEnabled", flag_enabled, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FlagDefault", flag_default, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FlagForced", flag_forced, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FlagLacing", flag_lacing, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("MinCache", min_cache, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("MaxCache", max_cache, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DefaultDuration", default_duration, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TrackTimecodeScale", track_timecode_scale, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("MaxBlockAdditionID", max_block_addition_id, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("Name", name, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("Language", language, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("CodecID", codec_id, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("CodecPrivate", codec_private, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("CodecName", codec_name, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("CodecDecodeAll", codec_decode_all, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CodecDelay", codec_delay, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("SeekPreRoll", seek_pre_roll, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FlagInterlaced", flag_interlaced, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("PixelWidth", pixel_width, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("PixelHeight", pixel_height, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DisplayWidth", display_width, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DisplayHeight", display_height, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("DisplayUnit", display_unit, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("FrameRate", frame_rate, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("ColourSpace", colour_space, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("StereoMode", stereo_mode, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("MatrixCoefficients", matrix_coefficients, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("BitsPerChannel", bits_per_channel, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChromaSubsamplingHorz", chroma_subsampling_horz, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChromaSubsamplingVert", chroma_subsampling_vert, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CbSubsamplingHorz", cb_subsampling_horz, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CbSubsamplingVert", cb_subsampling_vert, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChromaSitingHorz", chroma_siting_horz, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChromaSitingVert", chroma_siting_vert, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("Range", range, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TransferCharacteristics", transfer_characteristics, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("Primaries", primaries, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("MaxCLL", max_cll, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("MaxFALL", max_fall, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("PrimaryRChromaticityX", primary_r_chromaticity_x, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("PrimaryRChromaticityY", primary_r_chromaticity_y, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("PrimaryGChromaticityX", primary_g_chromaticity_x, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("PrimaryGChromaticityY", primary_g_chromaticity_y, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("PrimaryBChromaticityX", primary_b_chromaticity_x, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("PrimaryBChromaticityY", primary_b_chromaticity_y, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("WhitePointChromaticityX", white_point_chromaticity_x, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("WhitePointChromaticityY", white_point_chromaticity_y, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("LuminanceMax", luminance_max, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("LuminanceMin", luminance_min, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++#define N mastering_metadata ++E_S("MasteringMetadata", 10) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_LUMINANCEMAX, luminance_max, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_LUMINANCEMIN, luminance_min, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYBCHROMATICITYX, primary_b_chromaticity_x, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYBCHROMATICITYY, primary_b_chromaticity_y, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYGCHROMATICITYX, primary_g_chromaticity_x, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYGCHROMATICITYY, primary_g_chromaticity_y, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYRCHROMATICITYX, primary_r_chromaticity_x, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYRCHROMATICITYY, primary_r_chromaticity_y, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_WHITEPOINTCHROMATICITYX, white_point_chromaticity_x, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_WHITEPOINTCHROMATICITYY, white_point_chromaticity_y, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N colour ++E_S("Colour", 14) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_BITSPERCHANNEL, bits_per_channel, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CBSUBSAMPLINGHORZ, cb_subsampling_horz, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CBSUBSAMPLINGVERT, cb_subsampling_vert, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASITINGHORZ, chroma_siting_horz, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASITINGVERT, chroma_siting_vert, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASUBSAMPLINGHORZ, chroma_subsampling_horz, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASUBSAMPLINGVERT, chroma_subsampling_vert, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MASTERINGMETADATA, mastering_metadata, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MATRIXCOEFFICIENTS, matrix_coefficients, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MAXCLL, max_cll, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MAXFALL, max_fall, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARIES, primaries, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_RANGE, range, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRANSFERCHARACTERISTICS, transfer_characteristics, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N video ++E_S("Video", 10) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_COLOUR, colour, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_COLOURSPACE, colour_space, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYHEIGHT, display_height, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYUNIT, display_unit, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYWIDTH, display_width, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FLAGINTERLACED, flag_interlaced, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FRAMERATE, frame_rate, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PIXELHEIGHT, pixel_height, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_PIXELWIDTH, pixel_width, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_STEREOMODE, stereo_mode, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("SamplingFrequency", sampling_frequency, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("OutputSamplingFrequency", output_sampling_frequency, EBML_TYPE_FLOAT) ++ ++E("Channels", channels, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("BitDepth", bit_depth, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N audio ++E_S("Audio", 4) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_BITDEPTH, bit_depth, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHANNELS, channels, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_OUTPUTSAMPLINGFREQUENCY, output_sampling_frequency, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SAMPLINGFREQUENCY, sampling_frequency, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("ContentEncodingOrder", content_encoding_order, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ContentEncodingScope", content_encoding_scope, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ContentEncodingType", content_encoding_type, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ContentCompAlgo", content_comp_algo, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ContentCompSettings", content_comp_settings, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++#define N content_compression ++E_S("ContentCompression", 2) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPALGO, content_comp_algo, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPSETTINGS, content_comp_settings, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N content_encoding ++E_S("ContentEncoding", 4) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPRESSION, content_compression, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGORDER, content_encoding_order, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGSCOPE, content_encoding_scope, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGTYPE, content_encoding_type, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N content_encodings ++E_S("ContentEncodings", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODING, content_encoding, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N track_entry ++E_S("TrackEntry", 23) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_AUDIO, audio, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CODECDECODEALL, codec_decode_all, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CODECDELAY, codec_delay, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CODECID, codec_id, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CODECNAME, codec_name, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CODECPRIVATE, codec_private, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGS, content_encodings, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_DEFAULTDURATION, default_duration, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FLAGDEFAULT, flag_default, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FLAGENABLED, flag_enabled, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FLAGFORCED, flag_forced, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FLAGLACING, flag_lacing, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_LANGUAGE, language, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MAXBLOCKADDITIONID, max_block_addition_id, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MAXCACHE, max_cache, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_MINCACHE, min_cache, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_NAME, name, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEEKPREROLL, seek_pre_roll, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKNUMBER, track_number, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKTIMECODESCALE, track_timecode_scale, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKTYPE, track_type, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKUID, track_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_VIDEO, video, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N tracks ++E_S("Tracks", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKENTRY, track_entry, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("CueTime", cue_time, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CueTrack", cue_track, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CueClusterPosition", cue_cluster_position, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CueRelativePosition", cue_relative_position, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("CueDuration", cue_duration, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N cue_track_positions ++E_S("CueTrackPositions", 4) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUECLUSTERPOSITION, cue_cluster_position, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUEDURATION, cue_duration, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUERELATIVEPOSITION, cue_relative_position, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUETRACK, cue_track, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N cue_point ++E_S("CuePoint", 2) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUETIME, cue_time, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUETRACKPOSITIONS, cue_track_positions, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N cues ++E_S("Cues", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUEPOINT, cue_point, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("FileDescription", file_description, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("FileName", file_name, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("FileMimeType", file_mime_type, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("FileData", file_data, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("FileUID", file_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N attached_file ++E_S("AttachedFile", 5) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FILEDATA, file_data, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FILEDESCRIPTION, file_description, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FILEMIMETYPE, file_mime_type, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FILENAME, file_name, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_FILEUID, file_uid, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N attachments ++E_S("Attachments", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_ATTACHEDFILE, attached_file, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("EditionUID", edition_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EditionFlagHidden", edition_flag_hidden, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EditionFlagDefault", edition_flag_default, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("EditionFlagOrdered", edition_flag_ordered, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterUID", chapter_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterTimeStart", chapter_time_start, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterTimeEnd", chapter_time_end, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterFlagHidden", chapter_flag_hidden, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterFlagEnabled", chapter_flag_enabled, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapterSegmentUID", chapter_segment_uid, EBML_TYPE_BINARY) ++ ++E("ChapterSegmentEditionUID", chapter_segment_edition_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("ChapString", chap_string, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("ChapLanguage", chap_language, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("ChapCountry", chap_country, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++#define N chapter_display ++E_S("ChapterDisplay", 3) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPCOUNTRY, chap_country, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPLANGUAGE, chap_language, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPSTRING, chap_string, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N chapter_atom ++E_S("ChapterAtom", 8) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERDISPLAY, chapter_display, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERFLAGENABLED, chapter_flag_enabled, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERFLAGHIDDEN, chapter_flag_hidden, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTEDITIONUID, chapter_segment_edition_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTUID, chapter_segment_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERTIMEEND, chapter_time_end, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERTIMESTART, chapter_time_start, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERUID, chapter_uid, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N edition_entry ++E_S("EditionEntry", 5) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERATOM, chapter_atom, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGDEFAULT, edition_flag_default, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGHIDDEN, edition_flag_hidden, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGORDERED, edition_flag_ordered, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONUID, edition_uid, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N chapters ++E_S("Chapters", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONENTRY, edition_entry, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("TargetTypeValue", target_type_value, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TargetTrackUID", target_track_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TargetEditionUID", target_edition_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TargetChapterUID", target_chapter_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++E("TargetAttachmentUID", target_attachment_uid, EBML_TYPE_UINT) ++ ++#define N targets ++E_S("Targets", 5) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETATTACHMENTUID, target_attachment_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETCHAPTERUID, target_chapter_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETEDITIONUID, target_edition_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETTRACKUID, target_track_uid, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETTYPEVALUE, target_type_value, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++E("TagName", tag_name, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("TagLanguage", tag_language, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++E("TagString", tag_string, EBML_TYPE_STR) ++ ++#define N simple_tag ++E_S("SimpleTag", 3) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TAGLANGUAGE, tag_language, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TAGNAME, tag_name, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TAGSTRING, tag_string, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N tag ++E_S("Tag", 2) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SIMPLETAG, simple_tag, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TARGETS, targets, 0) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N tags ++E_S("Tags", 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TAG, tag, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N ++ ++#define N segment ++E_S("Segment", 8) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_ATTACHMENTS, attachments, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERS, chapters, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CLUSTER, cluster, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_CUES, cues, 0) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_INFO, info, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_SEEKHEAD, seek_head, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TAGS, tags, 1) ++F(MATROSKA_ID_TRACKS, tracks, 1) ++}}; ++#undef N +diff --git a/demux/ebml_types.h b/demux/ebml_types.h +new file mode 100644 +index 000000000..4c61d77a0 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/demux/ebml_types.h +@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@ ++/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */ ++ ++#define EBML_ID_EBMLVERSION 0x4286 ++#define EBML_ID_EBMLREADVERSION 0x42f7 ++#define EBML_ID_EBMLMAXIDLENGTH 0x42f2 ++#define EBML_ID_EBMLMAXSIZELENGTH 0x42f3 ++#define EBML_ID_DOCTYPE 0x4282 ++#define EBML_ID_DOCTYPEVERSION 0x4287 ++#define EBML_ID_DOCTYPEREADVERSION 0x4285 ++#define EBML_ID_EBML 0x1a45dfa3 ++#define EBML_ID_CRC32 0xbf ++#define EBML_ID_VOID 0xec ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEEKID 0x53ab ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEEKPOSITION 0x53ac ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEEK 0x4dbb ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEEKHEAD 0x114d9b74 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEGMENTUID 0x73a4 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PREVUID 0x3cb923 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_NEXTUID 0x3eb923 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TIMECODESCALE 0x2ad7b1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DATEUTC 0x4461 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TITLE 0x7ba9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MUXINGAPP 0x4d80 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_WRITINGAPP 0x5741 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DURATION 0x4489 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_INFO 0x1549a966 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TIMECODE 0xe7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_BLOCK 0xa1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_BLOCKDURATION 0x9b ++#define MATROSKA_ID_REFERENCEBLOCK 0xfb ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DISCARDPADDING 0x75A2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_BLOCKGROUP 0xa0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SIMPLEBLOCK 0xa3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CLUSTER 0x1f43b675 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKNUMBER 0xd7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKUID 0x73c5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKTYPE 0x83 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FLAGENABLED 0xb9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FLAGDEFAULT 0x88 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FLAGFORCED 0x55aa ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FLAGLACING 0x9c ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MINCACHE 0x6de7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MAXCACHE 0x6df8 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DEFAULTDURATION 0x23e383 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKTIMECODESCALE 0x23314f ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MAXBLOCKADDITIONID 0x55ee ++#define MATROSKA_ID_NAME 0x536e ++#define MATROSKA_ID_LANGUAGE 0x22b59c ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CODECID 0x86 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CODECPRIVATE 0x63a2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CODECNAME 0x258688 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CODECDECODEALL 0xaa ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CODECDELAY 0x56AA ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEEKPREROLL 0x56BB ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FLAGINTERLACED 0x9a ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PIXELWIDTH 0xb0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PIXELHEIGHT 0xba ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYWIDTH 0x54b0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYHEIGHT 0x54ba ++#define MATROSKA_ID_DISPLAYUNIT 0x54b2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FRAMERATE 0x2383e3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_COLOURSPACE 0x2eb524 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_STEREOMODE 0x53b8 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MATRIXCOEFFICIENTS 0x55B1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_BITSPERCHANNEL 0x55B2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASUBSAMPLINGHORZ 0x55B3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASUBSAMPLINGVERT 0x55B4 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CBSUBSAMPLINGHORZ 0x55B5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CBSUBSAMPLINGVERT 0x55B6 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASITINGHORZ 0x55B7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHROMASITINGVERT 0x55B8 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_RANGE 0x55B9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRANSFERCHARACTERISTICS 0x55BA ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARIES 0x55BB ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MAXCLL 0x55BC ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MAXFALL 0x55BD ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYRCHROMATICITYX 0x55D1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYRCHROMATICITYY 0x55D2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYGCHROMATICITYX 0x55D3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYGCHROMATICITYY 0x55D4 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYBCHROMATICITYX 0x55D5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_PRIMARYBCHROMATICITYY 0x55D6 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_WHITEPOINTCHROMATICITYX 0x55D7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_WHITEPOINTCHROMATICITYY 0x55D8 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_LUMINANCEMAX 0x55D9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_LUMINANCEMIN 0x55DA ++#define MATROSKA_ID_MASTERINGMETADATA 0x55D0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_COLOUR 0x55B0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_VIDEO 0xe0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SAMPLINGFREQUENCY 0xb5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_OUTPUTSAMPLINGFREQUENCY 0x78b5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHANNELS 0x9f ++#define MATROSKA_ID_BITDEPTH 0x6264 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_AUDIO 0xe1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGORDER 0x5031 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGSCOPE 0x5032 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGTYPE 0x5033 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPALGO 0x4254 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPSETTINGS 0x4255 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTCOMPRESSION 0x5034 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODING 0x6240 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CONTENTENCODINGS 0x6d80 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKENTRY 0xae ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TRACKS 0x1654ae6b ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUETIME 0xb3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUETRACK 0xf7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUECLUSTERPOSITION 0xf1 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUERELATIVEPOSITION 0xf0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUEDURATION 0xb2 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUETRACKPOSITIONS 0xb7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUEPOINT 0xbb ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CUES 0x1c53bb6b ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FILEDESCRIPTION 0x467e ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FILENAME 0x466e ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FILEMIMETYPE 0x4660 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FILEDATA 0x465c ++#define MATROSKA_ID_FILEUID 0x46ae ++#define MATROSKA_ID_ATTACHEDFILE 0x61a7 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_ATTACHMENTS 0x1941a469 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONUID 0x45bc ++#define MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGHIDDEN 0x45bd ++#define MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGDEFAULT 0x45db ++#define MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONFLAGORDERED 0x45dd ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERUID 0x73c4 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERTIMESTART 0x91 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERTIMEEND 0x92 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERFLAGHIDDEN 0x98 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERFLAGENABLED 0x4598 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTUID 0x6e67 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTEDITIONUID 0x6ebc ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPSTRING 0x85 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPLANGUAGE 0x437c ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPCOUNTRY 0x437e ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERDISPLAY 0x80 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERATOM 0xb6 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_EDITIONENTRY 0x45b9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_CHAPTERS 0x1043a770 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETTYPEVALUE 0x68ca ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETTRACKUID 0x63c5 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETEDITIONUID 0x63c9 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETCHAPTERUID 0x63c4 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETATTACHMENTUID 0x63c6 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TARGETS 0x63c0 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TAGNAME 0x45a3 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TAGLANGUAGE 0x447a ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TAGSTRING 0x4487 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SIMPLETAG 0x67c8 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TAG 0x7373 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_TAGS 0x1254c367 ++#define MATROSKA_ID_SEGMENT 0x18538067 ++ ++ ++struct ebml_ebml { ++ char * doc_type; ++ uint64_t doc_type_read_version; ++ uint64_t doc_type_version; ++ uint64_t ebml_max_id_length; ++ uint64_t ebml_max_size_length; ++ uint64_t ebml_read_version; ++ uint64_t ebml_version; ++ ++ int n_ebml_version; ++ int n_ebml_max_id_length; ++ int n_ebml_max_size_length; ++ int n_doc_type; ++ int n_doc_type_version; ++ int n_doc_type_read_version; ++ int n_ebml_read_version; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_seek { ++ uint32_t seek_id; ++ uint64_t seek_position; ++ ++ int n_seek_position; ++ int n_seek_id; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_seek_head { ++ struct ebml_seek *seek; ++ ++ int n_seek; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_info { ++ int64_t date_utc; ++ double duration; ++ char * muxing_app; ++ struct bstr next_uid; ++ struct bstr prev_uid; ++ struct bstr segment_uid; ++ uint64_t timecode_scale; ++ char * title; ++ char * writing_app; ++ ++ int n_segment_uid; ++ int n_prev_uid; ++ int n_next_uid; ++ int n_timecode_scale; ++ int n_date_utc; ++ int n_title; ++ int n_muxing_app; ++ int n_writing_app; ++ int n_duration; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_block_group { ++ struct bstr block; ++ uint64_t block_duration; ++ int64_t discard_padding; ++ int64_t *reference_block; ++ ++ int n_block; ++ int n_block_duration; ++ int n_reference_block; ++ int n_discard_padding; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_cluster { ++ struct ebml_block_group *block_group; ++ struct bstr *simple_block; ++ uint64_t timecode; ++ ++ int n_timecode; ++ int n_block_group; ++ int n_simple_block; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_mastering_metadata { ++ double luminance_max; ++ double luminance_min; ++ double primary_b_chromaticity_x; ++ double primary_b_chromaticity_y; ++ double primary_g_chromaticity_x; ++ double primary_g_chromaticity_y; ++ double primary_r_chromaticity_x; ++ double primary_r_chromaticity_y; ++ double white_point_chromaticity_x; ++ double white_point_chromaticity_y; ++ ++ int n_primary_r_chromaticity_x; ++ int n_primary_r_chromaticity_y; ++ int n_primary_g_chromaticity_x; ++ int n_primary_g_chromaticity_y; ++ int n_primary_b_chromaticity_x; ++ int n_primary_b_chromaticity_y; ++ int n_white_point_chromaticity_x; ++ int n_white_point_chromaticity_y; ++ int n_luminance_max; ++ int n_luminance_min; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_colour { ++ uint64_t bits_per_channel; ++ uint64_t cb_subsampling_horz; ++ uint64_t cb_subsampling_vert; ++ uint64_t chroma_siting_horz; ++ uint64_t chroma_siting_vert; ++ uint64_t chroma_subsampling_horz; ++ uint64_t chroma_subsampling_vert; ++ struct ebml_mastering_metadata mastering_metadata; ++ uint64_t matrix_coefficients; ++ uint64_t max_cll; ++ uint64_t max_fall; ++ uint64_t primaries; ++ uint64_t range; ++ uint64_t transfer_characteristics; ++ ++ int n_matrix_coefficients; ++ int n_bits_per_channel; ++ int n_chroma_subsampling_horz; ++ int n_chroma_subsampling_vert; ++ int n_cb_subsampling_horz; ++ int n_cb_subsampling_vert; ++ int n_chroma_siting_horz; ++ int n_chroma_siting_vert; ++ int n_range; ++ int n_transfer_characteristics; ++ int n_primaries; ++ int n_max_cll; ++ int n_max_fall; ++ int n_mastering_metadata; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_video { ++ struct ebml_colour colour; ++ struct bstr colour_space; ++ uint64_t display_height; ++ uint64_t display_unit; ++ uint64_t display_width; ++ uint64_t flag_interlaced; ++ double frame_rate; ++ uint64_t pixel_height; ++ uint64_t pixel_width; ++ uint64_t stereo_mode; ++ ++ int n_flag_interlaced; ++ int n_pixel_width; ++ int n_pixel_height; ++ int n_display_width; ++ int n_display_height; ++ int n_display_unit; ++ int n_frame_rate; ++ int n_colour_space; ++ int n_stereo_mode; ++ int n_colour; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_audio { ++ uint64_t bit_depth; ++ uint64_t channels; ++ double output_sampling_frequency; ++ double sampling_frequency; ++ ++ int n_sampling_frequency; ++ int n_output_sampling_frequency; ++ int n_channels; ++ int n_bit_depth; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_content_compression { ++ uint64_t content_comp_algo; ++ struct bstr content_comp_settings; ++ ++ int n_content_comp_algo; ++ int n_content_comp_settings; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_content_encoding { ++ struct ebml_content_compression content_compression; ++ uint64_t content_encoding_order; ++ uint64_t content_encoding_scope; ++ uint64_t content_encoding_type; ++ ++ int n_content_encoding_order; ++ int n_content_encoding_scope; ++ int n_content_encoding_type; ++ int n_content_compression; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_content_encodings { ++ struct ebml_content_encoding *content_encoding; ++ ++ int n_content_encoding; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_track_entry { ++ struct ebml_audio audio; ++ uint64_t codec_decode_all; ++ uint64_t codec_delay; ++ char * codec_id; ++ char * codec_name; ++ struct bstr codec_private; ++ struct ebml_content_encodings content_encodings; ++ uint64_t default_duration; ++ uint64_t flag_default; ++ uint64_t flag_enabled; ++ uint64_t flag_forced; ++ uint64_t flag_lacing; ++ char * language; ++ uint64_t max_block_addition_id; ++ uint64_t max_cache; ++ uint64_t min_cache; ++ char * name; ++ uint64_t seek_pre_roll; ++ uint64_t track_number; ++ double track_timecode_scale; ++ uint64_t track_type; ++ uint64_t track_uid; ++ struct ebml_video video; ++ ++ int n_track_number; ++ int n_track_uid; ++ int n_track_type; ++ int n_flag_enabled; ++ int n_flag_default; ++ int n_flag_forced; ++ int n_flag_lacing; ++ int n_min_cache; ++ int n_max_cache; ++ int n_default_duration; ++ int n_track_timecode_scale; ++ int n_max_block_addition_id; ++ int n_name; ++ int n_language; ++ int n_codec_id; ++ int n_codec_private; ++ int n_codec_name; ++ int n_codec_decode_all; ++ int n_codec_delay; ++ int n_seek_pre_roll; ++ int n_video; ++ int n_audio; ++ int n_content_encodings; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_tracks { ++ struct ebml_track_entry *track_entry; ++ ++ int n_track_entry; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_cue_track_positions { ++ uint64_t cue_cluster_position; ++ uint64_t cue_duration; ++ uint64_t cue_relative_position; ++ uint64_t cue_track; ++ ++ int n_cue_track; ++ int n_cue_cluster_position; ++ int n_cue_relative_position; ++ int n_cue_duration; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_cue_point { ++ uint64_t cue_time; ++ struct ebml_cue_track_positions *cue_track_positions; ++ ++ int n_cue_time; ++ int n_cue_track_positions; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_cues { ++ struct ebml_cue_point *cue_point; ++ ++ int n_cue_point; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_attached_file { ++ struct bstr file_data; ++ char * file_description; ++ char * file_mime_type; ++ char * file_name; ++ uint64_t file_uid; ++ ++ int n_file_description; ++ int n_file_name; ++ int n_file_mime_type; ++ int n_file_data; ++ int n_file_uid; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_attachments { ++ struct ebml_attached_file *attached_file; ++ ++ int n_attached_file; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_chapter_display { ++ char * *chap_country; ++ char * *chap_language; ++ char * chap_string; ++ ++ int n_chap_string; ++ int n_chap_language; ++ int n_chap_country; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_chapter_atom { ++ struct ebml_chapter_display *chapter_display; ++ uint64_t chapter_flag_enabled; ++ uint64_t chapter_flag_hidden; ++ uint64_t chapter_segment_edition_uid; ++ struct bstr chapter_segment_uid; ++ uint64_t chapter_time_end; ++ uint64_t chapter_time_start; ++ uint64_t chapter_uid; ++ ++ int n_chapter_uid; ++ int n_chapter_time_start; ++ int n_chapter_time_end; ++ int n_chapter_flag_hidden; ++ int n_chapter_flag_enabled; ++ int n_chapter_segment_uid; ++ int n_chapter_segment_edition_uid; ++ int n_chapter_display; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_edition_entry { ++ struct ebml_chapter_atom *chapter_atom; ++ uint64_t edition_flag_default; ++ uint64_t edition_flag_hidden; ++ uint64_t edition_flag_ordered; ++ uint64_t edition_uid; ++ ++ int n_edition_uid; ++ int n_edition_flag_hidden; ++ int n_edition_flag_default; ++ int n_edition_flag_ordered; ++ int n_chapter_atom; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_chapters { ++ struct ebml_edition_entry *edition_entry; ++ ++ int n_edition_entry; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_targets { ++ uint64_t target_attachment_uid; ++ uint64_t target_chapter_uid; ++ uint64_t target_edition_uid; ++ uint64_t target_track_uid; ++ uint64_t target_type_value; ++ ++ int n_target_type_value; ++ int n_target_track_uid; ++ int n_target_edition_uid; ++ int n_target_chapter_uid; ++ int n_target_attachment_uid; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_simple_tag { ++ char * tag_language; ++ char * tag_name; ++ char * tag_string; ++ ++ int n_tag_name; ++ int n_tag_language; ++ int n_tag_string; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_tag { ++ struct ebml_simple_tag *simple_tag; ++ struct ebml_targets targets; ++ ++ int n_targets; ++ int n_simple_tag; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_tags { ++ struct ebml_tag *tag; ++ ++ int n_tag; ++}; ++ ++struct ebml_segment { ++ struct ebml_attachments attachments; ++ struct ebml_chapters chapters; ++ struct ebml_cluster *cluster; ++ struct ebml_cues cues; ++ struct ebml_info *info; ++ struct ebml_seek_head *seek_head; ++ struct ebml_tags *tags; ++ struct ebml_tracks *tracks; ++ ++ int n_seek_head; ++ int n_info; ++ int n_cluster; ++ int n_tracks; ++ int n_cues; ++ int n_attachments; ++ int n_chapters; ++ int n_tags; ++}; ++ ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_ebml_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_seek_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_seek_head_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_info_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_block_group_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_cluster_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_mastering_metadata_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_colour_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_video_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_audio_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_content_compression_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_content_encoding_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_content_encodings_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_track_entry_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_tracks_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_cue_track_positions_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_cue_point_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_cues_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_attached_file_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_attachments_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_chapter_display_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_chapter_atom_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_edition_entry_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_chapters_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_targets_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_simple_tag_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_tag_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_tags_desc; ++extern const struct ebml_elem_desc ebml_segment_desc; ++ ++#define MAX_EBML_SUBELEMENTS 23 +-- +2.11.0 + diff --git a/pkg/mpv/patch/0003-Add-generated-man-page.patch b/pkg/mpv/patch/0003-Add-generated-man-page.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c95cc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/pkg/mpv/patch/0003-Add-generated-man-page.patch @@ -0,0 +1,14159 @@ +From 85c80cb0f48c4d51dd5192b79c543a4b8fd863ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 +From: Michael Forney <mforney@mforney.org> +Date: Sat, 2 Jul 2016 21:08:15 -0700 +Subject: [PATCH] Add generated man page + +This requires python and rst2man to generate. + +$ rst2man.py DOCS/man/mpv.rst DOCS/man/mpv.1 +--- + DOCS/man/mpv.1 | 14137 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + 1 file changed, 14137 insertions(+) + create mode 100644 DOCS/man/mpv.1 + +diff --git a/DOCS/man/mpv.1 b/DOCS/man/mpv.1 +new file mode 100644 +index 000000000..c411fc606 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/DOCS/man/mpv.1 +@@ -0,0 +1,14137 @@ ++.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText. ++. ++.TH MPV 1 "" "" "multimedia" ++.SH NAME ++mpv \- a media player ++. ++.nr rst2man-indent-level 0 ++. ++.de1 rstReportMargin ++\\$1 \\n[an-margin] ++level \\n[rst2man-indent-level] ++level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] ++- ++\\n[rst2man-indent0] ++\\n[rst2man-indent1] ++\\n[rst2man-indent2] ++.. ++.de1 INDENT ++.\" .rstReportMargin pre: ++. RS \\$1 ++. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin] ++. nr rst2man-indent-level +1 ++.\" .rstReportMargin post: ++.. ++.de UNINDENT ++. RE ++.\" indent \\n[an-margin] ++.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] ++.nr rst2man-indent-level -1 ++.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] ++.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u ++.. ++.SH SYNOPSIS ++.nf ++\fBmpv\fP [options] [file|URL|PLAYLIST|\-] ++\fBmpv\fP [options] files ++.fi ++.sp ++.SH DESCRIPTION ++.sp ++\fBmpv\fP is a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video ++file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types. Special input URL ++types are available to read input from a variety of sources other than disk ++files. Depending on platform, a variety of different video and audio output ++methods are supported. ++.sp ++Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man ++page. ++.SH INTERACTIVE CONTROL ++.sp ++mpv has a fully configurable, command\-driven control layer which allows you ++to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, or remote control (there is no ++LIRC support \- configure remotes as input devices instead). ++.sp ++See the \fB\-\-input\-\fP options for ways to customize it. ++.sp ++The following listings are not necessarily complete. See \fBetc/input.conf\fP for ++a list of default bindings. User \fBinput.conf\fP files and Lua scripts can ++define additional key bindings. ++.SS Keyboard Control ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B LEFT and RIGHT ++Seek backward/forward 5 seconds. Shift+arrow does a 1 second exact seek ++(see \fB\-\-hr\-seek\fP). ++.TP ++.B UP and DOWN ++Seek forward/backward 1 minute. Shift+arrow does a 5 second exact seek (see ++\fB\-\-hr\-seek\fP). ++.TP ++.B Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT ++Seek to the previous/next subtitle. Subject to some restrictions and ++might not always work; see \fBsub\-seek\fP command. ++.TP ++.B [ and ] ++Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%. ++.TP ++.B { and } ++Halve/double current playback speed. ++.TP ++.B BACKSPACE ++Reset playback speed to normal. ++.TP ++.B < and > ++Go backward/forward in the playlist. ++.TP ++.B ENTER ++Go forward in the playlist. ++.TP ++.B p / SPACE ++Pause (pressing again unpauses). ++.TP ++.B \&. ++Step forward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will ++play one frame and then go into pause mode again. ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B , ++Step backward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will ++play one frame in reverse and then go into pause mode again. ++.TP ++.B q ++Stop playing and quit. ++.TP ++.B Q ++Like \fBq\fP, but store the current playback position. Playing the same file ++later will resume at the old playback position if possible. ++.TP ++.B / and * ++Decrease/increase volume. ++.TP ++.B 9 and 0 ++Decrease/increase volume. ++.TP ++.B m ++Mute sound. ++.TP ++.B _ ++Cycle through the available video tracks. ++.TP ++.B # ++Cycle through the available audio tracks. ++.TP ++.B f ++Toggle fullscreen (see also \fB\-\-fs\fP). ++.TP ++.B ESC ++Exit fullscreen mode. ++.TP ++.B T ++Toggle stay\-on\-top (see also \fB\-\-ontop\fP). ++.TP ++.B w and e ++Decrease/increase pan\-and\-scan range. ++.TP ++.B o (also P) ++Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD. ++.TP ++.B O ++Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration. ++.TP ++.B v ++Toggle subtitle visibility. ++.TP ++.B j and J ++Cycle through the available subtitles. ++.TP ++.B x and z ++Adjust subtitle delay by +/\- 0.1 seconds. ++.TP ++.B l ++Set/clear A\-B loop points. See \fBab\-loop\fP command for details. ++.TP ++.B L ++Toggle infinite looping. ++.TP ++.B Ctrl + and Ctrl \- ++Adjust audio delay by +/\- 0.1 seconds. ++.TP ++.B u ++Switch between applying no style overrides to SSA/ASS subtitles, and ++overriding them almost completely with the normal subtitle style. See ++\fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override\fP for more info. ++.TP ++.B V ++Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See ++\fB\-\-sub\-ass\-vsfilter\-aspect\-compat\fP for more info. ++.TP ++.B r and t ++Move subtitles up/down. ++.TP ++.B s ++Take a screenshot. ++.TP ++.B S ++Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO ++driver support.) ++.TP ++.B Ctrl s ++Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled ++video). ++.TP ++.B I ++Show filename on the OSD. ++.TP ++.B PGUP and PGDWN ++Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases, ++"previous" will actually go to the beginning of the current chapter; see ++\fB\-\-chapter\-seek\-threshold\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN ++Seek backward or forward by 10 minutes. (This used to be mapped to ++PGUP/PGDWN without Shift.) ++.TP ++.B d ++Activate/deactivate deinterlacer. ++.TP ++.B A ++Cycle aspect ratio override. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(The following keys are valid only when using a video output that supports the ++corresponding adjustment, or the software equalizer (\fB\-\-vf=eq\fP).) ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B 1 and 2 ++Adjust contrast. ++.TP ++.B 3 and 4 ++Adjust brightness. ++.TP ++.B 5 and 6 ++Adjust gamma. ++.TP ++.B 7 and 8 ++Adjust saturation. ++.TP ++.B Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX) ++Resize video window to half its original size. ++.TP ++.B Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX) ++Resize video window to its original size. ++.TP ++.B Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX) ++Resize video window to double its original size. ++.TP ++.B command + f (OSX only) ++Toggle fullscreen (see also \fB\-\-fs\fP). ++.TP ++.B command + [ and command + ] (OSX only) ++Set video window alpha. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.) ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B PAUSE ++Pause. ++.TP ++.B STOP ++Stop playing and quit. ++.TP ++.B PREVIOUS and NEXT ++Seek backward/forward 1 minute. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input ++support.) ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B h and k ++Select previous/next tv\-channel. ++.TP ++.B H and K ++Select previous/next dvb\-channel. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Mouse Control ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B button 3 and button 4 ++Seek backward/forward 1 minute. ++.TP ++.B button 5 and button 6 ++Decrease/increase volume. ++.UNINDENT ++.SH USAGE ++.sp ++Every \fIflag\fP option has a \fIno\-flag\fP counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the ++\fB\-\-fs\fP option is \fB\-\-no\-fs\fP\&. \fB\-\-fs=yes\fP is same as \fB\-\-fs\fP, \fB\-\-fs=no\fP ++is the same as \fB\-\-no\-fs\fP\&. ++.sp ++If an option is marked as \fI(XXX only)\fP, it will only work in combination with ++the \fIXXX\fP option or if \fIXXX\fP is compiled in. ++.SS Escaping spaces and other special characters ++.sp ++Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you ++pass to mpv. For example, you might need to quote or escape options and ++filenames: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBmpv "filename with spaces.mkv" \-\-title="window title"\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++It gets more complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The suboption ++parser puts several options into a single string, and passes them to a ++component at once, instead of using multiple options on the level of the ++command line. ++.sp ++The suboption parser can quote strings with \fB"\fP and \fB[...]\fP\&. ++Additionally, there is a special form of quoting with \fB%n%\fP described below. ++.sp ++For example, assume the hypothetical \fBfoo\fP filter can take multiple options: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBmpv test.mkv \-\-vf=foo:option1=value1:option2:option3=value3,bar\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This passes \fBoption1\fP and \fBoption3\fP to the \fBfoo\fP filter, with \fBoption2\fP ++as flag (implicitly \fBoption2=yes\fP), and adds a \fBbar\fP filter after that. If ++an option contains spaces or characters like \fB,\fP or \fB:\fP, you need to quote ++them: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBmpv \(aq\-\-vf=foo:option1="option value with spaces",bar\(aq\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Shells may actually strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline, ++so the example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the \fB"\fP ++quotes. ++.sp ++The \fB[...]\fP form of quotes wraps everything between \fB[\fP and \fB]\fP\&. It\(aqs ++useful with shells that don\(aqt interpret these characters in the middle of ++an argument (like bash). These quotes are balanced (since mpv 0.9.0): the \fB[\fP ++and \fB]\fP nest, and the quote terminates on the last \fB]\fP that has no matching ++\fB[\fP within the string. (For example, \fB[a[b]c]\fP results in \fBa[b]c\fP\&.) ++.sp ++The fixed\-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external ++scripts and programs. ++.sp ++It is started with \fB%\fP and has the following format: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++%n%string_of_length_n ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.sp ++\fBmpv \(aq\-\-vf=foo:option1=%11%quoted text\(aq test.avi\fP ++.sp ++Or in a script: ++.sp ++\fBmpv \-\-vf=foo:option1=%\(gaexpr length "$NAME"\(ga%"$NAME" test.avi\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Suboptions passed to the client API are also subject to escaping. Using ++\fBmpv_set_option_string()\fP is exactly like passing \fB\-\-name=data\fP to the ++command line (but without shell processing of the string). Some options ++support passing values in a more structured way instead of flat strings, and ++can avoid the suboption parsing mess. For example, \fB\-\-vf\fP supports ++\fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, which lets you pass suboptions as a nested data structure ++of maps and arrays. ++.SS Paths ++.sp ++Some care must be taken when passing arbitrary paths and filenames to mpv. For ++example, paths starting with \fB\-\fP will be interpreted as options. Likewise, ++if a path contains the sequence \fB://\fP, the string before that might be ++interpreted as protocol prefix, even though \fB://\fP can be part of a legal ++UNIX path. To avoid problems with arbitrary paths, you should be sure that ++absolute paths passed to mpv start with \fB/\fP, and prefix relative paths with ++\fB\&./\fP\&. ++.sp ++Using the \fBfile://\fP pseudo\-protocol is discouraged, because it involves ++strange URL unescaping rules. ++.sp ++The name \fB\-\fP itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable ++console controls. (Which makes it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.) ++.sp ++The special argument \fB\-\-\fP can be used to stop mpv from interpreting the ++following arguments as options. ++.sp ++When using the client API, you should strictly avoid using \fBmpv_command_string\fP ++for invoking the \fBloadfile\fP command, and instead prefer e.g. \fBmpv_command\fP ++to avoid the need for filename escaping. ++.sp ++For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further complicated by the ++need to escape special characters. To work this around, the path can be ++additionally wrapped in the fixed\-length syntax, e.g. \fB%n%string_of_length_n\fP ++(see above). ++.sp ++Some mpv options interpret paths starting with \fB~\fP\&. Currently, the prefix ++\fB~~/\fP expands to the mpv configuration directory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/\fP). ++\fB~/\fP expands to the user\(aqs home directory. (The trailing \fB/\fP is always ++required.) There are the following paths as well: ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++Name ++T} T{ ++Meaning ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB~~home/\fP ++T} T{ ++same as \fB~~/\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB~~global/\fP ++T} T{ ++the global config path, if available (not on win32) ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB~~osxbundle/\fP ++T} T{ ++the OSX bundle resource path (OSX only) ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB~~desktop/\fP ++T} T{ ++the path to the desktop (win32, OSX) ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.SS Per\-File Options ++.sp ++When playing multiple files, any option given on the command line usually ++affects all files. Example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-a file1.mkv \-\-b file2.mkv \-\-c ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++File ++T} T{ ++Active options ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file1.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-c\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file2.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-c\fP ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.sp ++(This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.) ++.sp ++Also, if any option is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not ++reset when a new file is played. ++.sp ++Sometimes, it is useful to change options per\-file. This can be achieved by ++adding the special per\-file markers \fB\-\-{\fP and \fB\-\-}\fP\&. (Note that you must ++escape these on some shells.) Example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-a file1.mkv \-\-b \-\-\e{ \-\-c file2.mkv \-\-d file3.mkv \-\-e \-\-\e} file4.mkv \-\-f ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++File ++T} T{ ++Active options ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file1.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-f\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file2.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-f \-\-c \-\-d \-\-e\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file3.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-f \-\-c \-\-d \-\-e\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++file4.mkv ++T} T{ ++\fB\-\-a \-\-b \-\-f\fP ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.sp ++Additionally, any file\-local option changed at runtime is reset when the current ++file stops playing. If option \fB\-\-c\fP is changed during playback of ++\fBfile2.mkv\fP, it is reset when advancing to \fBfile3.mkv\fP\&. This only affects ++file\-local options. The option \fB\-\-a\fP is never reset here. ++.SS Playing DVDs ++.sp ++DVDs can be played with the \fBdvd://[title]\fP syntax. The optional ++title specifier is a number which selects between separate video ++streams on the DVD. If no title is given (\fBdvd://\fP) then the longest ++title is selected automatically by the library. This is usually what ++you want. mpv does not support DVD menus. ++.sp ++DVDs which have been copied on to a hard drive or other mounted ++filesystem (by e.g. the \fBdvdbackup\fP tool) are accommodated by ++specifying the path to the local copy: \fB\-\-dvd\-device=PATH\fP\&. ++Alternatively, running \fBmpv PATH\fP should auto\-detect a DVD directory ++tree and play the longest title. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++mpv uses a different default DVD library than MPlayer. MPlayer ++uses libdvdread by default, and mpv uses libdvdnav by default. ++Both libraries are developed in parallel, but libdvdnav is ++intended to support more sophisticated DVD features such as menus ++and multi\-angle playback. mpv uses libdvdnav for files specified ++as either \fBdvd://...\fP or \fBdvdnav://...\fP\&. To use libdvdread, ++which will produce behavior more like MPlayer, specify ++\fBdvdread://...\fP instead. Some users have experienced problems ++when using libdvdnav, in which playback gets stuck in a DVD menu ++stream. These problems are reported to go away when auto\-selecting ++the title (\fBdvd://\fP rather than \fBdvd://1\fP) or when using ++libdvdread (e.g. \fBdvdread://0\fP). ++.sp ++DVDs use image\-based subtitles. Image subtitles are implemented as ++a bitmap video stream which can be superimposed over the main ++movie. mpv\(aqs subtitle styling and positioning options and keyboard ++shortcuts generally do not work with image\-based subtitles. ++Exceptions include options like \fB\-\-stretch\-dvd\-subs\fP and ++\fB\-\-stretch\-image\-subs\-to\-screen\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH CONFIGURATION FILES ++.SS Location and Syntax ++.sp ++You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every ++time mpv is run. The system\-wide configuration file \(aqmpv.conf\(aq is in your ++configuration directory (e.g. \fB/etc/mpv\fP or \fB/usr/local/etc/mpv\fP), the ++user\-specific one is \fB~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf\fP\&. For details and platform ++specifics (in particular Windows paths) see the \fI\%FILES\fP section. ++.sp ++User\-specific options override system\-wide options and options given on the ++command line override either. The syntax of the configuration files is ++\fBoption=value\fP\&. Everything after a \fI#\fP is considered a comment. Options ++that work without values can be enabled by setting them to \fIyes\fP and disabled by ++setting them to \fIno\fP\&. Even suboptions can be specified in this way. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example configuration file" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++# Use opengl video output by default. ++vo=opengl ++# Use quotes for text that can contain spaces: ++status\-msg="Time: ${time\-pos}" ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Escaping spaces and special characters ++.sp ++This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved here, ++but option values still need to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain ++characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted with \fB"\fP, ++as well as with the fixed\-length syntax (\fB%n%\fP) mentioned before. This is like ++passing the exact contents of the quoted string as command line option. C\-style ++escapes are currently _not_ interpreted on this level, although some options do ++this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.) ++.SS Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File ++.sp ++Almost all command line options can be put into the configuration file. Here ++is a small guide: ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++Option ++T} T{ ++Configuration file entry ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB\-\-flag\fP ++T} T{ ++\fBflag\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB\-opt val\fP ++T} T{ ++\fBopt=val\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB\-\-opt=val\fP ++T} T{ ++\fBopt=val\fP ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++\fB\-opt "has spaces"\fP ++T} T{ ++\fBopt="has spaces"\fP ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.SS File\-specific Configuration Files ++.sp ++You can also write file\-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a ++configuration file for a file called \(aqvideo.avi\(aq, create a file named ++\(aqvideo.avi.conf\(aq with the file\-specific options in it and put it in ++\fB~/.config/mpv/\fP\&. You can also put the configuration file in the same directory ++as the file to be played. Both require you to set the \fB\-\-use\-filedir\-conf\fP ++option (either on the command line or in your global config file). If a ++file\-specific configuration file is found in the same directory, no ++file\-specific configuration is loaded from \fB~/.config/mpv\fP\&. In addition, the ++\fB\-\-use\-filedir\-conf\fP option enables directory\-specific configuration files. ++For this, mpv first tries to load a mpv.conf from the same directory ++as the file played and then tries to load any file\-specific configuration. ++.SS Profiles ++.sp ++To ease working with different configurations, profiles can be defined in the ++configuration files. A profile starts with its name in square brackets, ++e.g. \fB[my\-profile]\fP\&. All following options will be part of the profile. A ++description (shown by \fB\-\-profile=help\fP) can be defined with the ++\fBprofile\-desc\fP option. To end the profile, start another one or use the ++profile name \fBdefault\fP to continue with normal options. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example mpv config file with profiles" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++# normal top\-level option ++fullscreen=yes ++ ++# a profile that can be enabled with \-\-profile=big\-cache ++[big\-cache] ++cache=123400 ++demuxer\-readahead\-secs=20 ++ ++[slow] ++profile\-desc="some profile name" ++# reference a builtin profile ++profile=opengl\-hq ++ ++[fast] ++vo=vdpau ++ ++# using a profile again extends it ++[slow] ++framedrop=no ++# you can also include other profiles ++profile=big\-cache ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Auto profiles ++.sp ++Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Auto profile loading" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++[protocol.dvd] ++profile\-desc="profile for dvd:// streams" ++alang=en ++ ++[extension.flv] ++profile\-desc="profile for .flv files" ++vf=flip ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The profile name follows the schema \fBtype.name\fP, where type can be ++\fBprotocol\fP for the input/output protocol in use (see \fB\-\-list\-protocols\fP), ++and \fBextension\fP for the extension of the path of the currently played file ++(\fInot\fP the file format). ++.sp ++This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles. ++.SH TAKING SCREENSHOTS ++.sp ++Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the \(aqscreenshot\(aq ++input mode command, which is by default bound to the \fBs\fP key. Files named ++\fBmpv\-shotNNNN.jpg\fP will be saved in the working directory, using the first ++available number \- no files will be overwritten. In pseudo\-GUI mode, the ++screenshot will be saved somewhere else. See \fI\%PSEUDO GUI MODE\fP\&. ++.sp ++A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the ++video filter chain and subtitles. By default, \fBS\fP takes screenshots without ++subtitles, while \fBs\fP includes subtitles. ++.sp ++Unlike with MPlayer, the \fBscreenshot\fP video filter is not required. This ++filter was never required in mpv, and has been removed. ++.SH TERMINAL STATUS LINE ++.sp ++During playback, mpv shows the playback status on the terminal. It looks like ++something like this: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBAV: 00:03:12 / 00:24:25 (13%) A\-V: \-0.000\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The status line can be overridden with the \fB\-\-term\-status\-msg\fP option. ++.sp ++The following is a list of things that can show up in the status line. Input ++properties, that can be used to get the same information manually, are also ++listed. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBAV:\fP or \fBV:\fP (video only) or \fBA:\fP (audio only) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The current time position in \fBHH:MM:SS\fP format (\fBplayback\-time\fP property) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The total file duration (absent if unknown) (\fBlength\fP property) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Playback speed, e.g. \(ga\(ga x2.0\(ga\(ga. Only visible if the speed is not normal. This ++is the user\-requested speed, and not the actual speed (usually they should ++be the same, unless playback is too slow). (\fBspeed\fP property.) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Playback percentage, e.g. \fB(13%)\fP\&. How much of the file has been played. ++Normally calculated out of playback position and duration, but can fallback ++to other methods (like byte position) if these are not available. ++(\fBpercent\-pos\fP property.) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The audio/video sync as \fBA\-V: 0.000\fP\&. This is the difference between ++audio and video time. Normally it should be 0 or close to 0. If it\(aqs growing, ++it might indicate a playback problem. (\fBavsync\fP property.) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Total A/V sync change, e.g. \fBct: \-0.417\fP\&. Normally invisible. Can show up ++if there is audio "missing", or not enough frames can be dropped. Usually ++this will indicate a problem. (\fBtotal\-avsync\-change\fP property.) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Encoding state in \fB{...}\fP, only shown in encoding mode. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Display sync state. If display sync is active (\fBdisplay\-sync\-active\fP ++property), this shows \fBDS: 2.500/13\fP, where the first number is average ++number of vsyncs per video frame (e.g. 2.5 when playing 24Hz videos on 60Hz ++screens), which might jitter if the ratio doesn\(aqt round off, or there are ++mistimed frames (\fBvsync\-ratio\fP), and the second number of estimated number ++of vsyncs which took too long (\fBvo\-delayed\-frame\-count\fP property). The ++latter is a heuristic, as it\(aqs generally not possible to determine this with ++certainty. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Dropped frames, e.g. \fBDropped: 4\fP\&. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can ++grow if the video framerate is higher than that of the display, or if video ++rendering is too slow. May also be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video ++frame couldn\(aqt be displayed on time. (\fBvo\-drop\-frame\-count\fP property.) ++If the decoder drops frames, the number of decoder\-dropped frames is appended ++to the display as well, e.g.: \fBDropped: 4/34\fP\&. This happens only if ++decoder frame dropping is enabled with the \fB\-\-framedrop\fP options. ++(\fBdrop\-frame\-count\fP property.) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++Cache state, e.g. \fBCache: 2s+134KB\fP\&. Visible if the stream cache is enabled. ++The first value shows the amount of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds, ++the second value shows \fIadditional\fP data buffered in the stream cache in ++kilobytes. (\fBdemuxer\-cache\-duration\fP and \fBcache\-used\fP properties.) ++.UNINDENT ++.SH PROTOCOLS ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBhttp://...\fP, \fBhttps://\fP, ... ++Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always ++be specified. mpv will never attempt to guess whether a filename is ++actually a network address. A protocol prefix is always required. ++.sp ++Note that not all prefixes are documented here. Undocumented prefixes are ++either aliases to documented protocols, or are just redirections to ++protocols implemented and documented in FFmpeg. ++.TP ++.B \fBytdl://...\fP ++By default, the youtube\-dl hook script (enabled by default for mpv CLI) ++only looks at http URLs. Prefixing an URL with \fBytdl://\fP forces it to ++be always processed by the script. This can also be used to invoke special ++youtube\-dl functionality like playing a video by ID or invoking search. ++.sp ++Keep in mind that you can\(aqt pass youtube\-dl command line options by this, ++and you have to use \fB\-\-ytdl\-raw\-options\fP instead. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\fP ++Play data from stdin. ++.TP ++.B \fBsmb://PATH\fP ++Play a path from Samba share. ++.TP ++.B \fBbd://[title][/device]\fP \fB\-\-bluray\-device=PATH\fP ++Play a Blu\-ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead, ++you must mount the ISO file as filesystem, and point \fB\-\-bluray\-device\fP ++to the mounted directory directly. ++.TP ++.B \fBdvd://[title|[starttitle]\-endtitle][/device]\fP \fB\-\-dvd\-device=PATH\fP ++Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest ++title is auto\-selected. ++.sp ++\fBdvdnav://\fP is an old alias for \fBdvd://\fP and does exactly the same ++thing. ++.TP ++.B \fBdvdread://...:\fP ++Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older ++mpv versions use for \fBdvd://\fP\&. Use is discouraged. It\(aqs provided only ++for compatibility and for transition. ++.TP ++.B \fBtv://[channel][/input_id]\fP \fB\-\-tv\-...\fP ++Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.) ++.TP ++.B \fBpvr://\fP \fB\-\-pvr\-...\fP ++PVR. (Linux only.) ++.TP ++.B \fBdvb://[cardnumber@]channel\fP \fB\-\-dvbin\-...\fP ++Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmf://[filemask|@listfile]\fP \fB\-\-mf\-...\fP ++Play a series of images as video. ++.TP ++.B \fBcdda://[device]\fP \fB\-\-cdrom\-device=PATH\fP \fB\-\-cdda\-...\fP ++Play CD. ++.TP ++.B \fBlavf://...\fP ++Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the ++string after the \fB//\fP directly to libavformat. ++.TP ++.B \fBav://type:options\fP ++This is intended for using libavdevice inputs. \fBtype\fP is the libavdevice ++demuxer name, and \fBoptions\fP is the (pseudo\-)filename passed to the ++demuxer. ++.sp ++For example, \fBmpv av://lavfi:mandelbrot\fP makes use of the libavfilter ++wrapper included in libavdevice, and will use the \fBmandelbrot\fP source ++filter to generate input data. ++.sp ++\fBavdevice://\fP is an alias. ++.TP ++.B \fBfile://PATH\fP ++A local path as URL. Might be useful in some special use\-cases. Note that ++\fBPATH\fP itself should start with a third \fB/\fP to make the path an ++absolute path. ++.TP ++.B \fBfd://123\fP ++Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar ++to piping data to stdin via \fB\-\fP, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor. ++.TP ++.B \fBedl://[edl specification as in edl\-mpv.rst]\fP ++Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them. ++.TP ++.B \fBnull://\fP ++Simulate an empty file. If opened for writing, it will discard all data. ++The \fBnull\fP demuxer will specifically pass autoprobing if this protocol ++is used (while it\(aqs not automatically invoked for empty files). ++.TP ++.B \fBmemory://data\fP ++Use the \fBdata\fP part as source data. ++.TP ++.B \fBhex://data\fP ++Like \fBmemory://\fP, but the string is interpreted as hexdump. ++.UNINDENT ++.SH PSEUDO GUI MODE ++.sp ++mpv has no official GUI, other than the OSC (\fI\%ON SCREEN CONTROLLER\fP), which ++is not a full GUI and is not meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack ++of expected GUI behavior, mpv will in some cases start with some settings ++changed to behave slightly more like a GUI mode. ++.sp ++Currently this happens only in the following cases: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++if started using the \fBmpv.desktop\fP file on Linux (e.g. started from menus ++or file associations provided by desktop environments) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++if started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on ++Windows, and all of the stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++started out of the bundle on OSX ++.IP \(bu 2 ++if you manually use \fB\-\-player\-operation\-mode=pseudo\-gui\fP on the command line ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This mode applies options from the builtin profile \fBbuiltin\-pseudo\-gui\fP, but ++only if these haven\(aqt been set in the user\(aqs config file or on the command line. ++Also, for compatibility with the old pseudo\-gui behavior, the options in the ++\fBpseudo\-gui\fP profile are applied unconditionally. In addition, the profile ++makes sure to enable the pseudo\-GUI mode, so that \fB\-\-profile=pseudo\-gui\fP ++works like in older mpv releases. The profiles are currently defined as follows: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++[builtin\-pseudo\-gui] ++terminal=no ++force\-window=yes ++idle=once ++screenshot\-directory=~~desktop/ ++[pseudo\-gui] ++player\-operation\-mode=pseudo\-gui ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Currently, you can extend the \fBpseudo\-gui\fP profile in the config file the ++normal way. This is deprecated. In future mpv releases, the behavior might ++change, and not apply your additional settings, and/or use a different ++profile name. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH OPTIONS ++.SS Track Selection ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of audio languages to use. Different container ++formats employ different language codes. DVDs use ISO 639\-1 two\-letter ++language codes, Matroska, MPEG\-TS and NUT use ISO 639\-2 three\-letter ++language codes, while OGM uses a free\-form identifier. See also \fB\-\-aid\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv dvd://1 \-\-alang=hu,en\fP ++Chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls back on ++English if Hungarian is not available. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-alang=jpn example.mkv\fP ++Plays a Matroska file in Japanese. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-slang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use. Different container ++formats employ different language codes. DVDs use ISO 639\-1 two letter ++language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639\-2 three letter language codes while ++OGM uses a free\-form identifier. See also \fB\-\-sid\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBmpv dvd://1 \-\-slang=hu,en\fP chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on ++a DVD and falls back on English if Hungarian is not available. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBmpv \-\-slang=jpn example.mkv\fP plays a Matroska file with Japanese ++subtitles. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-aid=<ID|auto|no>\fP ++Select audio track. \fBauto\fP selects the default, \fBno\fP disables audio. ++See also \fB\-\-alang\fP\&. mpv normally prints available audio tracks on the ++terminal when starting playback of a file. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-audio\fP is an alias for \fB\-\-aid\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-aid=no\fP or \fB\-\-audio=no\fP or \fB\-\-no\-audio\fP disables audio playback. ++(The latter variant does not work with the client API.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sid=<ID|auto|no>\fP ++Display the subtitle stream specified by \fB<ID>\fP\&. \fBauto\fP selects ++the default, \fBno\fP disables subtitles. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-sub\fP is an alias for \fB\-\-sid\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-sid=no\fP or \fB\-\-sub=no\fP or \fB\-\-no\-sub\fP disables subtitle decoding. ++(The latter variant does not work with the client API.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vid=<ID|auto|no>\fP ++Select video channel. \fBauto\fP selects the default, \fBno\fP disables video. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-video\fP is an alias for \fB\-\-vid\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-vid=no\fP or \fB\-\-video=no\fP or \fB\-\-no\-video\fP disables video playback. ++(The latter variant does not work with the client API.) ++.sp ++If video is disabled, mpv will try to download the audio only if media is ++streamed with youtube\-dl, because it saves bandwidth. This is done by ++setting the ytdl_format to "bestaudio/best" in the ytdl_hook.lua script. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ff\-aid=<ID|auto|no>\fP, \fB\-\-ff\-sid=<ID|auto|no>\fP, \fB\-\-ff\-vid=<ID|auto|no>\fP ++Select audio/subtitle/video streams by the FFmpeg stream index. The FFmpeg ++stream index is relatively arbitrary, but useful when interacting with ++other software using FFmpeg (consider \fBffprobe\fP). ++.sp ++Note that with external tracks (added with \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP and similar ++options), there will be streams with duplicate IDs. In this case, the ++first stream in order is selected. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-edition=<ID|auto>\fP ++(Matroska files only) ++Specify the edition (set of chapters) to use, where 0 is the first. If set ++to \fBauto\fP (the default), mpv will choose the first edition declared as a ++default, or if there is no default, the first edition defined. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Playback Control ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=<relative time>\fP ++Seek to given time position. ++.sp ++The general format for absolute times is \fB[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]\fP\&. If the time ++is given with a prefix of \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP, the seek is relative from the start ++or end of the file. (Since mpv 0.14, the start of the file is always ++considered 0.) ++.sp ++\fBpp%\fP seeks to percent position pp (0\-100). ++.sp ++\fB#c\fP seeks to chapter number c. (Chapters start from 1.) ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=+56\fP, \fB\-\-start=+00:56\fP ++Seeks to the start time + 56 seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=\-56\fP, \fB\-\-start=\-00:56\fP ++Seeks to the end time \- 56 seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=01:10:00\fP ++Seeks to 1 hour 10 min. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=50%\fP ++Seeks to the middle of the file. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=30 \-\-end=40\fP ++Seeks to 30 seconds, plays 10 seconds, and exits. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=\-3:20 \-\-length=10\fP ++Seeks to 3 minutes and 20 seconds before the end of the file, plays ++10 seconds, and exits. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-start=\(aq#2\(aq \-\-end=\(aq#4\(aq\fP ++Plays chapters 2 and 3, and exits. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-end=<time>\fP ++Stop at given absolute time. Use \fB\-\-length\fP if the time should be relative ++to \fB\-\-start\fP\&. See \fB\-\-start\fP for valid option values and examples. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-length=<relative time>\fP ++Stop after a given time relative to the start time. ++See \fB\-\-start\fP for valid option values and examples. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rebase\-start\-time=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether to move the file start time to \fB00:00:00\fP (default: yes). This ++is less awkward for files which start at a random timestamp, such as ++transport streams. On the other hand, if there are timestamp resets, the ++resulting behavior can be rather weird. For this reason, and in case you ++are actually interested in the real timestamps, this behavior can be ++disabled with \fBno\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-speed=<0.01\-100>\fP ++Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter. ++.sp ++If \fB\-\-audio\-pitch\-correction\fP (on by default) is used, playing with a ++speed higher than normal automatically inserts the \fBscaletempo\fP audio ++filter. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-loop=<N|inf|force|no>\fP ++Loops playback \fBN\fP times. A value of \fB1\fP plays it one time (default), ++\fB2\fP two times, etc. \fBinf\fP means forever. \fBno\fP is the same as \fB1\fP and ++disables looping. If several files are specified on command line, the ++entire playlist is looped. ++.sp ++The \fBforce\fP mode is like \fBinf\fP, but does not skip playlist entries ++which have been marked as failing. This means the player might waste CPU ++time trying to loop a file that doesn\(aqt exist. But it might be useful for ++playing webradios under very bad network conditions. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-pause\fP ++Start the player in paused state. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-shuffle\fP ++Play files in random order. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-chapter=<start[\-end]>\fP ++Specify which chapter to start playing at. Optionally specify which ++chapter to end playing at. ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-start\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-playlist\-start=<auto|index>\fP ++Set which file on the internal playlist to start playback with. The index ++is an integer, with 0 meaning the first file. The value \fBauto\fP means that ++the selection of the entry to play is left to the playback resume mechanism ++(default). If an entry with the given index doesn\(aqt exist, the behavior is ++unspecified and might change in future mpv versions. The same applies if ++the playlist contains further playlists (don\(aqt expect any reasonable ++behavior). Passing a playlist file to mpv should work with this option, ++though. E.g. \fBmpv playlist.m3u \-\-playlist\-start=123\fP will work as expected, ++as long as \fBplaylist.m3u\fP does not link to further playlists. ++.sp ++The value \fBno\fP is a deprecated alias for \fBauto\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-playlist=<filename>\fP ++Play files according to a playlist file (Supports some common formats. If ++no format is detected, it will be treated as list of files, separated by ++newline characters. Note that XML playlist formats are not supported.) ++.sp ++You can play playlists directly and without this option, however, this ++option disables any security mechanisms that might be in place. You may ++also need this option to load plaintext files as playlist. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The way mpv uses playlist files via \fB\-\-playlist\fP is not safe against ++maliciously constructed files. Such files may trigger harmful actions. ++This has been the case for all mpv and MPlayer versions, but ++unfortunately this fact was not well documented earlier, and some people ++have even misguidedly recommended use of \fB\-\-playlist\fP with untrusted ++sources. Do NOT use \fB\-\-playlist\fP with random internet sources or files ++you do not trust! ++.sp ++Playlist can contain entries using other protocols, such as local files, ++or (most severely), special protocols like \fBavdevice://\fP, which are ++inherently unsafe. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-chapter\-merge\-threshold=<number>\fP ++Threshold for merging almost consecutive ordered chapter parts in ++milliseconds (default: 100). Some Matroska files with ordered chapters ++have inaccurate chapter end timestamps, causing a small gap between the ++end of one chapter and the start of the next one when they should match. ++If the end of one playback part is less than the given threshold away from ++the start of the next one then keep playing video normally over the ++chapter change instead of doing a seek. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-chapter\-seek\-threshold=<seconds>\fP ++Distance in seconds from the beginning of a chapter within which a backward ++chapter seek will go to the previous chapter (default: 5.0). Past this ++threshold, a backward chapter seek will go to the beginning of the current ++chapter instead. A negative value means always go back to the previous ++chapter. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hr\-seek=<no|absolute|yes>\fP ++Select when to use precise seeks that are not limited to keyframes. Such ++seeks require decoding video from the previous keyframe up to the target ++position and so can take some time depending on decoding performance. For ++some video formats, precise seeks are disabled. This option selects the ++default choice to use for seeks; it is possible to explicitly override that ++default in the definition of key bindings and in input commands. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Never use precise seeks. ++.TP ++.B absolute ++Use precise seeks if the seek is to an absolute position in the ++file, such as a chapter seek, but not for relative seeks like ++the default behavior of arrow keys (default). ++.TP ++.B yes ++Use precise seeks whenever possible. ++.TP ++.B always ++Same as \fByes\fP (for compatibility). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hr\-seek\-demuxer\-offset=<seconds>\fP ++This option exists to work around failures to do precise seeks (as in ++\fB\-\-hr\-seek\fP) caused by bugs or limitations in the demuxers for some file ++formats. Some demuxers fail to seek to a keyframe before the given target ++position, going to a later position instead. The value of this option is ++subtracted from the time stamp given to the demuxer. Thus, if you set this ++option to 1.5 and try to do a precise seek to 60 seconds, the demuxer is ++told to seek to time 58.5, which hopefully reduces the chance that it ++erroneously goes to some time later than 60 seconds. The downside of ++setting this option is that precise seeks become slower, as video between ++the earlier demuxer position and the real target may be unnecessarily ++decoded. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hr\-seek\-framedrop=<yes|no>\fP ++Allow the video decoder to drop frames during seek, if these frames are ++before the seek target. If this is enabled, precise seeking can be faster, ++but if you\(aqre using video filters which modify timestamps or add new ++frames, it can lead to precise seeking skipping the target frame. This ++e.g. can break frame backstepping when deinterlacing is enabled. ++.sp ++Default: \fByes\fP ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-index=<mode>\fP ++Controls how to seek in files. Note that if the index is missing from a ++file, it will be built on the fly by default, so you don\(aqt need to change ++this. But it might help with some broken files. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B default ++use an index if the file has one, or build it if missing ++.TP ++.B recreate ++don\(aqt read or use the file\(aqs index ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking ++(i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-load\-unsafe\-playlists\fP ++Load URLs from playlists which are considered unsafe (default: no). This ++includes special protocols and anything that doesn\(aqt refer to normal files. ++Local files and HTTP links on the other hand are always considered safe. ++.sp ++Note that \fB\-\-playlist\fP always loads all entries, so you use that instead ++if you really have the need for this functionality. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-loop\-file=<N|inf|no>\fP ++Loop a single file N times. \fBinf\fP means forever, \fBno\fP means normal ++playback. For compatibility, \fB\-\-loop\-file\fP and \fB\-\-loop\-file=yes\fP are ++also accepted, and are the same as \fB\-\-loop\-file=inf\fP\&. ++.sp ++The difference to \fB\-\-loop\fP is that this doesn\(aqt loop the playlist, just ++the file itself. If the playlist contains only a single file, the difference ++between the two option is that this option performs a seek on loop, instead ++of reloading the file. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ab\-loop\-a=<time>\fP, \fB\-\-ab\-loop\-b=<time>\fP ++Set loop points. If playback passes the \fBb\fP timestamp, it will seek to ++the \fBa\fP timestamp. Seeking past the \fBb\fP point doesn\(aqt loop (this is ++intentional). ++.sp ++If both options are set to \fBno\fP, looping is disabled. Otherwise, the ++start/end of the file is used if one of the options is set to \fBno\fP\&. ++.sp ++The loop\-points can be adjusted at runtime with the corresponding ++properties. See also \fBab\-loop\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ordered\-chapters\fP, \fB\-\-no\-ordered\-chapters\fP ++Enabled by default. ++Disable support for Matroska ordered chapters. mpv will not load or ++search for video segments from other files, and will also ignore any ++chapter order specified for the main file. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ordered\-chapters\-files=<playlist\-file>\fP ++Loads the given file as playlist, and tries to use the files contained in ++it as reference files when opening a Matroska file that uses ordered ++chapters. This overrides the normal mechanism for loading referenced ++files by scanning the same directory the main file is located in. ++.sp ++Useful for loading ordered chapter files that are not located on the local ++filesystem, or if the referenced files are in different directories. ++.sp ++Note: a playlist can be as simple as a text file containing filenames ++separated by newlines. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-chapters\-file=<filename>\fP ++Load chapters from this file, instead of using the chapter metadata found ++in the main file. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sstep=<sec>\fP ++Skip <sec> seconds after every frame. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Without \fB\-\-hr\-seek\fP, skipping will snap to keyframes. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stop\-playback\-on\-init\-failure=<yes|no>\fP ++Stop playback if either audio or video fails to initialize. Currently, ++the default behavior is \fBno\fP for the command line player, but \fByes\fP ++for libmpv. With \fBno\fP, playback will continue in video\-only or audio\-only ++mode if one of them fails. This doesn\(aqt affect playback of audio\-only or ++video\-only files. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Program Behavior ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-help\fP, \fB\-\-h\fP ++Show short summary of options. ++.sp ++You can also pass a shell pattern to this option, which will list all ++matching top\-level options, e.g. \fB\-\-h=*scale*\fP for all options that ++contain the word "scale". ++.TP ++.B \fB\-v\fP ++Increment verbosity level, one level for each \fB\-v\fP found on the command ++line. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-version, \-V\fP ++Print version string and exit. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-config\fP ++Do not load default configuration files. This prevents loading of both the ++user\-level and system\-wide \fBmpv.conf\fP and \fBinput.conf\fP files. Other ++configuration files are blocked as well, such as resume playback files. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Files explicitly requested by command line options, like ++\fB\-\-include\fP or \fB\-\-use\-filedir\-conf\fP, will still be loaded. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-config\-dir\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-list\-options\fP ++Prints all available options. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-list\-properties\fP ++Print a list of the available properties. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-list\-protocols\fP ++Print a list of the supported protocols. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-log\-file=<path>\fP ++Opens the given path for writing, and print log messages to it. Existing ++files will be truncated. The log level always corresponds to \fB\-v\fP, ++regardless of terminal verbosity levels. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-config\-dir=<path>\fP ++Force a different configuration directory. If this is set, the given ++directory is used to load configuration files, and all other configuration ++directories are ignored. This means the global mpv configuration directory ++as well as per\-user directories are ignored, and overrides through ++environment variables (\fBMPV_HOME\fP) are also ignored. ++.sp ++Note that the \fB\-\-no\-config\fP option takes precedence over this option. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-save\-position\-on\-quit\fP ++Always save the current playback position on quit. When this file is ++played again later, the player will seek to the old playback position on ++start. This does not happen if playback of a file is stopped in any other ++way than quitting. For example, going to the next file in the playlist ++will not save the position, and start playback at beginning the next time ++the file is played. ++.sp ++This behavior is disabled by default, but is always available when quitting ++the player with Shift+Q. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB\-\-watch\-later\-directory=<path>\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The directory in which to store the "watch later" temporary files. ++.sp ++The default is a subdirectory named "watch_later" underneath the ++config directory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dump\-stats=<filename>\fP ++Write certain statistics to the given file. The file is truncated on ++opening. The file will contain raw samples, each with a timestamp. To ++make this file into a readable, the script \fBTOOLS/stats\-conv.py\fP can be ++used (which currently displays it as a graph). ++.sp ++This option is useful for debugging only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-idle=<no|yes|once>\fP ++Makes mpv wait idly instead of quitting when there is no file to play. ++Mostly useful in input mode, where mpv can be controlled through input ++commands. ++.sp ++\fBonce\fP will only idle at start and let the player close once the ++first playlist has finished playing back. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-include=<configuration\-file>\fP ++Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-load\-scripts=<yes|no>\fP ++If set to \fBno\fP, don\(aqt auto\-load scripts from the \fBscripts\fP ++configuration subdirectory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/scripts/\fP). ++(Default: \fByes\fP) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-script=<filename>\fP ++Load a Lua script. You can load multiple scripts by separating them with ++commas (\fB,\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-script\-opts=key1=value1,key2=value2,...\fP ++Set options for scripts. A script can query an option by key. If an ++option is used and what semantics the option value has depends entirely on ++the loaded scripts. Values not claimed by any scripts are ignored. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-merge\-files\fP ++Pretend that all files passed to mpv are concatenated into a single, big ++file. This uses timeline/EDL support internally. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-resume\-playback\fP ++Do not restore playback position from the \fBwatch_later\fP configuration ++subdirectory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/watch_later/\fP). ++See \fBquit\-watch\-later\fP input command. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-profile=<profile1,profile2,...>\fP ++Use the given profile(s), \fB\-\-profile=help\fP displays a list of the ++defined profiles. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-reset\-on\-next\-file=<all|option1,option2,...>\fP ++Normally, mpv will try to keep all settings when playing the next file on ++the playlist, even if they were changed by the user during playback. (This ++behavior is the opposite of MPlayer\(aqs, which tries to reset all settings ++when starting next file.) ++.sp ++Default: Do not reset anything. ++.sp ++This can be changed with this option. It accepts a list of options, and ++mpv will reset the value of these options on playback start to the initial ++value. The initial value is either the default value, or as set by the ++config file or command line. ++.sp ++In some cases, this might not work as expected. For example, \fB\-\-volume\fP ++will only be reset if it is explicitly set in the config file or the ++command line. ++.sp ++The special name \fBall\fP resets as many options as possible. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-reset\-on\-next\-file=pause\fP ++Reset pause mode when switching to the next file. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-reset\-on\-next\-file=fullscreen,speed\fP ++Reset fullscreen and playback speed settings if they were changed ++during playback. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-reset\-on\-next\-file=all\fP ++Try to reset all settings that were changed during playback. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-write\-filename\-in\-watch\-later\-config\fP ++Prepend the watch later config files with the name of the file they refer ++to. This is simply written as comment on the top of the file. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This option may expose privacy\-sensitive information and is thus ++disabled by default. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ignore\-path\-in\-watch\-later\-config\fP ++Ignore path (i.e. use filename only) when using watch later feature. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-show\-profile=<profile>\fP ++Show the description and content of a profile. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-use\-filedir\-conf\fP ++Look for a file\-specific configuration file in the same directory as the ++file that is being played. See \fI\%File\-specific Configuration Files\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ytdl\fP, \fB\-\-no\-ytdl\fP ++Enable the youtube\-dl hook\-script. It will look at the input URL, and will ++play the video located on the website. This works with many streaming sites, ++not just the one that the script is named after. This requires a recent ++version of youtube\-dl to be installed on the system. (Enabled by default, ++except when the client API / libmpv is used.) ++.sp ++If the script can\(aqt do anything with an URL, it will do nothing. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ytdl\-format=<best|worst|mp4|webm|...>\fP ++Video format/quality that is directly passed to youtube\-dl. The possible ++values are specific to the website and the video, for a given url the ++available formats can be found with the command ++\fByoutube\-dl \-\-list\-formats URL\fP\&. See youtube\-dl\(aqs documentation for ++available aliases. ++(Default: youtube\-dl\(aqs default, currently \fBbestvideo+bestaudio/best\fP) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ytdl\-raw\-options=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]\fP ++Pass arbitrary options to youtube\-dl. Parameter and argument should be ++passed as a key\-value pair. Options without argument must include \fB=\fP\&. ++.sp ++There is no sanity checking so it\(aqs possible to break things (i.e. ++passing invalid parameters to youtube\-dl). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fB\-\-ytdl\-raw\-options=username=user,password=pass\fP ++\fB\-\-ytdl\-raw\-options=force\-ipv6=\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-player\-operation\-mode=<cplayer|pseudo\-gui>\fP ++For enabling "pseudo GUI mode", which means that the defaults for some ++options are changed. This option should not normally be used directly, but ++only by mpv internally, or mpv\-provided scripts, config files, or .desktop ++files. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Video ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo=<driver>\fP ++Specify the video output backend to be used. See \fI\%VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS\fP for ++details and descriptions of available drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd=<[+|\-]family1:(*|decoder1),[+|\-]family2:(*|decoder2),...[\-]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of video decoders to be used, according to their ++family and name. See \fB\-\-ad\fP for further details. Both of these options ++use the same syntax and semantics; the only difference is that they ++operate on different codec lists. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++See \fB\-\-vd=help\fP for a full list of available decoders. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Specify a list of video filters to apply to the video stream. See ++\fI\%VIDEO FILTERS\fP for details and descriptions of the available filters. ++The option variants \fB\-\-vf\-add\fP, \fB\-\-vf\-pre\fP, \fB\-\-vf\-del\fP and ++\fB\-\-vf\-clr\fP exist to modify a previously specified list, but you ++should not need these for typical use. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-untimed\fP ++Do not sleep when outputting video frames. Useful for benchmarks when used ++with \fB\-\-no\-audio.\fP ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-framedrop=<mode>\fP ++Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems, or ++playing high framerate video on video outputs that have an upper framerate ++limit. ++.sp ++The argument selects the drop methods, and can be one of the following: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <no> ++Disable any framedropping. ++.TP ++.B <vo> ++Drop late frames on video output (default). This still decodes and ++filters all frames, but doesn\(aqt render them on the VO. It tries to query ++the display FPS (X11 only, not correct on multi\-monitor systems), or ++assumes infinite display FPS if that fails. Drops are indicated in ++the terminal status line as \fBDropped:\fP field. If the decoder is too slow, ++in theory all frames would have to be dropped (because all frames are ++too late) \- to avoid this, frame dropping stops if the effective ++framerate is below 10 FPS. ++.TP ++.B <decoder> ++Old, decoder\-based framedrop mode. (This is the same as \fB\-\-framedrop=yes\fP ++in mpv 0.5.x and before.) This tells the decoder to skip frames (unless ++they are needed to decode future frames). May help with slow systems, ++but can produce unwatchable choppy output, or even freeze the display ++completely. Not recommended. ++The \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-framedrop\fP option controls what frames to drop. ++.TP ++.B <decoder+vo> ++Enable both modes. Not recommended. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP has its own code for the \fBvo\fP framedrop mode. Slight ++differences to other VOs are possible. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-display\-fps=<fps>\fP ++Set the display FPS used with the \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-*\fP modes. By ++default, a detected value is used. Keep in mind that setting an incorrect ++value (even if slightly incorrect) can ruin video playback. On multi\-monitor ++systems, there is a chance that the detected value is from the wrong ++monitor. ++.sp ++Set this option only if you have reason to believe the automatically ++determined value is wrong. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hwdec=<api>\fP ++Specify the hardware video decoding API that should be used if possible. ++Whether hardware decoding is actually done depends on the video codec. If ++hardware decoding is not possible, mpv will fall back on software decoding. ++.sp ++\fB<api>\fP can be one of the following: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++always use software decoding (default) ++.TP ++.B auto ++enable best hw decoder (see below) ++.TP ++.B yes ++exactly the same as \fBauto\fP ++.TP ++.B auto\-copy ++enable best hw decoder with copy\-back (see below) ++.TP ++.B vdpau ++requires \fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP or \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP (Linux only) ++.TP ++.B vdpau\-copy ++copies video back into system RAM (Linux with some GPUs only) ++.TP ++.B vaapi ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP or \fB\-\-vo=vaapi\fP (Linux only) ++.TP ++.B vaapi\-copy ++copies video back into system RAM (Linux with Intel GPUs only) ++.TP ++.B videotoolbox ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP (OS X 10.8 and up only) ++.TP ++.B videotoolbox\-copy ++copies video back into system RAM (OS X 10.8 and up only) ++.TP ++.B dxva2 ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP with \fB\-\-opengl\-backend=angle\fP or ++\fB\-\-opengl\-backend=dxinterop\fP (Windows only) ++.TP ++.B dxva2\-copy ++copies video back to system RAM (Windows only) ++.TP ++.B d3d11va ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP with \fB\-\-opengl\-backend=angle\fP ++(Windows only) ++.TP ++.B d3d11va\-copy ++copies video back to system RAM (Windows only) ++.TP ++.B mediacodec ++copies video back to system RAM (Android only) ++.TP ++.B rpi ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP (Raspberry Pi only \- default if available) ++.TP ++.B rpi\-copy ++copies video back to system RAM (Raspberry Pi only) ++.TP ++.B cuda ++requires \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP (Any platform CUDA is available) ++.TP ++.B cuda\-copy ++copies video back to system RAM (Any platform CUDA is available) ++.TP ++.B crystalhd ++copies video back to system RAM (Any platform supported by hardware) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBauto\fP tries to automatically enable hardware decoding using the first ++available method. This still depends what VO you are using. For example, ++if you are not using \fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP or \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP, vdpau decoding will ++never be enabled. Also note that if the first found method doesn\(aqt actually ++work, it will always fall back to software decoding, instead of trying the ++next method (might matter on some Linux systems). ++.sp ++\fBauto\-copy\fP selects only modes that copy the video data back to system ++memory after decoding. Currently, this selects only one of the following ++modes: \fBvaapi\-copy\fP, \fBdxva2\-copy\fP, \fBd3d11va\-copy\fP, \fBmediacodec\fP\&. ++If none of these work, hardware decoding is disabled. This mode is always ++guaranteed to incur no additional loss compared to software decoding, and ++will allow CPU processing with video filters. ++.sp ++The \fBvaapi\fP mode, if used with \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP, requires Mesa 11 and most ++likely works with Intel GPUs only. It also requires the opengl EGL backend ++(automatically used if available). You can also try the old GLX backend by ++forcing it with \fB\-\-opengl\-backend=x11\fP, but the vaapi/GLX interop is ++said to be slower than \fBvaapi\-copy\fP\&. ++.sp ++Most video filters will not work with hardware decoding as they are ++primarily implemented on the CPU. Some exceptions are \fBvdpaupp\fP, ++\fBvdpaurb\fP and \fBvavpp\fP\&. See \fI\%VIDEO FILTERS\fP for more details. ++.sp ++The \fB\&...\-copy\fP modes (e.g. \fBdxva2\-copy\fP) allow you to use hardware ++decoding with any VO, backend or filter. Because these copy the decoded ++video back to system RAM, they\(aqre likely less efficient than the direct ++modes (like e.g. \fBdxva2\fP). ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++When using this switch, hardware decoding is still only done for some ++codecs. See \fB\-\-hwdec\-codecs\fP to enable hardware decoding for more ++codecs. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Quality reduction with hardware decoding" ++.sp ++Normally, hardware decoding does not reduce video quality (at least for ++the codecs h264 and HEVC). However, due to restrictions in video output ++APIs, there can be some loss, or blatantly incorrect results. ++.sp ++In some cases, RGB conversion is forced, which means the RGB conversion ++is performed by the hardware decoding API, instead of the OpenGL code ++used by \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP\&. This means certain obscure colorspaces may ++not display correctly, not certain filtering (such as debanding) ++cannot be applied in an ideal way. ++.sp ++\fBvdpau\fP is usually safe. If deinterlacing enabled (or the \fBvdpaupp\fP ++video filter is active in general), it forces RGB conversion. The latter ++currently does not treat certain colorspaces like BT.2020 correctly ++(which is mostly a mpv\-specific restriction). The \fBvdpauprb\fP video ++filter retrieves image data without RGB conversion and is safe (but ++precludes use of vdpau postprocessing). ++.sp ++\fBvaapi\fP is safe if the \fBvaapi\-egl\fP backend is indicated in the logs. ++If \fBvaapi\-glx\fP is indicated, and the video colorspace is either BT.601 ++or BT.709, a forced but correct RGB conversion is performed. Otherwise, ++the result will be incorrect. ++.sp ++\fBd3d11va\fP is usually safe (if used with ANGLE builds that support ++\fBEGL_KHR_stream path\fP \- otherwise, it converts to RGB), except that ++10 bit input (HEVC main 10 profiles) will be rounded down to 8 bits. ++.sp ++\fBdxva2\fP is not safe. It appears to always use BT.601 for forced RGB ++conversion, but actual behavior depends on the GPU drivers. Some drivers ++appear to convert to limited range RGB, which gives a faded appearance. ++In addition to driver\-specific behavior, global system settings might ++affect this additionally. This can give incorrect results even with ++completely ordinary video sources. ++.sp ++\fBcuda\fP is usually safe. Interlaced content can be deinterlaced by ++the decoder, which is useful as there is no other deinterlacing ++mechanism in the opengl output path. To use this deinterlacing you ++must pass the option: \fBvd\-lavc\-o=deint=[weave|bob|adaptive]\fP\&. Pass ++\fBweave\fP to not attempt any deinterlacing. ++10bit HEVC is available if the hardware supports it but it will be ++rounded down to 8 bits. ++.sp ++\fBcuda\-copy\fP has the same behaviour as \fBcuda\fP \- including the ability ++to deinterlace inside the decoder. However, traditional deinterlacing ++filters can be used in this case. ++.sp ++\fBrpi\fP always uses the hardware overlay renderer, even with ++\fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBcrystalhd\fP is not safe. It always converts to 4:2:2 YUV, which ++may be lossy, depending on how chroma sub\-sampling is done during ++conversion. It also discards the top left pixel of each frame for ++some reason. ++.sp ++All other methods, in particular the copy\-back methods (like ++\fBdxva2\-copy\fP etc.) are either fully safe, or not worse than software ++decoding. ++.sp ++In particular, \fBauto\-copy\fP will only select safe modes ++(although potentially slower than other methods). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hwdec\-preload=<api>\fP ++This is useful for the \fBopengl\fP and \fBopengl\-cb\fP VOs for creating the ++hardware decoding OpenGL interop context, but without actually enabling ++hardware decoding itself (like \fB\-\-hwdec\fP does). ++.sp ++If set to \fBno\fP (default), the \fB\-\-hwdec\fP option is used. ++.sp ++For \fBopengl\fP, if set, do not create the interop context on demand, but ++when the VO is created. ++.sp ++For \fBopengl\-cb\fP, if set, load the interop context as soon as the OpenGL ++context is created. Since \fBopengl\-cb\fP has no on\-demand loading, this ++allows enabling hardware decoding at runtime at all, without having ++to temporarily set the \fBhwdec\fP option just during OpenGL context ++initialization with \fBmpv_opengl_cb_init_gl()\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-videotoolbox\-format=<name>\fP ++Set the internal pixel format used by \fB\-\-hwdec=videotoolbox\fP on OSX. The ++choice of the format can influence performance considerably. On the other ++hand, there doesn\(aqt appear to be a good way to detect the best format for ++the given hardware. \fBnv12\fP, the default, works better on modern hardware, ++while \fBuyvy422\fP appears to be better for old hardware. \fBrgb0\fP and ++\fByuv420p\fP also work. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-panscan=<0.0\-1.0>\fP ++Enables pan\-and\-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 ++video to make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands). The range ++controls how much of the image is cropped. May not work with all video ++output drivers. ++.sp ++This option has no effect if \fB\-\-video\-unscaled\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-aspect=<ratio|no>\fP ++Override video aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or ++missing in the file being played. See also \fB\-\-no\-video\-aspect\fP\&. ++.sp ++These values have special meaning: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++disable aspect ratio handling, pretend the video has square pixels ++.TP ++.B no ++same as \fB0\fP ++.TP ++.B \-1 ++use the video stream or container aspect (default) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++But note that handling of these special values might change in the future. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-video\-aspect=4:3\fP or \fB\-\-video\-aspect=1.3333\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-video\-aspect=16:9\fP or \fB\-\-video\-aspect=1.7777\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-no\-video\-aspect\fP or \fB\-\-video\-aspect=no\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-aspect\-method=<hybrid|bitstream|container>\fP ++This sets the default video aspect determination method (if the aspect is ++_not_ overridden by the user with \fB\-\-video\-aspect\fP or others). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B hybrid ++Prefer the container aspect ratio. If the bitstream aspect ++switches mid\-stream, switch to preferring the bitstream aspect. ++This is the default behavior in mpv and mplayer2. ++.TP ++.B container ++Strictly prefer the container aspect ratio. This is apparently ++the default behavior with VLC, at least with Matroska. ++.TP ++.B bitstream ++Strictly prefer the bitstream aspect ratio, unless the bitstream ++aspect ratio is not set. This is apparently the default behavior ++with XBMC/kodi, at least with Matroska. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Normally you should not set this. Try the \fBcontainer\fP and \fBbitstream\fP ++choices if you encounter video that has the wrong aspect ratio in mpv, ++but seems to be correct in other players. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-unscaled=<no|yes|downscale\-big>\fP ++Disable scaling of the video. If the window is larger than the video, ++black bars are added. Otherwise, the video is cropped, unless the option ++is set to \fBdownscale\-big\fP, in which case the video is fit to window. The ++video still can be influenced by the other \fB\-\-video\-...\fP options. This ++option disables the effect of \fB\-\-panscan\fP\&. ++.sp ++Note that the scaler algorithm may still be used, even if the video isn\(aqt ++scaled. For example, this can influence chroma conversion. The video will ++also still be scaled in one dimension if the source uses non\-square pixels ++(e.g. anamorphic widescreen DVDs). ++.sp ++This option is disabled if the \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-pan\-x=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-video\-pan\-y=<value>\fP ++Moves the displayed video rectangle by the given value in the X or Y ++direction. The unit is in fractions of the size of the scaled video (the ++full size, even if parts of the video are not visible due to panscan or ++other options). ++.sp ++For example, displaying a 1280x720 video fullscreen on a 1680x1050 screen ++with \fB\-\-video\-pan\-x=\-0.1\fP would move the video 168 pixels to the left ++(making 128 pixels of the source video invisible). ++.sp ++This option is disabled if the \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-rotate=<0\-359|no>\fP ++Rotate the video clockwise, in degrees. Currently supports 90° steps only. ++If \fBno\fP is given, the video is never rotated, even if the file has ++rotation metadata. (The rotation value is added to the rotation metadata, ++which means the value \fB0\fP would rotate the video according to the ++rotation metadata.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-stereo\-mode=<no|mode>\fP ++Set the stereo 3D output mode (default: \fBmono\fP). This is done by inserting ++the \fBstereo3d\fP conversion filter. ++.sp ++The pseudo\-mode \fBno\fP disables automatic conversion completely. ++.sp ++The mode \fBmono\fP is an alias to \fBml\fP, which refers to the left frame in ++2D. This is the default, which means mpv will try to show 3D movies in 2D, ++instead of the mangled 3D image not intended for consumption (such as ++showing the left and right frame side by side, etc.). ++.sp ++Use \fB\-\-video\-stereo\-mode=help\fP to list all available modes. Check with ++the \fBstereo3d\fP filter documentation to see what the names mean. Note that ++some names refer to modes not supported by \fBstereo3d\fP \- these modes can ++appear in files, but can\(aqt be handled properly by mpv. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-zoom=<value>\fP ++Adjust the video display scale factor by the given value. The parameter is ++given log 2. For example, \fB\-\-video\-zoom=0\fP is unscaled, ++\fB\-\-video\-zoom=1\fP is twice the size, \fB\-\-video\-zoom=\-2\fP is one fourth of ++the size, and so on. ++.sp ++This option is disabled if the \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-align\-x=<\-1\-1>\fP, \fB\-\-video\-align\-y=<\-1\-1>\fP ++Moves the video rectangle within the black borders, which are usually added ++to pad the video to screen if video and screen aspect ratios are different. ++\fB\-\-video\-align\-y=\-1\fP would move the video to the top of the screen ++(leaving a border only on the bottom), a value of \fB0\fP centers it ++(default), and a value of \fB1\fP would put the video at the bottom of the ++screen. ++.sp ++If video and screen aspect match perfectly, these options do nothing. ++.sp ++This option is disabled if the \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-correct\-pts\fP, \fB\-\-no\-correct\-pts\fP ++\fB\-\-no\-correct\-pts\fP switches mpv to a mode where video timing is ++determined using a fixed framerate value (either using the \fB\-\-fps\fP ++option, or using file information). Sometimes, files with very broken ++timestamps can be played somewhat well in this mode. Note that video ++filters, subtitle rendering and audio synchronization can be completely ++broken in this mode. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-fps=<float>\fP ++Override video framerate. Useful if the original value is wrong or missing. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Works in \fB\-\-no\-correct\-pts\fP mode only. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deinterlace=<yes|no|auto>\fP ++Enable or disable interlacing (default: auto, which usually means no). ++Interlaced video shows ugly comb\-like artifacts, which are visible on ++fast movement. Enabling this typically inserts the yadif video filter in ++order to deinterlace the video, or lets the video output apply deinterlacing ++if supported. ++.sp ++This behaves exactly like the \fBdeinterlace\fP input property (usually ++mapped to \fBd\fP). ++.sp ++\fBauto\fP is a technicality. Strictly speaking, the default for this option ++is deinterlacing disabled, but the \fBauto\fP case is needed if \fByadif\fP was ++added to the filter chain manually with \fB\-\-vf\fP\&. Then the core shouldn\(aqt ++disable deinterlacing just because the \fB\-\-deinterlace\fP was not set. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-field\-dominance=<auto|top|bottom>\fP ++Set first field for interlaced content. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++(default) If the decoder does not export the appropriate ++information, it falls back on \fBtop\fP (top field first). ++.TP ++.B top ++top field first ++.TP ++.B bottom ++bottom field first ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Setting either \fBtop\fP or \fBbottom\fP will flag all frames as interlaced. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-frames=<number>\fP ++Play/convert only first \fB<number>\fP video frames, then quit. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-frames=0\fP loads the file, but immediately quits before initializing ++playback. (Might be useful for scripts which just want to determine some ++file properties.) ++.sp ++For audio\-only playback, any value greater than 0 will quit playback ++immediately after initialization. The value 0 works as with video. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-output\-levels=<outputlevels>\fP ++RGB color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. Normally, output devices ++such as PC monitors use full range color levels. However, some TVs and ++video monitors expect studio RGB levels. Providing full range output to a ++device expecting studio level input results in crushed blacks and whites, ++the reverse in dim gray blacks and dim whites. ++.sp ++Not all VOs support this option. Some will silently ignore it. ++.sp ++Available color ranges are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++automatic selection (equals to full range) (default) ++.TP ++.B limited ++limited range (16\-235 per component), studio levels ++.TP ++.B full ++full range (0\-255 per component), PC levels ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++It is advisable to use your graphics driver\(aqs color range option ++instead, if available. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hwdec\-codecs=<codec1,codec2,...|all>\fP ++Allow hardware decoding for a given list of codecs only. The special value ++\fBall\fP always allows all codecs. ++.sp ++You can get the list of allowed codecs with \fBmpv \-\-vd=help\fP\&. Remove the ++prefix, e.g. instead of \fBlavc:h264\fP use \fBh264\fP\&. ++.sp ++By default, this is set to \fBh264,vc1,wmv3,hevc,mpeg2video,vp9\fP\&. Note that ++the hardware acceleration special codecs like \fBh264_vdpau\fP are not ++relevant anymore, and in fact have been removed from Libav in this form. ++.sp ++This is usually only needed with broken GPUs, where a codec is reported ++as supported, but decoding causes more problems than it solves. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-hwdec=vdpau \-\-vo=vdpau \-\-hwdec\-codecs=h264,mpeg2video\fP ++Enable vdpau decoding for h264 and mpeg2 only. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-check\-hw\-profile=<yes|no>\fP ++Check hardware decoder profile (default: yes). If \fBno\fP is set, the ++highest profile of the hardware decoder is unconditionally selected, and ++decoding is forced even if the profile of the video is higher than that. ++The result is most likely broken decoding, but may also help if the ++detected or reported profiles are somehow incorrect. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-software\-fallback=<yes|no|N>\fP ++Fallback to software decoding if the hardware\-accelerated decoder fails ++(default: 3). If this is a number, then fallback will be triggered if ++N frames fail to decode in a row. 1 is equivalent to \fByes\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-bitexact\fP ++Only use bit\-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-fast\fP (MPEG\-2, MPEG\-4, and H.264 only) ++Enable optimizations which do not comply with the format specification and ++potentially cause problems, like simpler dequantization, simpler motion ++compensation, assuming use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV ++4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]\fP ++Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the \fBo=\fP ++unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is ++welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual. ++.sp ++Some options which used to be direct options can be set with this ++mechanism, like \fBbug\fP, \fBgray\fP, \fBidct\fP, \fBec\fP, \fBvismv\fP, ++\fBskip_top\fP (was \fBst\fP), \fBskip_bottom\fP (was \fBsb\fP), \fBdebug\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-o=debug=pict\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-show\-all=<yes|no>\fP ++Show even broken/corrupt frames (default: no). If this option is set to ++no, libavcodec won\(aqt output frames that were either decoded before an ++initial keyframe was decoded, or frames that are recognized as corrupted. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)\fP ++Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since ++the filtered frame is supposed to be used as reference for decoding ++dependent frames, this has a worse effect on quality than not doing ++deblocking on e.g. MPEG\-2 video. But at least for high bitrate HDTV, ++this provides a big speedup with little visible quality loss. ++.sp ++\fB<skipvalue>\fP can be one of the following: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B none ++Never skip. ++.TP ++.B default ++Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI). ++.TP ++.B nonref ++Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not used for ++decoding other frames, the error cannot "build up"). ++.TP ++.B bidir ++Skip B\-Frames. ++.TP ++.B nonkey ++Skip all frames except keyframes. ++.TP ++.B all ++Skip all frames. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG\-1/2 only)\fP ++Skips the IDCT step. This degrades quality a lot in almost all cases ++(see skiploopfilter for available skip values). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-skipframe=<skipvalue>\fP ++Skips decoding of frames completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion and ++sometimes bad artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip values). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-framedrop=<skipvalue>\fP ++Set framedropping mode used with \fB\-\-framedrop\fP (see skiploopfilter for ++available skip values). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vd\-lavc\-threads=<N>\fP ++Number of threads to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually ++supported depends on codec (default: 0). 0 means autodetect number of cores ++on the machine and use that, up to the maximum of 16. You can set more than ++16 threads manually. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Audio ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-pitch\-correction=<yes|no>\fP ++If this is enabled (default), playing with a speed different from normal ++automatically inserts the \fBscaletempo\fP audio filter. For details, see ++audio filter section. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-device=<name>\fP ++Use the given audio device. This consists of the audio output name, e.g. ++\fBalsa\fP, followed by \fB/\fP, followed by the audio output specific device ++name. The default value for this option is \fBauto\fP, which tries every audio ++output in preference order with the default device. ++.sp ++You can list audio devices with \fB\-\-audio\-device=help\fP\&. This outputs the ++device name in quotes, followed by a description. The device name is what ++you have to pass to the \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP option. The list of audio devices ++can be retrieved by API by using the \fBaudio\-device\-list\fP property. ++.sp ++While the option normally takes one of the strings as indicated by the ++methods above, you can also force the device for most AOs by building it ++manually. For example \fBname/foobar\fP forces the AO \fBname\fP to use the ++device \fBfoobar\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example for ALSA" ++.sp ++MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any \(aq,\(aq with \(aq.\(aq and ++any \(aq:\(aq with \(aq=\(aq in the ALSA device name. For example, to use the ++device named \fBdmix:default\fP, you had to do: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fB\-ao alsa:device=dmix=default\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++In mpv you could instead use: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fB\-\-audio\-device=alsa/dmix:default\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-exclusive=<yes|no>\fP ++Enable exclusive output mode. In this mode, the system is usually locked ++out, and only mpv will be able to output audio. ++.sp ++This only works for some audio outputs, such as \fBwasapi\fP and ++\fBcoreaudio\fP\&. Other audio outputs silently ignore this options. They either ++have no concept of exclusive mode, or the mpv side of the implementation is ++missing. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-fallback\-to\-null=<yes|no>\fP ++If no audio device can be opened, behave as if \fB\-\-ao=null\fP was given. This ++is useful in combination with \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP: instead of causing an ++error if the selected device does not exist, the client API user (or a ++Lua script) could let playback continue normally, and check the ++\fBcurrent\-ao\fP and \fBaudio\-device\-list\fP properties to make high\-level ++decisions about how to continue. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao=<driver>\fP ++Specify the audio output drivers to be used. See \fI\%AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS\fP for ++details and descriptions of available drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Specify a list of audio filters to apply to the audio stream. See ++\fI\%AUDIO FILTERS\fP for details and descriptions of the available filters. ++The option variants \fB\-\-af\-add\fP, \fB\-\-af\-pre\fP, \fB\-\-af\-del\fP and ++\fB\-\-af\-clr\fP exist to modify a previously specified list, but you ++should not need these for typical use. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-spdif=<codecs>\fP ++List of codecs for which compressed audio passthrough should be used. This ++works for both classic S/PDIF and HDMI. ++.sp ++Possible codecs are \fBac3\fP, \fBdts\fP, \fBdts\-hd\fP\&. Multiple codecs can be ++specified by separating them with \fB,\fP\&. \fBdts\fP refers to low bitrate DTS ++core, while \fBdts\-hd\fP refers to DTS MA (receiver and OS support varies). ++You should only use either \fBdts\fP or \fBdts\-hd\fP (if both are specified, ++and \fBdts\fP comes first, only \fBdts\fP will be used). ++.sp ++In general, all codecs in the \fBspdif\fP family listed with \fB\-\-ad=help\fP ++are supported in theory. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++There is not much reason to use this. HDMI supports uncompressed ++multichannel PCM, and mpv supports lossless DTS\-HD decoding via ++FFmpeg\(aqs new DCA decoder (based on libdcadec). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad=<[+|\-]family1:(*|decoder1),[+|\-]family2:(*|decoder2),...[\-]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of audio decoders to be used, according to their ++family and decoder name. Entries like \fBfamily:*\fP prioritize all decoders ++of the given family. When determining which decoder to use, the first ++decoder that matches the audio format is selected. If that is unavailable, ++the next decoder is used. Finally, it tries all other decoders that are not ++explicitly selected or rejected by the option. ++.sp ++\fB\-\fP at the end of the list suppresses fallback on other available ++decoders not on the \fB\-\-ad\fP list. \fB+\fP in front of an entry forces the ++decoder. Both of these should not normally be used, because they break ++normal decoder auto\-selection! ++.sp ++\fB\-\fP in front of an entry disables selection of the decoder. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad=lavc:mp3float\fP ++Prefer the FFmpeg/Libav \fBmp3float\fP decoder over all other MP3 ++decoders. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad=spdif:ac3,lavc:*\fP ++Always prefer spdif AC3 over FFmpeg/Libav over anything else. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad=help\fP ++List all available decoders. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++Enabling compressed audio passthrough (AC3 and DTS via SPDIF/HDMI) with ++this option is deprecated. Use \fB\-\-audio\-spdif\fP instead. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-volume=<value>\fP ++Set the startup volume. 0 means silence, 100 means no volume reduction or ++amplification. Negative values can be passed for compatibility, but are ++treated as 0. ++.sp ++Since mpv 0.18.1, this always controls the internal mixer (aka "softvol"). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-balance=<value>\fP ++How much left/right channels contribute to the audio. (The implementation ++of this feature is rather odd. It doesn\(aqt change the volumes of each ++channel, but instead sets up a pan matrix to mix the left and right ++channels.) ++.sp ++Deprecated. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-delay=<sec>\fP ++Audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value). Positive values ++delay the audio, and negative values delay the video. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-mute=<yes|no|auto>\fP ++Set startup audio mute status (default: no). ++.sp ++\fBauto\fP is a deprecated possible value that is equivalent to \fBno\fP\&. ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-volume\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-softvol=<no|yes|auto>\fP ++Deprecated/unfunctional. Before mpv 0.18.1, this used to control whether ++to use the volume controls of the audio output driver or the internal mpv ++volume filter. ++.sp ++The current behavior is that softvol is always enabled, i.e. as if this ++option is set to \fByes\fP\&. The other behaviors are not available anymore, ++although \fBauto\fP almost matches current behavior in most cases. ++.sp ++The \fBno\fP behavior is still partially available through the \fBao\-volume\fP ++and \fBao\-mute\fP properties. But there are no options to reset these. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-demuxer=<[+]name>\fP ++Use this audio demuxer type when using \fB\-\-audio\-file\fP\&. Use a \(aq+\(aq before ++the name to force it; this will skip some checks. Give the demuxer name as ++printed by \fB\-\-audio\-demuxer=help\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad\-lavc\-ac3drc=<level>\fP ++Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC\-3 audio streams. ++\fB<level>\fP is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no ++compression (which is the default) and 1 means full compression (make loud ++passages more silent and vice versa). Values up to 6 are also accepted, but ++are purely experimental. This option only shows an effect if the AC\-3 stream ++contains the required range compression information. ++.sp ++The standard mandates that DRC is enabled by default, but mpv (and some ++other players) ignore this for the sake of better audio quality. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad\-lavc\-downmix=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether to request audio channel downmixing from the decoder (default: yes). ++Some decoders, like AC\-3, AAC and DTS, can remix audio on decoding. The ++requested number of output channels is set with the \fB\-\-audio\-channels\fP option. ++Useful for playing surround audio on a stereo system. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad\-lavc\-threads=<0\-16>\fP ++Number of threads to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually ++supported depends on codec. As of this writing, it\(aqs supported for some ++lossless codecs only. 0 means autodetect number of cores on the ++machine and use that, up to the maximum of 16 (default: 1). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad\-lavc\-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]\fP ++Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the o= ++unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is ++welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ad\-spdif\-dtshd=<yes|no>\fP, \fB\-\-dtshd\fP, \fB\-\-no\-dtshd\fP ++If DTS is passed through, use DTS\-HD. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++This and enabling passthrough via \fB\-\-ad\fP are deprecated in favor of ++using \fB\-\-audio\-spdif=dts\-hd\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-channels=<auto\-safe|auto|layouts>\fP ++Control which audio channels are output (e.g. surround vs. stereo). There ++are the following possibilities: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++.INDENT 2.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-channels=auto\-safe\fP ++Use the system\(aqs preferred channel layout. If there is none (such ++as when accessing a hardware device instead of the system mixer), ++force stereo. Some audio outputs might simply accept any layout and ++do downmixing on their own. ++.sp ++This is the default. ++.UNINDENT ++.IP \(bu 2 ++.INDENT 2.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-channels=auto\fP ++Send the audio device whatever it accepts, preferring the audio\(aqs ++original channel layout. Can cause issues with HDMI (see the warning ++below). ++.UNINDENT ++.IP \(bu 2 ++.INDENT 2.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-channels=layout1,layout2,...\fP ++List of \fB,\fP\-separated channel layouts which should be allowed. ++Technically, this only adjusts the filter chain output to the best ++matching layout in the list, and passes the result to the audio API. ++It\(aqs possible that the audio API will select a different channel ++layout. ++.sp ++Using this mode is recommended for direct hardware output, especially ++over HDMI (see HDMI warning below). ++.UNINDENT ++.IP \(bu 2 ++.INDENT 2.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-channels=stereo\fP ++Force a plain stereo downmix. This is a special\-case of the previous ++item. (See paragraphs below for implications.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++If a list of layouts is given, each item can be either an explicit channel ++layout name (like \fB5.1\fP), or a channel number. Channel numbers refer to ++default layouts, e.g. 2 channels refer to stereo, 6 refers to 5.1. ++.sp ++See \fB\-\-audio\-channels=help\fP output for defined default layouts. This also ++lists speaker names, which can be used to express arbitrary channel ++layouts (e.g. \fBfl\-fr\-lfe\fP is 2.1). ++.sp ++If the list of channel layouts has only 1 item, the decoder is asked to ++produce according output. This sometimes triggers decoder\-downmix, which ++might be different from the normal mpv downmix. (Only some decoders support ++remixing audio, like AC\-3, AAC or DTS. You can use \fB\-\-ad\-lavc\-downmix=no\fP ++to make the decoder always output its native layout.) One consequence is ++that \fB\-\-audio\-channels=stereo\fP triggers decoder downmix, while \fBauto\fP ++or \fBauto\-safe\fP never will, even if they end up selecting stereo. This ++happens because the decision whether to use decoder downmix happens long ++before the audio device is opened. ++.sp ++If the channel layout of the media file (i.e. the decoder) and the AO\(aqs ++channel layout don\(aqt match, mpv will attempt to insert a conversion filter. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++Using \fBauto\fP can cause issues when using audio over HDMI. The OS will ++typically report all channel layouts that _can_ go over HDMI, even if ++the receiver does not support them. If a receiver gets an unsupported ++channel layout, random things can happen, such as dropping the ++additional channels, or adding noise. ++.sp ++You are recommended to set an explicit whitelist of the layouts you ++want. For example, most A/V receivers connected via HDMI and that can ++do 7.1 would be served by: \fB\-\-audio\-channels=7.1,5.1,stereo\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-normalize\-downmix=<yes|no>\fP ++Enable/disable normalization if surround audio is downmixed to stereo ++(default: no). If this is disabled, downmix can cause clipping. If it\(aqs ++enabled, the output might be too silent. It depends on the source audio. ++.sp ++Technically, this changes the \fBnormalize\fP suboption of the ++\fBlavrresample\fP audio filter, which performs the downmixing. ++.sp ++If downmix happens outside of mpv for some reason, this has no effect. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-display=<no|attachment>\fP ++Setting this option to \fBattachment\fP (default) will display image ++attachments (e.g. album cover art) when playing audio files. It will ++display the first image found, and additional images are available as ++video tracks. ++.sp ++Setting this option to \fBno\fP disables display of video entirely when ++playing audio files. ++.sp ++This option has no influence on files with normal video tracks. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-file=<filename>\fP ++Play audio from an external file while viewing a video. Each use of this ++option will add a new audio track. The details are similar to how ++\fB\-\-sub\-file\fP works. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-format=<format>\fP ++Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to ++the sound card. The values that \fB<format>\fP can adopt are listed below in ++the description of the \fBformat\fP audio filter. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-samplerate=<Hz>\fP ++Select the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards have ++limits on this). If the sample frequency selected is different from that ++of the current media, the lavrresample audio filter will be inserted into ++the audio filter layer to compensate for the difference. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-gapless\-audio=<no|yes|weak>\fP ++Try to play consecutive audio files with no silence or disruption at the ++point of file change. Default: \fBweak\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Disable gapless audio. ++.TP ++.B yes ++The audio device is opened using parameters chosen for the first ++file played and is then kept open for gapless playback. This ++means that if the first file for example has a low sample rate, then ++the following files may get resampled to the same low sample rate, ++resulting in reduced sound quality. If you play files with different ++parameters, consider using options such as \fB\-\-audio\-samplerate\fP ++and \fB\-\-audio\-format\fP to explicitly select what the shared output ++format will be. ++.TP ++.B weak ++Normally, the audio device is kept open (using the format it was ++first initialized with). If the audio format the decoder output ++changes, the audio device is closed and reopened. This means that ++you will normally get gapless audio with files that were encoded ++using the same settings, but might not be gapless in other cases. ++(Unlike with \fByes\fP, you don\(aqt have to worry about corner cases ++like the first file setting a very low quality output format, and ++ruining the playback of higher quality files that follow.) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This feature is implemented in a simple manner and relies on audio ++output device buffering to continue playback while moving from one file ++to another. If playback of the new file starts slowly, for example ++because it is played from a remote network location or because you have ++specified cache settings that require time for the initial cache fill, ++then the buffered audio may run out before playback of the new file ++can start. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-initial\-audio\-sync\fP, \fB\-\-no\-initial\-audio\-sync\fP ++When starting a video file or after events such as seeking, mpv will by ++default modify the audio stream to make it start from the same timestamp ++as video, by either inserting silence at the start or cutting away the ++first samples. Disabling this option makes the player behave like older ++mpv versions did: video and audio are both started immediately even if ++their start timestamps differ, and then video timing is gradually adjusted ++if necessary to reach correct synchronization later. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-volume\-max=<100.0\-1000.0>\fP, \fB\-\-softvol\-max=<...>\fP ++Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 130). A value of ++130 will allow you to adjust the volume up to about double the normal level. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-softvol\-max\fP is a deprecated alias and should not be used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-file\-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>\fP, \fB\-\-no\-audio\-file\-auto\fP ++Load additional audio files matching the video filename. The parameter ++specifies how external audio files are matched. \fBexact\fP is enabled by ++default. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Don\(aqt automatically load external audio files. ++.TP ++.B exact ++Load the media filename with audio file extension (default). ++.TP ++.B fuzzy ++Load all audio files containing media filename. ++.TP ++.B all ++Load all audio files in the current and \fB\-\-audio\-file\-paths\fP ++directories. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-file\-paths=<path1:path2:...>\fP ++Equivalent to \fB\-\-sub\-paths\fP option, but for auto\-loaded audio files. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-client\-name=<name>\fP ++The application name the player reports to the audio API. Can be useful ++if you want to force a different audio profile (e.g. with PulseAudio), ++or to set your own application name when using libmpv. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-volume\-restore\-data=<string>\fP ++Used internally for use by playback resume (e.g. with \fBquit\-watch\-later\fP). ++Restoring value has to be done carefully, because different AOs as well as ++softvol can have different value ranges, and we don\(aqt want to restore ++volume if setting the volume changes it system wide. The normal options ++(like \fB\-\-volume\fP) would always set the volume. This option was added for ++restoring volume in a safer way (by storing the method used to set the ++volume), and is not generally useful. Its semantics are considered private ++to mpv. ++.sp ++Do not use. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-buffer=<seconds>\fP ++Set the audio output minimum buffer. The audio device might actually create ++a larger buffer if it pleases. If the device creates a smaller buffer, ++additional audio is buffered in an additional software buffer. ++.sp ++Making this larger will make soft\-volume and other filters react slower, ++introduce additional issues on playback speed change, and block the ++player on audio format changes. A smaller buffer might lead to audio ++dropouts. ++.sp ++This option should be used for testing only. If a non\-default value helps ++significantly, the mpv developers should be contacted. ++.sp ++Default: 0.2 (200 ms). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-stream\-silence=<yes|no>\fP ++Cash\-grab consumer audio hardware (such as A/V receivers) often ignore ++initial audio sent over HDMI. This can happen every time audio over HDMI ++is stopped and resumed. In order to compensate for this, you can enable ++this option to not to stop and restart audio on seeks, and fill the gaps ++with silence. Likewise, when pausing playback, audio is not stopped, and ++silence is played while paused. Note that if no audio track is selected, ++the audio device will still be closed immediately. ++.sp ++Not all AOs support this. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-audio\-wait\-open=<secs>\fP ++This makes sense for use with \fB\-\-audio\-stream\-silence=yes\fP\&. If this option ++is given, the player will wait for the given amount of seconds after opening ++the audio device before sending actual audio data to it. Useful if your ++expensive hardware discards the first 1 or 2 seconds of audio data sent to ++it. If \fB\-\-audio\-stream\-silence=yes\fP is not set, this option will likely ++just waste time. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Subtitles ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Changing styling and position does not work with all subtitles. Image\-based ++subtitles (DVD, Bluray/PGS, DVB) cannot changed for fundamental reasons. ++Subtitles in ASS format are normally not changed intentionally, but ++overriding them can be controlled with \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override\fP\&. ++.sp ++Previously some options working on text subtitles were called ++\fB\-\-sub\-text\-*\fP, they are now named \fB\-\-sub\-*\fP, and those specifically ++for ASS have been renamed from \fB\-\-ass\-*\fP to \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-*\fP\&. ++They are now all in this section. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-demuxer=<[+]name>\fP ++Force subtitle demuxer type for \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP\&. Give the demuxer name as ++printed by \fB\-\-sub\-demuxer=help\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-delay=<sec>\fP ++Delays subtitles by \fB<sec>\fP seconds. Can be negative. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-file=subtitlefile\fP ++Add a subtitle file to the list of external subtitles. ++.sp ++If you use \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP only once, this subtitle file is displayed by ++default. ++.sp ++If \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP is used multiple times, the subtitle to use can be ++switched at runtime by cycling subtitle tracks. It\(aqs possible to show ++two subtitles at once: use \fB\-\-sid\fP to select the first subtitle index, ++and \fB\-\-secondary\-sid\fP to select the second index. (The index is printed ++on the terminal output after the \fB\-\-sid=\fP in the list of streams.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-secondary\-sid=<ID|auto|no>\fP ++Select a secondary subtitle stream. This is similar to \fB\-\-sid\fP\&. If a ++secondary subtitle is selected, it will be rendered as toptitle (i.e. on ++the top of the screen) alongside the normal subtitle, and provides a way ++to render two subtitles at once. ++.sp ++There are some caveats associated with this feature. For example, bitmap ++subtitles will always be rendered in their usual position, so selecting a ++bitmap subtitle as secondary subtitle will result in overlapping subtitles. ++Secondary subtitles are never shown on the terminal if video is disabled. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Styling and interpretation of any formatting tags is disabled for the ++secondary subtitle. Internally, the same mechanism as \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP ++is used to strip the styling. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++If the main subtitle stream contains formatting tags which display the ++subtitle at the top of the screen, it will overlap with the secondary ++subtitle. To prevent this, you could use \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP to disable ++styling in the main subtitle stream. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-scale=<0\-100>\fP ++Factor for the text subtitle font size (default: 1). ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This affects ASS subtitles as well, and may lead to incorrect subtitle ++rendering. Use with care, or use \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP instead. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-scale\-by\-window=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether to scale subtitles with the window size (default: yes). If this is ++disabled, changing the window size won\(aqt change the subtitle font size. ++.sp ++Like \fB\-\-sub\-scale\fP, this can break ASS subtitles. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-scale\-with\-window=<yes|no>\fP ++Make the subtitle font size relative to the window, instead of the video. ++This is useful if you always want the same font size, even if the video ++doesn\(aqt cover the window fully, e.g. because screen aspect and window ++aspect mismatch (and the player adds black bars). ++.sp ++Default: yes. ++.sp ++This option is misnamed. The difference to the confusingly similar sounding ++option \fB\-\-sub\-scale\-by\-window\fP is that \fB\-\-sub\-scale\-with\-window\fP still ++scales with the approximate window size, while the other option disables ++this scaling. ++.sp ++Affects plain text subtitles only (or ASS if \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override\fP is ++set high enough). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-scale\-with\-window=<yes|no>\fP ++Like \fB\-\-sub\-scale\-with\-window\fP, but affects subtitles in ASS format only. ++Like \fB\-\-sub\-scale\fP, this can break ASS subtitles. ++.sp ++Default: no. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-embeddedfonts\fP, \fB\-\-no\-embeddedfonts\fP ++Use fonts embedded in Matroska container files and ASS scripts (default: ++enabled). These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-pos=<0\-100>\fP ++Specify the position of subtitles on the screen. The value is the vertical ++position of the subtitle in % of the screen height. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This affects ASS subtitles as well, and may lead to incorrect subtitle ++rendering. Use with care, or use \fB\-\-sub\-margin\-y\fP instead. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-speed=<0.1\-10.0>\fP ++Multiply the subtitle event timestamps with the given value. Can be used ++to fix the playback speed for frame\-based subtitle formats. Affects text ++subtitles only. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fI\-\-sub\-speed=25/23.976\(ga\fP plays frame based subtitles which have been ++loaded assuming a framerate of 23.976 at 25 FPS. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-force\-style=<[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>\fP ++Override some style or script info parameters. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-ass\-force\-style=FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-ass\-force\-style=PlayResY=768\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-hinting=<none|light|normal|native>\fP ++Set font hinting type. <type> can be: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B none ++no hinting (default) ++.TP ++.B light ++FreeType autohinter, light mode ++.TP ++.B normal ++FreeType autohinter, normal mode ++.TP ++.B native ++font native hinter ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++Enabling hinting can lead to mispositioned text (in situations it\(aqs ++supposed to match up video background), or reduce the smoothness ++of animations with some badly authored ASS scripts. It is recommended ++to not use this option, unless really needed. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-line\-spacing=<value>\fP ++Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-shaper=<simple|complex>\fP ++Set the text layout engine used by libass. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B simple ++uses Fribidi only, fast, doesn\(aqt render some languages correctly ++.TP ++.B complex ++uses HarfBuzz, slower, wider language support ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBcomplex\fP is the default. If libass hasn\(aqt been compiled against HarfBuzz, ++libass silently reverts to \fBsimple\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-styles=<filename>\fP ++Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for ++rendering text subtitles. The syntax of the file is exactly like the \fB[V4 ++Styles]\fP / \fB[V4+ Styles]\fP section of SSA/ASS. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override=<yes|no|force|signfs|strip>\fP ++Control whether user style overrides should be applied. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B yes ++Apply all the \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-*\fP style override options. Changing the default ++for any of these options can lead to incorrect subtitle rendering ++(default). ++.TP ++.B signfs ++like \fByes\fP, but apply \fB\-\-sub\-scale\fP only to signs ++.TP ++.B no ++Render subtitles as forced by subtitle scripts. ++.TP ++.B force ++Try to force the font style as defined by the \fB\-\-sub\-*\fP ++options. Can break rendering easily. ++.TP ++.B strip ++Radically strip all ASS tags and styles from the subtitle. This ++is equivalent to the old \fB\-\-no\-ass\fP / \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP options. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-force\-margins\fP ++Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are ++available, if the subtitles are in the ASS format. ++.sp ++Default: no. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-use\-margins\fP ++Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are ++available, if the subtitles are in a plain text format (or ASS if ++\fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override\fP is set high enough). ++.sp ++Default: yes. ++.sp ++Renamed from \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-use\-margins\fP\&. To place ASS subtitles in the borders ++too (like the old option did), also add \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-force\-margins\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-vsfilter\-aspect\-compat=<yes|no>\fP ++Stretch SSA/ASS subtitles when playing anamorphic videos for compatibility ++with traditional VSFilter behavior. This switch has no effect when the ++video is stored with square pixels. ++.sp ++The renderer historically most commonly used for the SSA/ASS subtitle ++formats, VSFilter, had questionable behavior that resulted in subtitles ++being stretched too if the video was stored in anamorphic format that ++required scaling for display. This behavior is usually undesirable and ++newer VSFilter versions may behave differently. However, many existing ++scripts compensate for the stretching by modifying things in the opposite ++direction. Thus, if such scripts are displayed "correctly", they will not ++appear as intended. This switch enables emulation of the old VSFilter ++behavior (undesirable but expected by many existing scripts). ++.sp ++Enabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-vsfilter\-blur\-compat=<yes|no>\fP ++Scale \fB\eblur\fP tags by video resolution instead of script resolution ++(enabled by default). This is bug in VSFilter, which according to some, ++can\(aqt be fixed anymore in the name of compatibility. ++.sp ++Note that this uses the actual video resolution for calculating the ++offset scale factor, not what the video filter chain or the video output ++use. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-vsfilter\-color\-compat=<basic|full|force\-601|no>\fP ++Mangle colors like (xy\-)vsfilter do (default: basic). Historically, VSFilter ++was not color space aware. This was no problem as long as the color space ++used for SD video (BT.601) was used. But when everything switched to HD ++(BT.709), VSFilter was still converting RGB colors to BT.601, rendered ++them into the video frame, and handled the frame to the video output, which ++would use BT.709 for conversion to RGB. The result were mangled subtitle ++colors. Later on, bad hacks were added on top of the ASS format to control ++how colors are to be mangled. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B basic ++Handle only BT.601\->BT.709 mangling, if the subtitles seem to ++indicate that this is required (default). ++.TP ++.B full ++Handle the full \fBYCbCr Matrix\fP header with all video color spaces ++supported by libass and mpv. This might lead to bad breakages in ++corner cases and is not strictly needed for compatibility ++(hopefully), which is why this is not default. ++.TP ++.B force\-601 ++Force BT.601\->BT.709 mangling, regardless of subtitle headers ++or video color space. ++.TP ++.B no ++Disable color mangling completely. All colors are RGB. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Choosing anything other than \fBno\fP will make the subtitle color depend on ++the video color space, and it\(aqs for example in theory not possible to reuse ++a subtitle script with another video file. The \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override\fP ++option doesn\(aqt affect how this option is interpreted. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stretch\-dvd\-subs=<yes|no>\fP ++Stretch DVD subtitles when playing anamorphic videos for better looking ++fonts on badly mastered DVDs. This switch has no effect when the ++video is stored with square pixels \- which for DVD input cannot be the case ++though. ++.sp ++Many studios tend to use bitmap fonts designed for square pixels when ++authoring DVDs, causing the fonts to look stretched on playback on DVD ++players. This option fixes them, however at the price of possibly ++misaligning some subtitles (e.g. sign translations). ++.sp ++Disabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stretch\-image\-subs\-to\-screen=<yes|no>\fP ++Stretch DVD and other image subtitles to the screen, ignoring the video ++margins. This has a similar effect as \fB\-\-sub\-use\-margins\fP for text ++subtitles, except that the text itself will be stretched, not only just ++repositioned. (At least in general it is unavoidable, as an image bitmap ++can in theory consist of a single bitmap covering the whole screen, and ++the player won\(aqt know where exactly the text parts are located.) ++.sp ++This option does not display subtitles correctly. Use with care. ++.sp ++Disabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-ass\fP, \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP ++Render ASS subtitles natively (enabled by default). ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This has been deprecated by \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override=strip\fP\&. You also ++may need \fB\-\-embeddedfonts=no\fP to get the same behavior. Also, ++using \fB\-\-sub\-ass\-style\-override=force\fP should give better results ++without breaking subtitles too much. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++If \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP is specified, all tags and style declarations are ++stripped and ignored on display. The subtitle renderer uses the font style ++as specified by the \fB\-\-sub\-\fP options instead. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Using \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP may lead to incorrect or completely broken ++rendering of ASS/SSA subtitles. It can sometimes be useful to forcibly ++override the styling of ASS subtitles, but should be avoided in general. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>\fP, \fB\-\-no\-sub\-auto\fP ++Load additional subtitle files matching the video filename. The parameter ++specifies how external subtitle files are matched. \fBexact\fP is enabled by ++default. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Don\(aqt automatically load external subtitle files. ++.TP ++.B exact ++Load the media filename with subtitle file extension (default). ++.TP ++.B fuzzy ++Load all subs containing media filename. ++.TP ++.B all ++Load all subs in the current and \fB\-\-sub\-paths\fP directories. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-codepage=<codepage>\fP ++If your system supports \fBiconv(3)\fP, you can use this option to specify ++the subtitle codepage. By default, uchardet will be used to guess the ++charset. If mpv is not compiled with uchardet, enca will be used. ++If mpv is compiled with neither uchardet nor enca, \fBUTF\-8:UTF\-8\-BROKEN\fP ++is the default, which means it will try to use UTF\-8, otherwise the ++\fBUTF\-8\-BROKEN\fP pseudo codepage (see below). ++.sp ++The default value for this option is \fBauto\fP, whose actual effect depends ++on whether ENCA is compiled. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++If you force the charset, even subtitles that are known to be ++UTF\-8 will be recoded, which is perhaps not what you expect. Prefix ++codepages with \fButf8:\fP if you want the codepage to be used only if the ++input is not valid UTF\-8. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=utf8:latin2\fP Use Latin 2 if input is not UTF\-8. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=cp1250\fP Always force recoding to cp1250. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The pseudo codepage \fBUTF\-8\-BROKEN\fP is used internally. When it ++is the codepage, subtitles are interpreted as UTF\-8 with "Latin 1" as ++fallback for bytes which are not valid UTF\-8 sequences. iconv is ++never involved in this mode. ++.sp ++If the player was compiled with ENCA support, you can control it with the ++following syntax: ++.sp ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=enca:<language>:<fallback codepage>\fP ++.sp ++Language is specified using a two letter code to help ENCA detect ++the codepage automatically. If an invalid language code is ++entered, mpv will complain and list valid languages. (Note ++however that this list will only be printed when the conversion code is actually ++called, for example when loading an external subtitle). The ++fallback codepage is used if autodetection fails. If no fallback ++is specified, \fBUTF\-8\-BROKEN\fP is used. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=enca:pl:cp1250\fP guess the encoding, assuming the subtitles ++are Polish, fall back on cp1250 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=enca:pl\fP guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on UTF\-8. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=enca\fP try universal detection, fall back on UTF\-8. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++If the player was compiled with libguess support, you can use it with: ++.sp ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=guess:<language>:<fallback codepage>\fP ++.sp ++libguess always needs a language. There is no universal detection ++mode. Use \fB\-\-sub\-codepage=guess:help\fP to get a list of ++languages subject to the same caveat as with ENCA above. ++.sp ++If the player was compiled with uchardet support you can use it with: ++.sp ++\fB\-\-sub\-codepage=uchardet\fP ++.sp ++This mode doesn\(aqt take language or fallback codepage. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-fix\-timing\fP, \fB\-\-no\-sub\-fix\-timing\fP ++By default, subtitle timing is adjusted to remove minor gaps or overlaps ++between subtitles (if the difference is smaller than 210 ms, the gap or ++overlap is removed). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-forced\-only\fP ++Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g. ++\fB\-\-slang\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-fps=<rate>\fP ++Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: video fps). Affects ++text subtitles only. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fB<rate>\fP > video fps speeds the subtitles up for frame\-based ++subtitle files and slows them down for time\-based ones. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-sub\-speed\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-gauss=<0.0\-3.0>\fP ++Apply Gaussian blur to image subtitles (default: 0). This can help to make ++pixelated DVD/Vobsubs look nicer. A value other than 0 also switches to ++software subtitle scaling. Might be slow. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Never applied to text subtitles. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-gray\fP ++Convert image subtitles to grayscale. Can help to make yellow DVD/Vobsubs ++look nicer. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Never applied to text subtitles. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-paths=<path1:path2:...>\fP ++Specify extra directories to search for subtitles matching the video. ++Multiple directories can be separated by ":" (";" on Windows). ++Paths can be relative or absolute. Relative paths are interpreted relative ++to video file directory. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++Assuming that \fB/path/to/video/video.avi\fP is played and ++\fB\-\-sub\-paths=sub:subtitles:/tmp/subs\fP is specified, mpv searches for ++subtitle files in these directories: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB/path/to/video/\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB/path/to/video/sub/\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB/path/to/video/subtitles/\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB/tmp/subs/\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++the \fBsub\fP configuration subdirectory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/sub/\fP) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-visibility\fP, \fB\-\-no\-sub\-visibility\fP ++Can be used to disable display of subtitles, but still select and decode ++them. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-clear\-on\-seek\fP ++(Obscure, rarely useful.) Can be used to play broken mkv files with ++duplicate ReadOrder fields. ReadOrder is the first field in a ++Matroska\-style ASS subtitle packets. It should be unique, and libass ++uses it for fast elimination of duplicates. This option disables caching ++of subtitles across seeks, so after a seek libass can\(aqt eliminate subtitle ++packets with the same ReadOrder as earlier packets. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-teletext\-page=<1\-999>\fP ++This works for \fBdvb_teletext\fP subtitle streams, and if FFmpeg has been ++compiled with support for it. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-font=<name>\fP ++Specify font to use for subtitles that do not themselves ++specify a particular font. The default is \fBsans\-serif\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-font=\(aqBitstream Vera Sans\(aq\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-font=\(aqMS Comic Sans\(aq\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The \fB\-\-sub\-font\fP option (and many other style related \fB\-\-sub\-\fP ++options) are ignored when ASS\-subtitles are rendered, unless the ++\fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP option is specified. ++.sp ++This used to support fontconfig patterns. Starting with libass 0.13.0, ++this stopped working. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size=<size>\fP ++Specify the sub font size. The unit is the size in scaled pixels at a ++window height of 720. The actual pixel size is scaled with the window ++height: if the window height is larger or smaller than 720, the actual size ++of the text increases or decreases as well. ++.sp ++Default: 55. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-back\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-sub\-color\fP\&. Color used for sub text background. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-blur=<0..20.0>\fP ++Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-bold=<yes|no>\fP ++Format text on bold. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-italic=<yes|no>\fP ++Format text on italic. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-border\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-sub\-color\fP\&. Color used for the sub font border. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++ignored when \fB\-\-sub\-back\-color\fP is ++specified (or more exactly: when that option is not set to completely ++transparent). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-border\-size=<size>\fP ++Size of the sub font border in scaled pixels (see \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP ++for details). A value of 0 disables borders. ++.sp ++Default: 3. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-color=<color>\fP ++Specify the color used for unstyled text subtitles. ++.sp ++The color is specified in the form \fBr/g/b\fP, where each color component ++is specified as number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. It\(aqs also possible to ++specify the transparency by using \fBr/g/b/a\fP, where the alpha value 0 ++means fully transparent, and 1.0 means opaque. If the alpha component is ++not given, the color is 100% opaque. ++.sp ++Passing a single number to the option sets the sub to gray, and the form ++\fBgray/a\fP lets you specify alpha additionally. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-color=1.0/0.0/0.0\fP set sub to opaque red ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-color=1.0/0.0/0.0/0.75\fP set sub to opaque red with 75% alpha ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-color=0.5/0.75\fP set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Alternatively, the color can be specified as a RGB hex triplet in the form ++\fB#RRGGBB\fP, where each 2\-digit group expresses a color value in the ++range 0 (\fB00\fP) to 255 (\fBFF\fP). For example, \fB#FF0000\fP is red. ++This is similar to web colors. Alpha is given with \fB#AARRGGBB\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-color=\(aq#FF0000\(aq\fP set sub to opaque red ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-sub\-color=\(aq#C0808080\(aq\fP set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-margin\-x=<size>\fP ++Left and right screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). ++.sp ++This option specifies the distance of the sub to the left, as well as at ++which distance from the right border long sub text will be broken. ++.sp ++Default: 25. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-margin\-y=<size>\fP ++Top and bottom screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). ++.sp ++This option specifies the vertical margins of unstyled text subtitles. ++If you just want to raise the vertical subtitle position, use \fB\-\-sub\-pos\fP\&. ++.sp ++Default: 22. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-align\-x=<left|center|right>\fP ++Control to which corner of the screen text subtitles should be ++aligned to (default: \fBcenter\fP). ++.sp ++Never applied to ASS subtitles, except in \fB\-\-no\-sub\-ass\fP mode. Likewise, ++this does not apply to image subtitles. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-align\-y=<top|center|bottom>\fP ++Vertical position (default: \fBbottom\fP). ++Details see \fB\-\-sub\-align\-x\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-shadow\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-sub\-color\fP\&. Color used for sub text shadow. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-shadow\-offset=<size>\fP ++Displacement of the sub text shadow in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). A value of 0 disables shadows. ++.sp ++Default: 0. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sub\-spacing=<size>\fP ++Horizontal sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP ++for details). This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative ++values are allowed. ++.sp ++Default: 0. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Window ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-title=<string>\fP ++Set the window title. This is used for the video window, and if possible, ++also sets the audio stream title. ++.sp ++Properties are expanded. (See \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&.) ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++There is a danger of this causing significant CPU usage, depending on ++the properties used. Changing the window title is often a slow ++operation, and if the title changes every frame, playback can be ruined. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screen=<default|0\-32>\fP ++In multi\-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across ++multiple displays), this option tells mpv which screen to display the ++video on. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Note (X11)" ++.sp ++This option does not work properly with all window managers. In these ++cases, you can try to use \fB\-\-geometry\fP to position the window ++explicitly. It\(aqs also possible that the window manager provides native ++features to control which screens application windows should use. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also \fB\-\-fs\-screen\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-fullscreen\fP, \fB\-\-fs\fP ++Fullscreen playback. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-fs\-screen=<all|current|0\-32>\fP ++In multi\-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across ++multiple displays), this option tells mpv which screen to go fullscreen to. ++If \fBdefault\fP is provided mpv will fallback on using the behavior ++depending on what the user provided with the \fBscreen\fP option. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Note (X11)" ++.sp ++This option does works properly only with window managers which ++understand the EWMH \fB_NET_WM_FULLSCREEN_MONITORS\fP hint. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Note (OS X)" ++.sp ++\fBall\fP does not work on OS X and will behave like \fBcurrent\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also \fB\-\-screen\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB\-\-fs\-black\-out\-screens\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++OS X only. Black out other displays when going fullscreen. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-keep\-open=<yes|no|always>\fP ++Do not terminate when playing or seeking beyond the end of the file, and ++there is not next file to be played (and \fB\-\-loop\fP is not used). ++Instead, pause the player. When trying to seek beyond end of the file, the ++player will attempt to seek to the last frame. ++.sp ++The following arguments can be given: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++If the current file ends, go to the next file or terminate. ++(Default.) ++.TP ++.B yes ++Don\(aqt terminate if the current file is the last playlist entry. ++Equivalent to \fB\-\-keep\-open\fP without arguments. ++.TP ++.B always ++Like \fByes\fP, but also applies to files before the last playlist ++entry. This means playback will never automatically advance to ++the next file. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This option is not respected when using \fB\-\-frames\fP\&. Explicitly ++skipping to the next file if the binding uses \fBforce\fP will terminate ++playback as well. ++.sp ++Also, if errors or unusual circumstances happen, the player can quit ++anyway. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Since mpv 0.6.0, this doesn\(aqt pause if there is a next file in the playlist, ++or the playlist is looped. Approximately, this will pause when the player ++would normally exit, but in practice there are corner cases in which this ++is not the case (e.g. \fBmpv \-\-keep\-open file.mkv /dev/null\fP will play ++file.mkv normally, then fail to open \fB/dev/null\fP, then exit). (In ++mpv 0.8.0, \fBalways\fP was introduced, which restores the old behavior.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-image\-display\-duration=<seconds|inf>\fP ++If the current file is an image, play the image for the given amount of ++seconds (default: 1). \fBinf\fP means the file is kept open forever (until ++the user stops playback manually). ++.sp ++Unlike \fB\-\-keep\-open\fP, the player is not paused, but simply continues ++playback until the time has elapsed. (It should not use any resources ++during "playback".) ++.sp ++This affects image files, which are defined as having only 1 video frame ++and no audio. The player may recognize certain non\-images as images, for ++example if \fB\-\-length\fP is used to reduce the length to 1 frame, or if ++you seek to the last frame. ++.sp ++This option does not affect the framerate used for \fBmf://\fP or ++\fB\-\-merge\-files\fP\&. For that, use \fB\-\-mf\-fps\fP instead. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-force\-window=<yes|no|immediate>\fP ++Create a video output window even if there is no video. This can be useful ++when pretending that mpv is a GUI application. Currently, the window ++always has the size 640x480, and is subject to \fB\-\-geometry\fP, ++\fB\-\-autofit\fP, and similar options. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The window is created only after initialization (to make sure default ++window placement still works if the video size is different from the ++\fB\-\-force\-window\fP default window size). This can be a problem if ++initialization doesn\(aqt work perfectly, such as when opening URLs with ++bad network connection, or opening broken video files. The \fBimmediate\fP ++mode can be used to create the window always on program start, but this ++may cause other issues. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-taskbar\-progress\fP, \fB\-\-no\-taskbar\-progress\fP ++(Windows only) ++Enable/disable playback progress rendering in taskbar (Windows 7 and above). ++.sp ++Enabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ontop\fP ++Makes the player window stay on top of other windows. ++.sp ++On Windows, if combined with fullscreen mode, this causes mpv to be ++treated as exclusive fullscreen window that bypasses the Desktop Window ++Manager. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-border\fP, \fB\-\-no\-border\fP ++Play video with window border and decorations. Since this is on by ++default, use \fB\-\-no\-border\fP to disable the standard window decorations. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-fit\-border\fP, \fB\-\-no\-fit\-border\fP ++(Windows only) Fit the whole window with border and decorations on the ++screen. Since this is on by default, use \fB\-\-no\-fit\-border\fP to make mpv ++try to only fit client area with video on the screen. This behavior only ++applied to window/video with size exceeding size of the screen. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-on\-all\-workspaces\fP ++(X11 only) ++Show the video window on all virtual desktops. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-geometry=<[W[xH]][+\-x+\-y]>\fP, \fB\-\-geometry=<x:y>\fP ++Adjust the initial window position or size. \fBW\fP and \fBH\fP set the window ++size in pixels. \fBx\fP and \fBy\fP set the window position, measured in pixels ++from the top\-left corner of the screen to the top\-left corner of the image ++being displayed. If a percentage sign (\fB%\fP) is given after the argument, ++it turns the value into a percentage of the screen size in that direction. ++Positions are specified similar to the standard X11 \fB\-\-geometry\fP option ++format, in which e.g. +10\-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left border and ++50 pixels from the lower border" and "\-\-20+\-10" means "place 20 pixels ++beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top border". ++.sp ++If an external window is specified using the \fB\-\-wid\fP option, this ++option is ignored. ++.sp ++The coordinates are relative to the screen given with \fB\-\-screen\fP for the ++video output drivers that fully support \fB\-\-screen\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.\" admonition: Note (OS X) ++.\" ++.\" On Mac OS X the origin of the screen coordinate system is located on the ++.\" bottom-left corner. For instance, ``0:0`` will place the window at the ++.\" bottom-left of the screen. ++. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Note (X11)" ++.sp ++This option does not work properly with all window managers. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB50:40\fP ++Places the window at x=50, y=40. ++.TP ++.B \fB50%:50%\fP ++Places the window in the middle of the screen. ++.TP ++.B \fB100%:100%\fP ++Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen. ++.TP ++.B \fB50%\fP ++Sets the window width to half the screen width. Window height is set ++so that the window has the video aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fB50%x50%\fP ++Forces the window width and height to half the screen width and ++height. Will show black borders to compensate for the video aspect ++ration (with most VOs and without \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB50%+10+10\fP ++Sets the window to half the screen widths, and positions it 10 ++pixels below/left of the top left corner of the screen. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also \fB\-\-autofit\fP and \fB\-\-autofit\-larger\fP for fitting the window into ++a given size without changing aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-autofit=<[W[xH]]>\fP ++Set the initial window size to a maximum size specified by \fBWxH\fP, without ++changing the window\(aqs aspect ratio. The size is measured in pixels, or if ++a number is followed by a percentage sign (\fB%\fP), in percents of the ++screen size. ++.sp ++This option never changes the aspect ratio of the window. If the aspect ++ratio mismatches, the window\(aqs size is reduced until it fits into the ++specified size. ++.sp ++Window position is not taken into account, nor is it modified by this ++option (the window manager still may place the window differently depending ++on size). Use \fB\-\-geometry\fP to change the window position. Its effects ++are applied after this option. ++.sp ++See \fB\-\-geometry\fP for details how this is handled with multi\-monitor ++setups. ++.sp ++Use \fB\-\-autofit\-larger\fP instead if you just want to limit the maximum size ++of the window, rather than always forcing a window size. ++.sp ++Use \fB\-\-geometry\fP if you want to force both window width and height to a ++specific size. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB70%\fP ++Make the window width 70% of the screen size, keeping aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fB1000\fP ++Set the window width to 1000 pixels, keeping aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fB70%x60%\fP ++Make the window as large as possible, without being wider than 70% ++of the screen width, or higher than 60% of the screen height. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-autofit\-larger=<[W[xH]]>\fP ++This option behaves exactly like \fB\-\-autofit\fP, except the window size is ++only changed if the window would be larger than the specified size. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB90%x80%\fP ++If the video is larger than 90% of the screen width or 80% of the ++screen height, make the window smaller until either its width is 90% ++of the screen, or its height is 80% of the screen. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-autofit\-smaller=<[W[xH]]>\fP ++This option behaves exactly like \fB\-\-autofit\fP, except that it sets the ++minimum size of the window (just as \fB\-\-autofit\-larger\fP sets the maximum). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB500x500\fP ++Make the window at least 500 pixels wide and 500 pixels high ++(depending on the video aspect ratio, the width or height will be ++larger than 500 in order to keep the aspect ratio the same). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-window\-scale=<factor>\fP ++Resize the video window to a multiple (or fraction) of the video size. This ++option is applied before \fB\-\-autofit\fP and other options are applied (so ++they override this option). ++.sp ++For example, \fB\-\-window\-scale=0.5\fP would show the window at half the ++video size. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cursor\-autohide=<number|no|always>\fP ++Make mouse cursor automatically hide after given number of milliseconds. ++\fBno\fP will disable cursor autohide. \fBalways\fP means the cursor will stay ++hidden. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cursor\-autohide\-fs\-only\fP ++If this option is given, the cursor is always visible in windowed mode. In ++fullscreen mode, the cursor is shown or hidden according to ++\fB\-\-cursor\-autohide\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-fixed\-vo\fP, \fB\-\-fixed\-vo\fP ++\fB\-\-no\-fixed\-vo\fP enforces closing and reopening the video window for ++multiple files (one (un)initialization for each file). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-force\-rgba\-osd\-rendering\fP ++Change how some video outputs render the OSD and text subtitles. This ++does not change appearance of the subtitles and only has performance ++implications. For VOs which support native ASS rendering (like \fBvdpau\fP, ++\fBopengl\fP, \fBdirect3d\fP), this can be slightly faster or slower, ++depending on GPU drivers and hardware. For other VOs, this just makes ++rendering slower. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-force\-window\-position\fP ++Forcefully move mpv\(aqs video output window to default location whenever ++there is a change in video parameters, video stream or file. This used to ++be the default behavior. Currently only affects X11 VOs. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB\-\-heartbeat\-cmd=<command>\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This option is redundant with Lua scripting. Further, it shouldn\(aqt be ++needed for disabling screensaver anyway, since mpv will call ++\fBxdg\-screensaver\fP when using X11 backend. As a consequence this ++option has been deprecated with no direct replacement. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via \fIsystem()\fP \- ++i.e. using the shell. The time between the commands can be customized with ++the \fB\-\-heartbeat\-interval\fP option. The command is not run while playback ++is paused. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++mpv uses this command without any checking. It is your responsibility to ++ensure it does not cause security problems (e.g. make sure to use full ++paths if "." is in your path like on Windows). It also only works when ++playing video (i.e. not with \fB\-\-no\-video\fP but works with ++\fB\-vo=null\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support the ++proper X API (see also \fB\-\-stop\-screensaver\fP). If you think this is too ++complicated, ask the author of the screensaver program to support the ++proper X APIs. Note that the \fB\-\-stop\-screensaver\fP does not influence the ++heartbeat code at all. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example for xscreensaver" ++.sp ++\fBmpv \-\-heartbeat\-cmd="xscreensaver\-command \-deactivate" file\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example for GNOME screensaver" ++.sp ++\fBmpv \-\-heartbeat\-cmd="gnome\-screensaver\-command \-\-deactivate" file\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-heartbeat\-interval=<sec>\fP ++Time between \fB\-\-heartbeat\-cmd\fP invocations in seconds (default: 30). ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This does not affect the normal screensaver operation in any way. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP, \fB\-\-keepaspect\fP ++\fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\fP will always stretch the video to window size, and will ++disable the window manager hints that force the window aspect ratio. ++(Ignored in fullscreen mode.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\-window\fP, \fB\-\-keepaspect\-window\fP ++\fB\-\-keepaspect\-window\fP (the default) will lock the window size to the ++video aspect. \fB\-\-no\-keepaspect\-window\fP disables this behavior, and will ++instead add black bars if window aspect and video aspect mismatch. Whether ++this actually works depends on the VO backend. ++(Ignored in fullscreen mode.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-monitoraspect=<ratio>\fP ++Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a ++previous setting (e.g. in the config file). Overrides the ++\fB\-\-monitorpixelaspect\fP setting if enabled. ++.sp ++See also \fB\-\-monitorpixelaspect\fP and \fB\-\-video\-aspect\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-monitoraspect=4:3\fP or \fB\-\-monitoraspect=1.3333\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-monitoraspect=16:9\fP or \fB\-\-monitoraspect=1.7777\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hidpi\-window\-scale\fP, \fB\-\-no\-hidpi\-window\-scale\fP ++(OS X only) ++Scale the window size according to the backing scale factor (default: yes). ++On regular HiDPI resolutions the window opens with double the size but appears ++as having the same size as on none\-HiDPI resolutions. This is the default OS X ++behavior. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-monitorpixelaspect=<ratio>\fP ++Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: ++1). A value of 1 means square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs). See ++also \fB\-\-monitoraspect\fP and \fB\-\-video\-aspect\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stop\-screensaver\fP, \fB\-\-no\-stop\-screensaver\fP ++Turns off the screensaver (or screen blanker and similar mechanisms) at ++startup and turns it on again on exit (default: yes). The screensaver is ++always re\-enabled when the player is paused. ++.sp ++This is not supported on all video outputs or platforms. Sometimes it is ++implemented, but does not work (known to happen with GNOME). You might be ++able to work around this using \fB\-\-heartbeat\-cmd\fP instead. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-wid=<ID>\fP ++This tells mpv to attach to an existing window. If a VO is selected that ++supports this option, it will use that window for video output. mpv will ++scale the video to the size of this window, and will add black bars to ++compensate if the aspect ratio of the video is different. ++.sp ++On X11, the ID is interpreted as a \fBWindow\fP on X11. Unlike ++MPlayer/mplayer2, mpv always creates its own window, and sets the wid ++window as parent. The window will always be resized to cover the parent ++window fully. The value \fB0\fP is interpreted specially, and mpv will ++draw directly on the root window. ++.sp ++On win32, the ID is interpreted as \fBHWND\fP\&. Pass it as value cast to ++\fBintptr_t\fP\&. mpv will create its own window, and set the wid window as ++parent, like with X11. ++.sp ++On OSX/Cocoa, the ID is interpreted as \fBNSView*\fP\&. Pass it as value cast ++to \fBintptr_t\fP\&. mpv will create its own sub\-view. Because OSX does not ++support window embedding of foreign processes, this works only with libmpv, ++and will crash when used from the command line. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-window\-dragging\fP ++Don\(aqt move the window when clicking on it and moving the mouse pointer. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-x11\-name\fP ++Set the window class name for X11\-based video output methods. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-x11\-netwm=<yes|no|auto>\fP ++(X11 only) ++Control the use of NetWM protocol features. ++.sp ++This may or may not help with broken window managers. This provides some ++functionality that was implemented by the now removed \fB\-\-fstype\fP option. ++Actually, it is not known to the developers to which degree this option ++was needed, so feedback is welcome. ++.sp ++Specifically, \fByes\fP will force use of NetWM fullscreen support, even if ++not advertised by the WM. This can be useful for WMs that are broken on ++purpose, like XMonad. (XMonad supposedly doesn\(aqt advertise fullscreen ++support, because Flash uses it. Apparently, applications which want to ++use fullscreen anyway are supposed to either ignore the NetWM support hints, ++or provide a workaround. Shame on XMonad for deliberately breaking X ++protocols (as if X isn\(aqt bad enough already). ++.sp ++By default, NetWM support is autodetected (\fBauto\fP). ++.sp ++This option might be removed in the future. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-x11\-bypass\-compositor=<yes|no|fs\-only|never>\fP ++If set to \fByes\fP, then ask the compositor to unredirect the mpv window ++(default: \fBfs\-only\fP). This uses the \fB_NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR\fP hint. ++.sp ++\fBfs\-only\fP asks the window manager to disable the compositor only in ++fullscreen mode. ++.sp ++\fBno\fP sets \fB_NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR\fP to 0, which is the default value ++as declared by the EWMH specification, i.e. no change is done. ++.sp ++\fBnever\fP asks the window manager to never disable the compositor. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Disc Devices ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdrom\-device=<path>\fP ++Specify the CD\-ROM device (default: \fB/dev/cdrom\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvd\-device=<path>\fP ++Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: \fB/dev/dvd\fP). You can ++also specify a directory that contains files previously copied directly ++from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fBmpv dvd:// \-\-dvd\-device=/path/to/dvd/\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-bluray\-device=<path>\fP ++(Blu\-ray only) ++Specify the Blu\-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu\-ray ++structure. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fBmpv bd:// \-\-bluray\-device=/path/to/bd/\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-...\fP ++These options can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of mpv. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-speed=<value>\fP ++Set CD spin speed. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-paranoia=<0\-2>\fP ++Set paranoia level. Values other than 0 seem to break playback of ++anything but the first track. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++disable checking (default) ++.TP ++.B 1 ++overlap checking only ++.TP ++.B 2 ++full data correction and verification ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-sector\-size=<value>\fP ++Set atomic read size. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-overlap=<value>\fP ++Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-toc\-bias\fP ++Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC ++will be addressed as LBA 0. Some discs need this for getting track ++boundaries correctly. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-toc\-offset=<value>\fP ++Add \fB<value>\fP sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks. ++May be negative. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-skip=<yes|no>\fP ++(Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cdda\-cdtext=<yes|no>\fP ++Print CD text. This is disabled by default, because it ruins performance ++with CD\-ROM drives for unknown reasons. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvd\-speed=<speed>\fP ++Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is 1385 ++kB/s, so an 8x drive can read at speeds up to 11080 kB/s. Slower speeds ++make the drive more quiet. For watching DVDs, 2700 kB/s should be quiet and ++fast enough. mpv resets the speed to the drive default value on close. ++Values of at least 100 mean speed in kB/s. Values less than 100 mean ++multiples of 1385 kB/s, i.e. \fB\-\-dvd\-speed=8\fP selects 11080 kB/s. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvd\-angle=<ID>\fP ++Some DVDs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles. ++This option tells mpv which angle to use (default: 1). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Equalizer ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-brightness=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by ++all video output drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-contrast=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all ++video output drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-saturation=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0). You can get ++grayscale output with this option. Not supported by all video output ++drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-gamma=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all ++video output drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hue=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0). You can get a colored ++negative of the image with this option. Not supported by all video output ++drivers. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Demuxer ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer=<[+]name>\fP ++Force demuxer type. Use a \(aq+\(aq before the name to force it; this will skip ++some checks. Give the demuxer name as printed by \fB\-\-demuxer=help\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-analyzeduration=<value>\fP ++Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-probescore=<1\-100>\fP ++Minimum required libavformat probe score. Lower values will require ++less data to be loaded (makes streams start faster), but makes file ++format detection less reliable. Can be used to force auto\-detected ++libavformat demuxers, even if libavformat considers the detection not ++reliable enough. (Default: 26.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-allow\-mimetype=<yes|no>\fP ++Allow deriving the format from the HTTP MIME type (default: yes). Set ++this to no in case playing things from HTTP mysteriously fails, even ++though the same files work from local disk. ++.sp ++This is default in order to reduce latency when opening HTTP streams. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-format=<name>\fP ++Force a specific libavformat demuxer. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-hacks=<yes|no>\fP ++By default, some formats will be handled differently from other formats ++by explicitly checking for them. Most of these compensate for weird or ++imperfect behavior from libavformat demuxers. Passing \fBno\fP disables ++these. For debugging and testing only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-genpts\-mode=<no|lavf>\fP ++Mode for deriving missing packet PTS values from packet DTS. \fBlavf\fP ++enables libavformat\(aqs \fBgenpts\fP option. \fBno\fP disables it. This used ++to be enabled by default, but then it was deemed as not needed anymore. ++Enabling this might help with timestamp problems, or make them worse. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]\fP ++Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer. ++.sp ++Note, a patch to make the \fIo=\fP unneeded and pass all unknown options ++through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of AVOptions can ++be found in the FFmpeg manual. Note that some options may conflict ++with mpv options. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-o=fflags=+ignidx\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-probesize=<value>\fP ++Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase. In the ++case of MPEG\-TS this value identifies the maximum number of TS packets ++to scan. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-buffersize=<value>\fP ++Size of the stream read buffer allocated for libavformat in bytes ++(default: 32768). Lowering the size could lower latency. Note that ++libavformat might reallocate the buffer internally, or not fully use all ++of it. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-lavf\-cryptokey=<hexstring>\fP ++Encryption key the demuxer should use. This is the raw binary data of ++the key converted to a hexadecimal string. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll=<yes|index|no>\fP, \fB\-\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\fP ++Try harder to show embedded soft subtitles when seeking somewhere. Normally, ++it can happen that the subtitle at the seek target is not shown due to how ++some container file formats are designed. The subtitles appear only if ++seeking before or exactly to the position a subtitle first appears. To ++make this worse, subtitles are often timed to appear a very small amount ++before the associated video frame, so that seeking to the video frame ++typically does not demux the subtitle at that position. ++.sp ++Enabling this option makes the demuxer start reading data a bit before the ++seek target, so that subtitles appear correctly. Note that this makes ++seeking slower, and is not guaranteed to always work. It only works if the ++subtitle is close enough to the seek target. ++.sp ++Works with the internal Matroska demuxer only. Always enabled for absolute ++and hr\-seeks, and this option changes behavior with relative or imprecise ++seeks only. ++.sp ++You can use the \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\-secs\fP option to specify ++how much data the demuxer should pre\-read at most in order to find subtitle ++packets that may overlap. Setting this to 0 will effectively disable this ++preroll mechanism. Setting a very large value can make seeking very slow, ++and an extremely large value would completely reread the entire file from ++start to seek target on every seek \- seeking can become slower towards the ++end of the file. The details are messy, and the value is actually rounded ++down to the cluster with the previous video keyframe. ++.sp ++Some files, especially files muxed with newer mkvmerge versions, have ++information embedded that can be used to determine what subtitle packets ++overlap with a seek target. In these cases, mpv will reduce the amount ++of data read to a minimum. (Although it will still read \fIall\fP data between ++the cluster that contains the first wanted subtitle packet, and the seek ++target.) If the \fBindex\fP choice (which is the default) is specified, then ++prerolling will be done only if this information is actually available. If ++this method is used, the maximum amount of data to skip can be additionally ++controlled by \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\-secs\-index\fP (it still uses ++the value of the option without \fB\-index\fP if that is higher). ++.sp ++See also \fB\-\-hr\-seek\-demuxer\-offset\fP option. This option can achieve a ++similar effect, but only if hr\-seek is active. It works with any demuxer, ++but makes seeking much slower, as it has to decode audio and video data ++instead of just skipping over it. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\fP is a deprecated alias. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\-secs=<value>\fP ++See \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\-secs\-index=<value>\fP ++See \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-subtitle\-preroll\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-mkv\-probe\-video\-duration=<yes|no|full>\fP ++When opening the file, seek to the end of it, and check what timestamp the ++last video packet has, and report that as file duration. This is strictly ++for compatibility with Haali only. In this mode, it\(aqs possible that opening ++will be slower (especially when playing over http), or that behavior with ++broken files is much worse. So don\(aqt use this option. ++.sp ++The \fByes\fP mode merely uses the index and reads a small number of blocks ++from the end of the file. The \fBfull\fP mode actually traverses the entire ++file and can make a reliable estimate even without an index present (such ++as partial files). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawaudio\-channels=<value>\fP ++Number of channels (or channel layout) if \fB\-\-demuxer=rawaudio\fP is used ++(default: stereo). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawaudio\-format=<value>\fP ++Sample format for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawaudio\fP (default: s16le). ++Use \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawaudio\-format=help\fP to get a list of all formats. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawaudio\-rate=<value>\fP ++Sample rate for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawaudio\fP (default: 44 kHz). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-fps=<value>\fP ++Rate in frames per second for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP (default: 25.0). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-w=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-h=<value>\fP ++Image dimension in pixels for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++Play a raw YUV sample: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv sample\-720x576.yuv \-\-demuxer=rawvideo \e ++\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-w=720 \-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-h=576 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-format=<value>\fP ++Color space (fourcc) in hex or string for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP ++(default: \fBYV12\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-mp\-format=<value>\fP ++Color space by internal video format for \fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP\&. Use ++\fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-mp\-format=help\fP for a list of possible formats. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-codec=<value>\fP ++Set the video codec instead of selecting the rawvideo codec when using ++\fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP\&. This uses the same values as codec names in ++\fB\-\-vd\fP (but it does not accept decoder names). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-rawvideo\-size=<value>\fP ++Frame size in bytes when using \fB\-\-demuxer=rawvideo\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-max\-packets=<packets>\fP, \fB\-\-demuxer\-max\-bytes=<bytes>\fP ++This controls how much the demuxer is allowed to buffer ahead. The demuxer ++will normally try to read ahead as much as necessary, or as much is ++requested with \fB\-\-demuxer\-readahead\-secs\fP\&. The \fB\-\-demuxer\-max\-...\fP ++options can be used to restrict the maximum readahead. This limits excessive ++readahead in case of broken files or desynced playback. The demuxer will ++stop reading additional packets as soon as one of the limits is reached. ++(The limits still can be slightly overstepped due to technical reasons.) ++.sp ++Set these limits higher if you get a packet queue overflow warning, and ++you think normal playback would be possible with a larger packet queue. ++.sp ++See \fB\-\-list\-options\fP for defaults and value range. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-thread=<yes|no>\fP ++Run the demuxer in a separate thread, and let it prefetch a certain amount ++of packets (default: yes). Having this enabled may lead to smoother ++playback, but on the other hand can add delays to seeking or track ++switching. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-demuxer\-readahead\-secs=<seconds>\fP ++If \fB\-\-demuxer\-thread\fP is enabled, this controls how much the demuxer ++should buffer ahead in seconds (default: 1). As long as no packet has ++a timestamp difference higher than the readahead amount relative to the ++last packet returned to the decoder, the demuxer keeps reading. ++.sp ++Note that the \fB\-\-cache\-secs\fP option will override this value if a cache ++is enabled, and the value is larger. ++.sp ++(This value tends to be fuzzy, because many file formats don\(aqt store linear ++timestamps.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-force\-seekable=<yes|no>\fP ++If the player thinks that the media is not seekable (e.g. playing from a ++pipe, or it\(aqs an http stream with a server that doesn\(aqt support range ++requests), seeking will be disabled. This option can forcibly enable it. ++For seeks within the cache, there\(aqs a good chance of success. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Input ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-native\-keyrepeat\fP ++Use system settings for keyrepeat delay and rate, instead of ++\fB\-\-input\-ar\-delay\fP and \fB\-\-input\-ar\-rate\fP\&. (Whether this applies ++depends on the VO backend and how it handles keyboard input. Does not ++apply to terminal input.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-ar\-delay\fP ++Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-ar\-rate\fP ++Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-conf=<filename>\fP ++Specify input configuration file other than the default location in the mpv ++configuration directory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv/input.conf\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-input\-default\-bindings\fP ++Disable mpv default (built\-in) key bindings. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-cmdlist\fP ++Prints all commands that can be bound to keys. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-doubleclick\-time=<milliseconds>\fP ++Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a ++double\-click (default: 300). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-keylist\fP ++Prints all keys that can be bound to commands. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-key\-fifo\-size=<2\-65000>\fP ++Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7). If it ++is too small, some events may be lost. The main disadvantage of setting it ++to a very large value is that if you hold down a key triggering some ++particularly slow command then the player may be unresponsive while it ++processes all the queued commands. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-test\fP ++Input test mode. Instead of executing commands on key presses, mpv ++will show the keys and the bound commands on the OSD. Has to be used ++with a dummy video, and the normal ways to quit the player will not ++work (key bindings that normally quit will be shown on OSD only, just ++like any other binding). See \fI\%INPUT.CONF\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-file=<filename>\fP ++Read commands from the given file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. Since ++mpv 0.7.0 also understands JSON commands (see \fI\%JSON IPC\fP), but you can\(aqt ++get replies or events. Use \fB\-\-input\-ipc\-server\fP for something ++bi\-directional. On MS Windows, JSON commands are not available. ++.sp ++This can also specify a direct file descriptor with \fBfd://N\fP (UNIX only). ++In this case, JSON replies will be written if the FD is writable. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++When the given file is a FIFO mpv opens both ends, so you can do several ++\fIecho "seek 10" > mp_pipe\fP and the pipe will stay valid. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-terminal\fP, \fB\-\-no\-input\-terminal\fP ++\fB\-\-no\-input\-terminal\fP prevents the player from reading key events from ++standard input. Useful when reading data from standard input. This is ++automatically enabled when \fB\-\fP is found on the command line. There are ++situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open ++\fB/dev/stdin\fP (or the equivalent on your system), use stdin in a playlist ++or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile or loadlist input ++commands. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-ipc\-server=<filename>\fP ++Enable the IPC support and create the listening socket at the given path. ++.sp ++On Linux and Unix, the given path is a regular filesystem path. On Windows, ++named pipes are used, so the path refers to the pipe namespace ++(\fB\e\e.\epipe\e<name>\fP). If the \fB\e\e.\epipe\e\fP prefix is missing, mpv will add ++it automatically before creating the pipe, so ++\fB\-\-input\-ipc\-server=/tmp/mpv\-socket\fP and ++\fB\-\-input\-ipc\-server=\e\e.\epipe\etmp\empv\-socket\fP are equivalent for IPC on ++Windows. ++.sp ++See \fI\%JSON IPC\fP for details. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-appleremote=<yes|no>\fP ++(OS X only) ++Enable/disable Apple Remote support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-cursor\fP, \fB\-\-no\-input\-cursor\fP ++Permit mpv to receive pointer events reported by the video output ++driver. Necessary to use the OSC, or to select the buttons in DVD menus. ++Support depends on the VO in use. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-media\-keys=<yes|no>\fP ++(OS X only) ++Enable/disable media keys support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-right\-alt\-gr\fP, \fB\-\-no\-input\-right\-alt\-gr\fP ++(Cocoa and Windows only) ++Use the right Alt key as Alt Gr to produce special characters. If disabled, ++count the right Alt as an Alt modifier key. Enabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-vo\-keyboard=<yes|no>\fP ++Disable all keyboard input on for VOs which can\(aqt participate in proper ++keyboard input dispatching. May not affect all VOs. Generally useful for ++embedding only. ++.sp ++On X11, a sub\-window with input enabled grabs all keyboard input as long ++as it is 1. a child of a focused window, and 2. the mouse is inside of ++the sub\-window. It can steal away all keyboard input from the ++application embedding the mpv window, and on the other hand, the mpv ++window will receive no input if the mouse is outside of the mpv window, ++even though mpv has focus. Modern toolkits work around this weird X11 ++behavior, but naively embedding foreign windows breaks it. ++.sp ++The only way to handle this reasonably is using the XEmbed protocol, which ++was designed to solve these problems. GTK provides \fBGtkSocket\fP, which ++supports XEmbed. Qt doesn\(aqt seem to provide anything working in newer ++versions. ++.sp ++If the embedder supports XEmbed, input should work with default settings ++and with this option disabled. Note that \fBinput\-default\-bindings\fP is ++disabled by default in libmpv as well \- it should be enabled if you want ++the mpv default key bindings. ++.sp ++(This option was renamed from \fB\-\-input\-x11\-keyboard\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-input\-app\-events=<yes|no>\fP ++(OS X only) ++Enable/disable application wide keyboard events so that keyboard shortcuts ++can be processed without a window. Enabled by default (except for libmpv). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS OSD ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osc\fP, \fB\-\-no\-osc\fP ++Whether to load the on\-screen\-controller (default: yes). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-osd\-bar\fP, \fB\-\-osd\-bar\fP ++Disable display of the OSD bar. This will make some things (like seeking) ++use OSD text messages instead of the bar. ++.sp ++You can configure this on a per\-command basis in input.conf using \fBosd\-\fP ++prefixes, see \fBInput command prefixes\fP\&. If you want to disable the OSD ++completely, use \fB\-\-osd\-level=0\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-duration=<time>\fP ++Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-font=<name>\fP ++Specify font to use for OSD. The default is \fBsans\-serif\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-osd\-font=\(aqBitstream Vera Sans\(aq\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-osd\-font=\(aqMS Comic Sans\(aq\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-font\-size=<size>\fP ++Specify the OSD font size. See \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details. ++.sp ++Default: 55. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-msg1=<string>\fP ++Show this string as message on OSD with OSD level 1 (visible by default). ++The message will be visible by default, and as long no other message ++covers it, and the OSD level isn\(aqt changed (see \fB\-\-osd\-level\fP). ++Expands properties; see \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-msg2=<string>\fP ++Similar as \fB\-\-osd\-msg1\fP, but for OSD level 2. If this is an empty string ++(default), then the playback time is shown. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-msg3=<string>\fP ++Similar as \fB\-\-osd\-msg1\fP, but for OSD level 3. If this is an empty string ++(default), then the playback time, duration, and some more information is ++shown. ++.sp ++This is also used for the \fBshow\-progress\fP command (by default mapped to ++\fBP\fP), or in some non\-default cases when seeking. ++.sp ++\fB\-\-osd\-status\-msg\fP is a legacy equivalent (but with a minor difference). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-status\-msg=<string>\fP ++Show a custom string during playback instead of the standard status text. ++This overrides the status text used for \fB\-\-osd\-level=3\fP, when using the ++\fBshow\-progress\fP command (by default mapped to \fBP\fP), or in some ++non\-default cases when seeking. Expands properties. See ++\fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.sp ++This option has been replaced with \fB\-\-osd\-msg3\fP\&. The only difference is ++that this option implicitly includes \fB${osd\-sym\-cc}\fP\&. This option is ++ignored if \fB\-\-osd\-msg3\fP is not empty. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-playing\-msg=<string>\fP ++Show a message on OSD when playback starts. The string is expanded for ++properties, e.g. \fB\-\-osd\-playing\-msg=\(aqfile: ${filename}\(aq\fP will show the ++message \fBfile:\fP followed by a space and the currently played filename. ++.sp ++See \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-bar\-align\-x=<\-1\-1>\fP ++Position of the OSD bar. \-1 is far left, 0 is centered, 1 is far right. ++Fractional values (like 0.5) are allowed. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-bar\-align\-y=<\-1\-1>\fP ++Position of the OSD bar. \-1 is top, 0 is centered, 1 is bottom. ++Fractional values (like 0.5) are allowed. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-bar\-w=<1\-100>\fP ++Width of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen width (default: 75). ++A value of 50 means the bar is half the screen wide. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-bar\-h=<0.1\-50>\fP ++Height of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen height (default: 3.125). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-back\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-osd\-color\fP\&. Color used for OSD text background. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-blur=<0..20.0>\fP ++Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-bold=<yes|no>\fP ++Format text on bold. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-italic=<yes|no>\fP ++Format text on italic. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-border\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-osd\-color\fP\&. Color used for the OSD font border. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++ignored when \fB\-\-osd\-back\-color\fP is ++specified (or more exactly: when that option is not set to completely ++transparent). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-border\-size=<size>\fP ++Size of the OSD font border in scaled pixels (see \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP ++for details). A value of 0 disables borders. ++.sp ++Default: 3. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-color=<color>\fP ++Specify the color used for OSD. ++See \fB\-\-sub\-color\fP for details. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-fractions\fP ++Show OSD times with fractions of seconds (in millisecond precision). Useful ++to see the exact timestamp of a video frame. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-level=<0\-3>\fP ++Specifies which mode the OSD should start in. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++OSD completely disabled (subtitles only) ++.TP ++.B 1 ++enabled (shows up only on user interaction) ++.TP ++.B 2 ++enabled + current time visible by default ++.TP ++.B 3 ++enabled + \fB\-\-osd\-status\-msg\fP (current time and status by default) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-margin\-x=<size>\fP ++Left and right screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). ++.sp ++This option specifies the distance of the OSD to the left, as well as at ++which distance from the right border long OSD text will be broken. ++.sp ++Default: 25. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-margin\-y=<size>\fP ++Top and bottom screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). ++.sp ++This option specifies the vertical margins of the OSD. ++.sp ++Default: 22. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-align\-x=<left|center|right>\fP ++Control to which corner of the screen OSD should be ++aligned to (default: \fBleft\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-align\-y=<top|center|bottom>\fP ++Vertical position (default: \fBtop\fP). ++Details see \fB\-\-osd\-align\-x\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-scale=<factor>\fP ++OSD font size multiplier, multiplied with \fB\-\-osd\-font\-size\fP value. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-scale\-by\-window=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether to scale the OSD with the window size (default: yes). If this is ++disabled, \fB\-\-osd\-font\-size\fP and other OSD options that use scaled pixels ++are always in actual pixels. The effect is that changing the window size ++won\(aqt change the OSD font size. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-shadow\-color=<color>\fP ++See \fB\-\-sub\-color\fP\&. Color used for OSD shadow. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-shadow\-offset=<size>\fP ++Displacement of the OSD shadow in scaled pixels (see ++\fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP for details). A value of 0 disables shadows. ++.sp ++Default: 0. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-osd\-spacing=<size>\fP ++Horizontal OSD/sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see \fB\-\-sub\-font\-size\fP ++for details). This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative ++values are allowed. ++.sp ++Default: 0. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-osd=<yes|no>\fP ++Enabled OSD rendering on the video window (default: yes). This can be used ++in situations where terminal OSD is preferred. If you just want to disable ++all OSD rendering, use \fB\-\-osd\-level=0\fP\&. ++.sp ++It does not affect subtitles or overlays created by scripts (in particular, ++the OSC needs to be disabled with \fB\-\-no\-osc\fP). ++.sp ++This option is somewhat experimental and could be replaced by another ++mechanism in the future. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Screenshot ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-format=<type>\fP ++Set the image file type used for saving screenshots. ++.sp ++Available choices: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B png ++PNG ++.TP ++.B ppm ++PPM ++.TP ++.B pgm ++PGM ++.TP ++.B pgmyuv ++PGM with YV12 pixel format ++.TP ++.B tga ++TARGA ++.TP ++.B jpg ++JPEG (default) ++.TP ++.B jpeg ++JPEG (same as jpg, but with .jpeg file ending) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-tag\-colorspace=<yes|no>\fP ++Tag screenshots with the appropriate colorspace. ++.sp ++Note that not all formats are supported. ++.sp ++Default: \fBno\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-high\-bit\-depth=<yes|no>\fP ++If possible, write screenshots with a bit depth similar to the source ++video (default: yes). This is interesting in particular for PNG, as this ++sometimes triggers writing 16 bit PNGs with huge file sizes. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-template=<template>\fP ++Specify the filename template used to save screenshots. The template ++specifies the filename without file extension, and can contain format ++specifiers, which will be substituted when taking a screenshot. ++By default, the template is \fBmpv\-shot%n\fP, which results in filenames like ++\fBmpv\-shot0012.png\fP for example. ++.sp ++The template can start with a relative or absolute path, in order to ++specify a directory location where screenshots should be saved. ++.sp ++If the final screenshot filename points to an already existing file, the ++file will not be overwritten. The screenshot will either not be saved, or if ++the template contains \fB%n\fP, saved using different, newly generated ++filename. ++.sp ++Allowed format specifiers: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB%[#][0X]n\fP ++A sequence number, padded with zeros to length X (default: 04). E.g. ++passing the format \fB%04n\fP will yield \fB0012\fP on the 12th screenshot. ++The number is incremented every time a screenshot is taken or if the ++file already exists. The length \fBX\fP must be in the range 0\-9. With ++the optional # sign, mpv will use the lowest available number. For ++example, if you take three screenshots\-\-0001, 0002, 0003\-\-and delete ++the first two, the next two screenshots will not be 0004 and 0005, but ++0001 and 0002 again. ++.TP ++.B \fB%f\fP ++Filename of the currently played video. ++.TP ++.B \fB%F\fP ++Same as \fB%f\fP, but strip the file extension, including the dot. ++.TP ++.B \fB%x\fP ++Directory path of the currently played video. If the video is not on ++the filesystem (but e.g. \fBhttp://\fP), this expand to an empty string. ++.TP ++.B \fB%X{fallback}\fP ++Same as \fB%x\fP, but if the video file is not on the filesystem, return ++the fallback string inside the \fB{...}\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB%p\fP ++Current playback time, in the same format as used in the OSD. The ++result is a string of the form "HH:MM:SS". For example, if the video is ++at the time position 5 minutes and 34 seconds, \fB%p\fP will be replaced ++with "00:05:34". ++.TP ++.B \fB%P\fP ++Similar to \fB%p\fP, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds. ++It is formatted as "HH:MM:SS.mmm", with "mmm" being the millisecond ++part of the playback time. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This is a simple way for getting unique per\-frame timestamps. (Frame ++numbers would be more intuitive, but are not easily implementable ++because container formats usually use time stamps for identifying ++frames.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB%wX\fP ++Specify the current playback time using the format string \fBX\fP\&. ++\fB%p\fP is like \fB%wH:%wM:%wS\fP, and \fB%P\fP is like \fB%wH:%wM:%wS.%wT\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B Valid format specifiers: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB%wH\fP ++hour (padded with 0 to two digits) ++.TP ++.B \fB%wh\fP ++hour (not padded) ++.TP ++.B \fB%wM\fP ++minutes (00\-59) ++.TP ++.B \fB%wm\fP ++total minutes (includes hours, unlike \fB%wM\fP) ++.TP ++.B \fB%wS\fP ++seconds (00\-59) ++.TP ++.B \fB%ws\fP ++total seconds (includes hours and minutes) ++.TP ++.B \fB%wf\fP ++like \fB%ws\fP, but as float ++.TP ++.B \fB%wT\fP ++milliseconds (000\-999) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB%tX\fP ++Specify the current local date/time using the format \fBX\fP\&. This format ++specifier uses the UNIX \fBstrftime()\fP function internally, and inserts ++the result of passing "%X" to \fBstrftime\fP\&. For example, \fB%tm\fP will ++insert the number of the current month as number. You have to use ++multiple \fB%tX\fP specifiers to build a full date/time string. ++.TP ++.B \fB%{prop[:fallback text]}\fP ++Insert the value of the input property \(aqprop\(aq. E.g. \fB%{filename}\fP is ++the same as \fB%f\fP\&. If the property does not exist or is not available, ++an error text is inserted, unless a fallback is specified. ++.TP ++.B \fB%%\fP ++Replaced with the \fB%\fP character itself. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-directory=<path>\fP ++Store screenshots in this directory. This path is joined with the filename ++generated by \fB\-\-screenshot\-template\fP\&. If the template filename is already ++absolute, the directory is ignored. ++.sp ++If the directory does not exist, it is created on the first screenshot. If ++it is not a directory, an error is generated when trying to write a ++screenshot. ++.sp ++This option is not set by default, and thus will write screenshots to the ++directory from which mpv was started. In pseudo\-gui mode ++(see \fI\%PSEUDO GUI MODE\fP), this is set to the desktop. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-jpeg\-quality=<0\-100>\fP ++Set the JPEG quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 90. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-jpeg\-source\-chroma=<yes|no>\fP ++Write JPEG files with the same chroma subsampling as the video ++(default: yes). If disabled, the libjpeg default is used. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-png\-compression=<0\-9>\fP ++Set the PNG compression level. Higher means better compression. This will ++affect the file size of the written screenshot file and the time it takes ++to write a screenshot. Too high compression might occupy enough CPU time to ++interrupt playback. The default is 7. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-screenshot\-png\-filter=<0\-5>\fP ++Set the filter applied prior to PNG compression. 0 is none, 1 is "sub", 2 is ++"up", 3 is "average", 4 is "Paeth", and 5 is "mixed". This affects the level ++of compression that can be achieved. For most images, "mixed" achieves the ++best compression ratio, hence it is the default. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Software Scaler ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-scaler=<name>\fP ++Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with \fB\-\-vf=scale\fP\&. This ++also affects video output drivers which lack hardware acceleration, ++e.g. \fBx11\fP\&. See also \fB\-\-vf=scale\fP\&. ++.sp ++To get a list of available scalers, run \fB\-\-sws\-scaler=help\fP\&. ++.sp ++Default: \fBbicubic\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-lgb=<0\-100>\fP ++Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (luma). See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-cgb=<0\-100>\fP ++Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (chroma). See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-ls=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Software scaler sharpen filter (luma). See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-cs=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Software scaler sharpen filter (chroma). See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-chs=<h>\fP ++Software scaler chroma horizontal shifting. See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sws\-cvs=<v>\fP ++Software scaler chroma vertical shifting. See \fB\-\-sws\-scaler\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Terminal ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-quiet\fP ++Make console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status line ++(i.e. AV: 3.4 (00:00:03.37) / 5320.6 ...) from being displayed. ++Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones which do not properly ++handle carriage return (i.e. \fB\er\fP). ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-really\-quiet\fP and \fB\-\-msg\-level\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-really\-quiet\fP ++Display even less output and status messages than with \fB\-\-quiet\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-terminal\fP, \fB\-\-terminal\fP ++Disable any use of the terminal and stdin/stdout/stderr. This completely ++silences any message output. ++.sp ++Unlike \fB\-\-really\-quiet\fP, this disables input and terminal initialization ++as well. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-msg\-color\fP ++Disable colorful console output on terminals. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-msg\-level=<module1=level1,module2=level2,...>\fP ++Control verbosity directly for each module. The \fBall\fP module changes the ++verbosity of all the modules not explicitly specified on the command line. ++.sp ++Run mpv with \fB\-\-msg\-level=all=trace\fP to see all messages mpv outputs. You ++can use the module names printed in the output (prefixed to each line in ++\fB[...]\fP) to limit the output to interesting modules. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Some messages are printed before the command line is parsed and are ++therefore not affected by \fB\-\-msg\-level\fP\&. To control these messages, ++you have to use the \fBMPV_VERBOSE\fP environment variable; see ++\fI\%ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES\fP for details. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Available levels: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++complete silence ++.TP ++.B fatal ++fatal messages only ++.TP ++.B error ++error messages ++.TP ++.B warn ++warning messages ++.TP ++.B info ++informational messages ++.TP ++.B status ++status messages (default) ++.TP ++.B v ++verbose messages ++.TP ++.B debug ++debug messages ++.TP ++.B trace ++very noisy debug messages ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-msg\-level=ao/sndio=no ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Completely silences the output of ao_sndio, which uses the log ++prefix \fB[ao/sndio]\fP\&. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-msg\-level=all=warn,ao/alsa=error ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Only show warnings or worse, and let the ao_alsa output show errors ++only. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-term\-osd=<auto|no|force>\fP ++Control whether OSD messages are shown on the console when no video output ++is available (default: auto). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++use terminal OSD if no video output active ++.TP ++.B no ++disable terminal OSD ++.TP ++.B force ++use terminal OSD even if video output active ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The \fBauto\fP mode also enables terminal OSD if \fB\-\-video\-osd=no\fP was set. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-term\-osd\-bar\fP, \fB\-\-no\-term\-osd\-bar\fP ++Enable printing a progress bar under the status line on the terminal. ++(Disabled by default.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-term\-osd\-bar\-chars=<string>\fP ++Customize the \fB\-\-term\-osd\-bar\fP feature. The string is expected to ++consist of 5 characters (start, left space, position indicator, ++right space, end). You can use Unicode characters, but note that double\- ++width characters will not be treated correctly. ++.sp ++Default: \fB[\-+\-]\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-term\-playing\-msg=<string>\fP ++Print out a string after starting playback. The string is expanded for ++properties, e.g. \fB\-\-term\-playing\-msg=\(aqfile: ${filename}\(aq\fP will print the string ++\fBfile:\fP followed by a space and the currently played filename. ++.sp ++See \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-term\-status\-msg=<string>\fP ++Print out a custom string during playback instead of the standard status ++line. Expands properties. See \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-msg\-module\fP ++Prepend module name to each console message. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-msg\-time\fP ++Prepend timing information to each console message. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS TV ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-...\fP ++These options tune various properties of the TV capture module. For ++watching TV with mpv, use \fBtv://\fP or \fBtv://<channel_number>\fP or ++even \fBtv://<channel_name>\fP (see option \fBtv\-channels\fP for \fBchannel_name\fP ++below) as a media URL. You can also use \fBtv:///<input_id>\fP to start ++watching a video from a composite or S\-Video input (see option \fBinput\fP for ++details). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-device=<value>\fP ++Specify TV device (default: \fB/dev/video0\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-channel=<value>\fP ++Set tuner to <value> channel. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-tv\-audio\fP ++no sound ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-automute=<0\-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)\fP ++If signal strength reported by device is less than this value, audio ++and video will be muted. In most cases automute=100 will be enough. ++Default is 0 (automute disabled). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-driver=<value>\fP ++See \fB\-\-tv=driver=help\fP for a list of compiled\-in TV input drivers. ++available: dummy, v4l2 (default: autodetect) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-input=<value>\fP ++Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available ++inputs). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-freq=<value>\fP ++Specify the frequency to set the tuner to (e.g. 511.250). Not ++compatible with the channels parameter. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-outfmt=<value>\fP ++Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value supported ++by the V4L driver (YV12, UYVY, YUY2, I420) or an arbitrary format given ++as hex value. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-width=<value>\fP ++output window width ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-height=<value>\fP ++output window height ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-fps=<value>\fP ++framerate at which to capture video (frames per second) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-buffersize=<value>\fP ++maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-norm=<value>\fP ++See the console output for a list of all available norms. ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-tv\-normid\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-normid=<value> (v4l2 only)\fP ++Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID. The TV norm depends on the ++capture card. See the console output for a list of available TV norms. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-chanlist=<value>\fP ++available: argentina, australia, china\-bcast, europe\-east, ++europe\-west, france, ireland, italy, japan\-bcast, japan\-cable, ++newzealand, russia, southafrica, us\-bcast, us\-cable, us\-cable\-hrc ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-channels=<chan>\-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>\-<name>[=<norm>],...\fP ++Set names for channels. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++If <chan> is an integer greater than 1000, it will be treated as ++frequency (in kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table. ++Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;\-) ). The channel ++names will then be written using OSD, and the input commands ++\fBtv_step_channel\fP, \fBtv_set_channel\fP and \fBtv_last_channel\fP ++will be usable for a remote control. Not compatible with ++the \fBfrequency\fP parameter. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The channel number will then be the position in the \(aqchannels\(aq ++list, beginning with 1. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.sp ++\fBtv://1\fP, \fBtv://TV1\fP, \fBtv_set_channel 1\fP, ++\fBtv_set_channel TV1\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-[brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<\-100\-100>\fP ++Set the image equalizer on the card. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-audiorate=<value>\fP ++Set input audio sample rate. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-forceaudio\fP ++Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-alsa\fP ++Capture from ALSA. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-amode=<0\-3>\fP ++Choose an audio mode: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++mono ++.TP ++.B 1 ++stereo ++.TP ++.B 2 ++language 1 ++.TP ++.B 3 ++language 2 ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-forcechan=<1\-2>\fP ++By default, the count of recorded audio channels is determined ++automatically by querying the audio mode from the TV card. This option ++allows forcing stereo/mono recording regardless of the amode option ++and the values returned by v4l. This can be used for troubleshooting ++when the TV card is unable to report the current audio mode. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-adevice=<value>\fP ++Set an audio device. <value> should be \fB/dev/xxx\fP for OSS and a ++hardware ID for ALSA. You must replace any \(aq:\(aq by a \(aq.\(aq in the ++hardware ID for ALSA. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-audioid=<value>\fP ++Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-[volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0\-100>\fP ++These options set parameters of the mixer on the video capture card. ++They will have no effect, if your card does not have one. For v4l2 50 ++maps to the default value of the control, as reported by the driver. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-gain=<0\-100>\fP ++Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to the desired ++value and switch off automatic control. A value of 0 enables automatic ++control. If this option is omitted, gain control will not be modified. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-immediatemode=<bool>\fP ++A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together. A ++value of 1 (default) means to do video capture only and let the audio ++go through a loopback cable from the TV card to the sound card. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-mjpeg\fP ++Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it). When using ++this option, you do not need to specify the width and height of the ++output window, because mpv will determine it automatically from ++the decimation value (see below). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-decimation=<1|2|4>\fP ++choose the size of the picture that will be compressed by hardware ++MJPEG compression: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 1 ++full size ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++704x576 PAL ++.IP \(bu 2 ++704x480 NTSC ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B 2 ++medium size ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++352x288 PAL ++.IP \(bu 2 ++352x240 NTSC ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B 4 ++small size ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++176x144 PAL ++.IP \(bu 2 ++176x120 NTSC ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-quality=<0\-100>\fP ++Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended for full ++size). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-scan\-autostart\fP ++Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-scan\-period=<0.1\-2.0>\fP ++Specify delay in seconds before switching to next channel (default: ++0.5). Lower values will cause faster scanning, but can detect inactive ++TV channels as active. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tv\-scan\-threshold=<1\-100>\fP ++Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as reported by ++the device (default: 50). A signal strength higher than this value will ++indicate that the currently scanning channel is active. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Cache ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache=<kBytes|yes|no|auto>\fP ++Set the size of the cache in kilobytes, disable it with \fBno\fP, or ++automatically enable it if needed with \fBauto\fP (default: \fBauto\fP). ++With \fBauto\fP, the cache will usually be enabled for network streams, ++using the size set by \fB\-\-cache\-default\fP\&. With \fByes\fP, the cache will ++always be enabled with the size set by \fB\-\-cache\-default\fP (unless the ++stream cannot be cached, or \fB\-\-cache\-default\fP disables caching). ++.sp ++May be useful when playing files from slow media, but can also have ++negative effects, especially with file formats that require a lot of ++seeking, such as MP4. ++.sp ++Note that half the cache size will be used to allow fast seeking back. This ++is also the reason why a full cache is usually not reported as 100% full. ++The cache fill display does not include the part of the cache reserved for ++seeking back. The actual maximum percentage will usually be the ratio ++between readahead and backbuffer sizes. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-default=<kBytes|no>\fP ++Set the size of the cache in kilobytes (default: 75000 KB). Using \fBno\fP ++will not automatically enable the cache e.g. when playing from a network ++stream. Note that using \fB\-\-cache\fP will always override this option. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-initial=<kBytes>\fP ++Playback will start when the cache has been filled up with this many ++kilobytes of data (default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-seek\-min=<kBytes>\fP ++If a seek is to be made to a position within \fB<kBytes>\fP of the cache ++size from the current position, mpv will wait for the cache to be ++filled to this position rather than performing a stream seek (default: ++500). ++.sp ++This matters for small forward seeks. With slow streams (especially HTTP ++streams) there is a tradeoff between skipping the data between current ++position and seek destination, or performing an actual seek. Depending ++on the situation, either of these might be slower than the other method. ++This option allows control over this. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-backbuffer=<kBytes>\fP ++Size of the cache back buffer (default: 75000 KB). This will add to the total ++cache size, and reserved the amount for seeking back. The reserved amount ++will not be used for readahead, and instead preserves already read data to ++enable fast seeking back. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-file=<TMP|path>\fP ++Create a cache file on the filesystem. ++.sp ++There are two ways of using this: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP 1. 3 ++Passing a path (a filename). The file will always be overwritten. When ++the general cache is enabled, this file cache will be used to store ++whatever is read from the source stream. ++.sp ++This will always overwrite the cache file, and you can\(aqt use an existing ++cache file to resume playback of a stream. (Technically, mpv wouldn\(aqt ++even know which blocks in the file are valid and which not.) ++.sp ++The resulting file will not necessarily contain all data of the source ++stream. For example, if you seek, the parts that were skipped over are ++never read and consequently are not written to the cache. The skipped over ++parts are filled with zeros. This means that the cache file doesn\(aqt ++necessarily correspond to a full download of the source stream. ++.sp ++Both of these issues could be improved if there is any user interest. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 3.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Causes random corruption when used with ordered chapters or ++with \fB\-\-audio\-file\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.IP 2. 3 ++Passing the string \fBTMP\fP\&. This will not be interpreted as filename. ++Instead, an invisible temporary file is created. It depends on your ++C library where this file is created (usually \fB/tmp/\fP), and whether ++filename is visible (the \fBtmpfile()\fP function is used). On some ++systems, automatic deletion of the cache file might not be guaranteed. ++.sp ++If you want to use a file cache, this mode is recommended, because it ++doesn\(aqt break ordered chapters or \fB\-\-audio\-file\fP\&. These modes open ++multiple cache streams, and using the same file for them obviously ++clashes. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See also: \fB\-\-cache\-file\-size\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-file\-size=<kBytes>\fP ++Maximum size of the file created with \fB\-\-cache\-file\fP\&. For read accesses ++above this size, the cache is simply not used. ++.sp ++Keep in mind that some use\-cases, like playing ordered chapters with cache ++enabled, will actually create multiple cache files, each of which will ++use up to this much disk space. ++.sp ++(Default: 1048576, 1 GB.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-cache\fP ++Turn off input stream caching. See \fB\-\-cache\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-secs=<seconds>\fP ++How many seconds of audio/video to prefetch if the cache is active. This ++overrides the \fB\-\-demuxer\-readahead\-secs\fP option if and only if the cache ++is enabled and the value is larger. (Default: 10.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cache\-pause\fP, \fB\-\-no\-cache\-pause\fP ++Whether the player should automatically pause when the cache runs low, ++and unpause once more data is available ("buffering"). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Network ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-user\-agent=<string>\fP ++Use \fB<string>\fP as user agent for HTTP streaming. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cookies\fP, \fB\-\-no\-cookies\fP ++Support cookies when making HTTP requests. Disabled by default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cookies\-file=<filename>\fP ++Read HTTP cookies from <filename>. The file is assumed to be in Netscape ++format. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-http\-header\-fields=<field1,field2>\fP ++Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-http\-header\-fields=\(aqField1: value1\(aq,\(aqField2: value2\(aq \e ++http://localhost:1234 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Will generate HTTP request: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++GET / HTTP/1.0 ++Host: localhost:1234 ++User\-Agent: MPlayer ++Icy\-MetaData: 1 ++Field1: value1 ++Field2: value2 ++Connection: close ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tls\-ca\-file=<filename>\fP ++Certificate authority database file for use with TLS. (Silently fails with ++older FFmpeg or Libav versions.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tls\-verify\fP ++Verify peer certificates when using TLS (e.g. with \fBhttps://...\fP). ++(Silently fails with older FFmpeg or Libav versions.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tls\-cert\-file\fP ++A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the ++peer. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tls\-key\-file\fP ++A file containing the private key for the certificate. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-referrer=<string>\fP ++Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-network\-timeout=<seconds>\fP ++Specify the network timeout in seconds. This affects at least HTTP. The ++special value 0 (default) uses the FFmpeg/Libav defaults. If a protocol ++is used which does not support timeouts, this option is silently ignored. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rtsp\-transport=<lavf|udp|tcp|http>\fP ++Select RTSP transport method (default: tcp). This selects the underlying ++network transport when playing \fBrtsp://...\fP URLs. The value \fBlavf\fP ++leaves the decision to libavformat. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hls\-bitrate=<no|min|max|<rate>>\fP ++If HLS streams are played, this option controls what streams are selected ++by default. The option allows the following parameters: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Don\(aqt do anything special. Typically, this will simply pick the ++first audio/video streams it can find. ++.TP ++.B min ++Pick the streams with the lowest bitrate. ++.TP ++.B max ++Same, but highest bitrate. (Default.) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Additionally, if the option is a number, the stream with the highest rate ++equal or below the option value is selected. ++.sp ++The bitrate as used is sent by the server, and there\(aqs no guarantee it\(aqs ++actually meaningful. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS DVB ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvbin\-card=<1\-4>\fP ++Specifies using card number 1\-4 (default: 1). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvbin\-file=<filename>\fP ++Instructs mpv to read the channels list from \fB<filename>\fP\&. The default is ++in the mpv configuration directory (usually \fB~/.config/mpv\fP) with the ++filename \fBchannels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}\fP (based on your card type) or ++\fBchannels.conf\fP as a last resort. ++For DVB\-S/2 cards, a VDR 1.7.x format channel list is recommended ++as it allows tuning to DVB\-S2 channels, enabling subtitles and ++decoding the PMT (which largely improves the demuxing). ++Classic mplayer format channel lists are still supported (without ++these improvements), and for other card types, only limited VDR ++format channel list support is implemented (patches welcome). ++For channels with dynamic PID switching or incomplete ++\fBchannels.conf\fP, \fB\-\-dvbin\-full\-transponder\fP or the magic PID ++\fB8192\fP are recommended. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvbin\-timeout=<1\-30>\fP ++Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a frequency before ++giving up (default: 30). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dvbin\-full\-transponder=<yes|no>\fP ++Apply no filters on program PIDs, only tune to frequency and pass full ++transponder to demuxer. ++The player frontend selects the streams from the full TS in this case, ++so the program which is shown initially may not match the chosen channel. ++Switching between the programs is possible by cycling the \fBprogram\fP ++property. ++This is useful to record multiple programs on a single transponder, ++or to work around issues in the \fBchannels.conf\fP\&. ++It is also recommended to use this for channels which switch PIDs ++on\-the\-fly, e.g. for regional news. ++.sp ++Default: \fBno\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.SS ALSA audio output options ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-device=<device>\fP ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP (requires \fBalsa/\fP prefix). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-resample=yes\fP ++Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because ++some drivers report incorrect audio delay in some cases.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-mixer\-device=<device>\fP ++Set the mixer device used with \fBao\-volume\fP (default: \fBdefault\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-mixer\-name=<name>\fP ++Set the name of the mixer element (default: \fBMaster\fP). This is for ++example \fBPCM\fP or \fBMaster\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-mixer\-index=<number>\fP ++Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of ++"\fBamixer scontrols\fP", then the index is the number that follows the ++name of the element. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-non\-interleaved\fP ++Allow output of non\-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses ++this format). Currently disabled by default, because some popular ++ALSA plugins are utterly broken with non\-interleaved formats. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alsa\-ignore\-chmap\fP ++Don\(aqt read or set the channel map of the ALSA device \- only request the ++required number of channels, and then pass the audio as\-is to it. This ++option most likely should not be used. It can be useful for debugging, ++or for static setups with a specially engineered ALSA configuration (in ++this case you should always force the same layout with \fB\-\-audio\-channels\fP, ++or it will work only for files which use the layout implicit to your ++ALSA device). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS OpenGL renderer options ++.sp ++The following video options are currently all specific to \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP and ++\fB\-vo=opengl\-cb\fP only, which are the only VOs that implement them. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-dumb\-mode=<yes|no>\fP ++This mode is extremely restricted, and will disable most extended OpenGL ++features. This includes high quality scalers and custom shaders! ++.sp ++It is intended for hardware that does not support FBOs (including GLES, ++which supports it insufficiently), or to get some more performance out of ++bad or old hardware. ++.sp ++This mode is forced automatically if needed, and this option is mostly ++useful for debugging. It\(aqs also enabled automatically if nothing uses ++features which require FBOs. ++.sp ++This option might be silently removed in the future. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB\-\-scale=<filter>\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBbilinear\fP ++Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality). This ++is the default for compatibility reasons. ++.TP ++.B \fBspline36\fP ++Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using \fBopengl\-hq\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBlanczos\fP ++Lanczos scaling. Provides mid quality and speed. Generally worse than ++\fBspline36\fP, but it results in a slightly sharper image which is good ++for some content types. The number of taps can be controlled with ++\fBscale\-radius\fP, but is best left unchanged. ++.sp ++(This filter is an alias for \fBsinc\fP\-windowed \fBsinc\fP) ++.TP ++.B \fBewa_lanczos\fP ++Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as Jinc. ++Relatively slow, but very good quality. The radius can be controlled ++with \fBscale\-radius\fP\&. Increasing the radius makes the filter sharper ++but adds more ringing. ++.sp ++(This filter is an alias for \fBjinc\fP\-windowed \fBjinc\fP) ++.TP ++.B \fBewa_lanczossharp\fP ++A slightly sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured to use an ++ideal radius and parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is ++probably what you should use by default. ++.TP ++.B \fBmitchell\fP ++Mitchell\-Netravali. The \fBB\fP and \fBC\fP parameters can be set with ++\fB\-\-scale\-param1\fP and \fB\-\-scale\-param2\fP\&. This filter is very good at ++downscaling (see \fB\-\-dscale\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBoversample\fP ++A version of nearest neighbour that (naively) oversamples pixels, so ++that pixels overlapping edges get linearly interpolated instead of ++rounded. This essentially removes the small imperfections and judder ++artifacts caused by nearest\-neighbour interpolation, in exchange for ++adding some blur. This filter is good at temporal interpolation, and ++also known as "smoothmotion" (see \fB\-\-tscale\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBlinear\fP ++A \fB\-\-tscale\fP filter. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete ++list, pass \fBhelp\fP as value, e.g.: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-scale=help ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-cscale=<filter>\fP ++As \fB\-\-scale\fP, but for interpolating chroma information. If the image is ++not subsampled, this option is ignored entirely. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dscale=<filter>\fP ++Like \fB\-\-scale\fP, but apply these filters on downscaling instead. If this ++option is unset, the filter implied by \fB\-\-scale\fP will be applied. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tscale=<filter>\fP ++The filter used for interpolating the temporal axis (frames). This is only ++used if \fB\-\-interpolation\fP is enabled. The only valid choices for ++\fB\-\-tscale\fP are separable convolution filters (use \fB\-\-tscale=help\fP to ++get a list). The default is \fBmitchell\fP\&. ++.sp ++Note that the maximum supported filter radius is currently 3, due to ++limitations in the number of video textures that can be loaded ++simultaneously. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-param1=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-scale\-param2=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-param1=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-param2=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-param1=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-param2=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-param1=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-param2=<value>\fP ++Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable. Currently, ++this affects the following filter parameters: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B bcspline ++Spline parameters (\fBB\fP and \fBC\fP). Defaults to 0.5 for both. ++.TP ++.B gaussian ++Scale parameter (\fBt\fP). Increasing this makes the result blurrier. ++Defaults to 1. ++.TP ++.B oversample ++Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting this ++to 0 will always interpolate edges, whereas setting it to 0.5 will ++never interpolate, thus behaving as if the regular nearest neighbour ++algorithm was used. Defaults to 0.0. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-blur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-scale\-wblur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-blur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-wblur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-blur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-wblur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-blur=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-wblur=<value>\fP ++Kernel/window scaling factor (also known as a blur factor). Decreasing this ++makes the result sharper, increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0). If ++set to 0, the kernel\(aqs preferred blur factor is used. Note that setting ++this too low (eg. 0.5) leads to bad results. It\(aqs generally recommended to ++stick to values between 0.8 and 1.2. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-clamp\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-clamp\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-clamp\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-clamp\fP ++Clamp the filter kernel\(aqs value range to [0\-1]. This is especially useful ++for \fB\-\-tscale\fP, where it reduces excessive ringing artifacts in the ++temporal domain (which typically manifest themselves as short flashes or ++fringes of black, mostly around moving edges) in exchange for potentially ++adding more blur. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-taper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-scale\-wtaper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-taper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-wtaper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-taper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-wtaper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-taper=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-wtaper=<value>\fP ++Kernel/window taper factor. Increasing this flattens the filter function. ++Value range is 0 to 1. A value of 0 (the default) means no flattening, a ++value of 1 makes the filter completely flat (equivalent to a box function). ++Values in between mean that some portion will be flat and the actual filter ++function will be squeezed into the space in between. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-radius=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-radius=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-radius=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-radius=<value>\fP ++Set radius for tunable filters, must be a float number between 0.5 and ++16.0. Defaults to the filter\(aqs preferred radius if not specified. Doesn\(aqt ++work for every scaler and VO combination. ++.sp ++Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling ++ratio, the radius that actually being used might be different (most likely ++being increased a bit). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-antiring=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-antiring=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-antiring=<value>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-antiring=<value>\fP ++Set the antiringing strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can ++introduce other artifacts in the process. Must be a float number between ++0.0 and 1.0. The default value of 0.0 disables antiringing entirely. ++.sp ++Note that this doesn\(aqt affect the special filters \fBbilinear\fP and ++\fBbicubic_fast\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-window=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-window=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-dscale\-window=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-window=<window>\fP ++(Advanced users only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel. ++Defaults to the filter\(aqs preferred window if unset. Use ++\fB\-\-scale\-window=help\fP to get a list of supported windowing functions. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scale\-wparam=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-wparam=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-cscale\-wparam=<window>\fP, \fB\-\-tscale\-wparam=<window>\fP ++(Advanced users only) Configure the parameter for the window function given ++by \fB\-\-scale\-window\fP etc. Ignored if the window is not tunable. Currently, ++this affects the following window parameters: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B kaiser ++Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33. ++.TP ++.B blackman ++Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16. ++.TP ++.B gaussian ++Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider. Defaults ++to 1. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scaler\-lut\-size=<4..10>\fP ++Set the size of the lookup texture for scaler kernels (default: 6). The ++actual size of the texture is \fB2^N\fP for an option value of \fBN\fP\&. So the ++lookup texture with the default setting uses 64 samples. ++.sp ++All weights are linearly interpolated from those samples, so increasing ++the size of lookup table might improve the accuracy of scaler. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-scaler\-resizes\-only\fP ++Disable the scaler if the video image is not resized. In that case, ++\fBbilinear\fP is used instead of whatever is set with \fB\-\-scale\fP\&. Bilinear ++will reproduce the source image perfectly if no scaling is performed. ++Enabled by default. Note that this option never affects \fB\-\-cscale\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-linear\-scaling\fP ++Scale in linear light. It should only be used with a ++\fB\-\-opengl\-fbo\-format\fP that has at least 16 bit precision. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-correct\-downscaling\fP ++When using convolution based filters, extend the filter size when ++downscaling. Increases quality, but reduces performance while downscaling. ++.sp ++This will perform slightly sub\-optimally for anamorphic video (but still ++better than without it) since it will extend the size to match only the ++milder of the scale factors between the axes. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-interpolation\fP ++Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in the video fps and display refresh ++rate (also known as judder). ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This requires setting the \fB\-\-video\-sync\fP option to one ++of the \fBdisplay\-\fP modes, or it will be silently disabled. ++This was not required before mpv 0.14.0. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This essentially attempts to interpolate the missing frames by convoluting ++the video along the temporal axis. The filter used can be controlled using ++the \fB\-\-tscale\fP setting. ++.sp ++Note that this relies on vsync to work, see \fB\-\-opengl\-swapinterval\fP for ++more information. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-interpolation\-threshold=<0..1,\-1>\fP ++Threshold below which frame ratio interpolation gets disabled (default: ++\fB0.0001\fP). This is calculated as \fBabs(disphz/vfps \- 1) < threshold\fP, ++where \fBvfps\fP is the speed\-adjusted video FPS, and \fBdisphz\fP the ++display refresh rate. (The speed\-adjusted video FPS is roughly equal to ++the normal video FPS, but with slowdown and speedup applied. This matters ++if you use \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-resample\fP to make video run synchronously ++to the display FPS, or if you change the \fBspeed\fP property.) ++.sp ++The default is intended to almost always enable interpolation if the ++playback rate is even slightly different from the display refresh rate. But ++note that if you use e.g. \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-vdrop\fP, small deviations ++in the rate can disable interpolation and introduce a discontinuity every ++other minute. ++.sp ++Set this to \fB\-1\fP to disable this logic. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-pbo\fP ++Enable use of PBOs. On some drivers this can be faster, especially if the ++source video size is huge (e.g. so called "4K" video). On other drivers it ++might be slower or cause latency issues. ++.sp ++In theory, this can sometimes lead to sporadic and temporary image ++corruption (because reupload is not retried when it fails). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dither\-depth=<N|no|auto>\fP ++Set dither target depth to N. Default: no. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Disable any dithering done by mpv. ++.TP ++.B auto ++Automatic selection. If output bit depth cannot be detected, 8 bits per ++component are assumed. ++.TP ++.B 8 ++Dither to 8 bit output. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Note that the depth of the connected video display device cannot be ++detected. Often, LCD panels will do dithering on their own, which conflicts ++with this option and leads to ugly output. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dither\-size\-fruit=<2\-8>\fP ++Set the size of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of the ++matrix is \fB(2^N) x (2^N)\fP for an option value of \fBN\fP, so a value of 6 ++gives a size of 64x64. The matrix is generated at startup time, and a large ++matrix can take rather long to compute (seconds). ++.sp ++Used in \fB\-\-dither=fruit\fP mode only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-dither=<fruit|ordered|no>\fP ++Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the ++\fB\-\-dither\-depth\fP option controls whether dithering is enabled.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-temporal\-dither\fP ++Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in ++general.) This changes between 8 different dithering patterns on each frame ++by changing the orientation of the tiled dithering matrix. Unfortunately, ++this can lead to flicker on LCD displays, since these have a high reaction ++time. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-temporal\-dither\-period=<1\-128>\fP ++Determines how often the dithering pattern is updated when ++\fB\-\-temporal\-dither\fP is in use. 1 (the default) will update on every video ++frame, 2 on every other frame, etc. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-debug\fP ++Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call \fBglGetError()\fP\&. Also, request a ++debug OpenGL context (which does nothing with current graphics drivers ++as of this writing). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-swapinterval=<n>\fP ++Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps. 1 is equivalent to ++enable VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if not specified. ++.sp ++Note that this depends on proper OpenGL vsync support. On some platforms ++and drivers, this only works reliably when in fullscreen mode. It may also ++require driver\-specific hacks if using multiple monitors, to ensure mpv ++syncs to the right one. Compositing window managers can also lead to bad ++results, as can missing or incorrect display FPS information (see ++\fB\-\-display\-fps\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-shaders=<files>\fP ++Custom GLSL hooks. These are a flexible way to add custom fragment shaders, ++which can be injected at almost arbitrary points in the rendering pipeline, ++and access all previous intermediate textures. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Warning" ++.sp ++The syntax is not stable yet and may change any time. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The general syntax of a user shader looks like this: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++//!METADATA ARGS... ++//!METADATA ARGS... ++ ++vec4 hook() { ++ ... ++ return something; ++} ++ ++//!METADATA ARGS... ++//!METADATA ARGS... ++ ++\&... ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Each block of metadata, along with the non\-metadata lines after it, defines ++a single pass. Each pass can set the following metadata: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B HOOK <name> (required) ++The texture which to hook into. May occur multiple times within a ++metadata block, up to a predetermined limit. See below for a list of ++hookable textures. ++.TP ++.B BIND <name> ++Loads a texture and makes it available to the pass, and sets up macros ++to enable accessing it. See below for a list of set macros. By default, ++no textures are bound. The special name HOOKED can be used to refer to ++the texture that triggered this pass. ++.TP ++.B SAVE <name> ++Gives the name of the texture to save the result of this pass into. By ++default, this is set to the special name HOOKED which has the effect of ++overwriting the hooked texture. ++.TP ++.B WIDTH <szexpr>, HEIGHT <szexpr> ++Specifies the size of the resulting texture for this pass. \fBszexpr\fP ++refers to an expression in RPN (reverse polish notation), using the ++operators + \- * / > < !, floating point literals, and references to ++sizes of existing texture and OUTPUT (such as MAIN.width or ++CHROMA.height). By default, these are set to HOOKED.w and HOOKED.h, ++respectively. ++.TP ++.B WHEN <szexpr> ++Specifies a condition that needs to be true (non\-zero) for the shader ++stage to be evaluated. If it fails, it will silently be omitted. (Note ++that a shader stage like this which has a dependency on an optional ++hook point can still cause that hook point to be saved, which has some ++minor overhead) ++.TP ++.B OFFSET ox oy ++Indicates a pixel shift (offset) introduced by this pass. These pixel ++offsets will be accumulated and corrected during the next scaling pass ++(\fBcscale\fP or \fBscale\fP). The default values are 0 0 which correspond ++to no shift. Note that offsets are ignored when not overwriting the ++hooked texture. ++.TP ++.B COMPONENTS n ++Specifies how many components of this pass\(aqs output are relevant and ++should be stored in the texture, up to 4 (rgba). By default, this value ++is equal to the number of components in HOOKED. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Each bound texture (via \fBBIND\fP) will make available the following ++definitions to that shader pass, where NAME is the name of the bound ++texture: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B vec4 NAME_tex(vec2 pos) ++The sampling function to use to access the texture at a certain spot ++(in texture coordinate space, range [0,1]). This takes care of any ++necessary normalization conversions. ++.TP ++.B vec4 NAME_texOff(vec2 offset) ++Sample the texture at a certain offset in pixels. This works like ++NAME_tex but additionally takes care of necessary rotations, so that ++sampling at e.g. vec2(\-1,0) is always one pixel to the left. ++.TP ++.B vec2 NAME_pos ++The local texture coordinate of that texture, range [0,1]. ++.TP ++.B vec2 NAME_size ++The (rotated) size in pixels of the texture. ++.TP ++.B mat2 NAME_rot ++The rotation matrix associated with this texture. (Rotates pixel space ++to texture coordinates) ++.TP ++.B vec2 NAME_pt ++The (unrotated) size of a single pixel, range [0,1]. ++.TP ++.B sampler NAME_raw ++The raw bound texture itself. The use of this should be avoided unless ++absolutely necessary. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++In addition to these parameters, the following uniforms are also globally ++available: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B float random ++A random number in the range [0\-1], different per frame. ++.TP ++.B int frame ++A simple count of frames rendered, increases by one per frame and never ++resets (regardless of seeks). ++.TP ++.B vec2 image_size ++The size in pixels of the input image. ++.TP ++.B vec2 target_size ++The size in pixels of the visible part of the scaled (and possibly ++cropped) image. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Internally, vo_opengl may generate any number of the following textures. ++Whenever a texture is rendered and saved by vo_opengl, all of the passes ++that have hooked into it will run, in the order they were added by the ++user. This is a list of the legal hook points: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B RGB, LUMA, CHROMA, ALPHA, XYZ (resizable) ++Source planes (raw). Which of these fire depends on the image format of ++the source. ++.TP ++.B CHROMA_SCALED, ALPHA_SCALED (fixed) ++Source planes (upscaled). These only fire on subsampled content. ++.TP ++.B NATIVE (resizable) ++The combined image, in the source colorspace, before conversion to RGB. ++.TP ++.B MAINPRESUB (resizable) ++The image, after conversion to RGB, but before ++\fB\-\-blend\-subtitles=video\fP is applied. ++.TP ++.B MAIN (resizable) ++The main image, after conversion to RGB but before upscaling. ++.TP ++.B LINEAR (fixed) ++Linear light image, before scaling. This only fires when ++\fB\-\-linear\-scaling\fP is in effect. ++.TP ++.B SIGMOID (fixed) ++Sigmoidized light, before scaling. This only fires when ++\fB\-\-sigmoid\-upscaling\fP is in effect. ++.TP ++.B PREKERNEL (fixed) ++The image immediately before the scaler kernel runs. ++.TP ++.B POSTKERNEL (fixed) ++The image immediately after the scaler kernel runs. ++.TP ++.B SCALED (fixed) ++The final upscaled image, before color management. ++.TP ++.B OUTPUT (fixed) ++The final output image, after color management but before dithering and ++drawing to screen. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Only the textures labelled with \fBresizable\fP may be transformed by the ++pass. When overwriting a texture marked \fBfixed\fP, the WIDTH, HEIGHT and ++OFFSET must be left at their default values. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deband\fP ++Enable the debanding algorithm. This greatly reduces the amount of visible ++banding, blocking and other quantization artifacts, at the expensive of ++very slightly blurring some of the finest details. In practice, it\(aqs ++virtually always an improvement \- the only reason to disable it would be ++for performance. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deband\-iterations=<1..16>\fP ++The number of debanding steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces a ++bit more banding, but takes time to compute. Note that the strength of each ++step falls off very quickly, so high numbers (>4) are practically useless. ++(Default 1) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deband\-threshold=<0..4096>\fP ++The debanding filter\(aqs cut\-off threshold. Higher numbers increase the ++debanding strength dramatically but progressively diminish image details. ++(Default 64) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deband\-range=<1..64>\fP ++The debanding filter\(aqs initial radius. The radius increases linearly for ++each iteration. A higher radius will find more gradients, but a lower ++radius will smooth more aggressively. (Default 16) ++.sp ++If you increase the \fB\-\-deband\-iterations\fP, you should probably decrease ++this to compensate. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-deband\-grain=<0..4096>\fP ++Add some extra noise to the image. This significantly helps cover up ++remaining quantization artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise. (Default ++48) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sigmoid\-upscaling\fP ++When upscaling, use a sigmoidal color transform to avoid emphasizing ++ringing artifacts. This also implies \fB\-\-linear\-scaling\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sigmoid\-center\fP ++The center of the sigmoid curve used for \fB\-\-sigmoid\-upscaling\fP, must be a ++float between 0.0 and 1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sigmoid\-slope\fP ++The slope of the sigmoid curve used for \fB\-\-sigmoid\-upscaling\fP, must be a ++float between 1.0 and 20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sharpen=<value>\fP ++If set to a value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter. Positive ++values will sharpen the image (but add more ringing and aliasing). Negative ++values will blur the image. If your GPU is powerful enough, consider ++alternatives like the \fBewa_lanczossharp\fP scale filter, or the ++\fB\-\-scale\-blur\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-glfinish\fP ++Call \fBglFinish()\fP before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled). ++Slower, but might improve results when doing framedropping. Can completely ++ruin performance. The details depend entirely on the OpenGL driver. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-waitvsync\fP ++Call \fBglXWaitVideoSyncSGI\fP after each buffer swap (default: disabled). ++This may or may not help with video timing accuracy and frame drop. It\(aqs ++possible that this makes video output slower, or has no effect at all. ++.sp ++X11/GLX only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-vsync\-fences=<N>\fP ++Synchronize the CPU to the Nth past frame using the \fBGL_ARB_sync\fP ++extension. A value of 0 disables this behavior (default). A value of 1 ++means it will synchronize to the current frame after rendering it. Like ++\fB\-\-glfinish\fP and \fB\-\-waitvsync\fP, this can lower or ruin performance. Its ++advantage is that it can span multiple frames, and effectively limit the ++number of frames the GPU queues ahead (which also has an influence on ++vsync). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-dwmflush=<no|windowed|yes|auto>\fP ++Calls \fBDwmFlush\fP after swapping buffers on Windows (default: auto). It ++also sets \fBSwapInterval(0)\fP to ignore the OpenGL timing. Values are: no ++(disabled), windowed (only in windowed mode), yes (also in full screen). ++.sp ++The value \fBauto\fP will try to determine whether the compositor is active, ++and calls \fBDwmFlush\fP only if it seems to be. ++.sp ++This may help to get more consistent frame intervals, especially with ++high\-fps clips \- which might also reduce dropped frames. Typically, a value ++of \fBwindowed\fP should be enough, since full screen may bypass the DWM. ++.sp ++Windows only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-dcomposition=<yes|no>\fP ++Allows DirectComposition when using the ANGLE backend (default: yes). ++DirectComposition implies flip\-model presentation, which can improve ++rendering efficiency on Windows 8+ by avoiding a copy of the video frame. ++mpv uses it by default where possible, but it can cause poor behaviour with ++some drivers, such as a black screen or graphical corruption when leaving ++full\-screen mode. Use "no" to disable it. ++.sp ++Windows with ANGLE only. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-sw\fP ++Continue even if a software renderer is detected. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-backend=<sys>\fP ++The value \fBauto\fP (the default) selects the windowing backend. You can ++also pass \fBhelp\fP to get a complete list of compiled in backends (sorted ++by autoprobe order). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++auto\-select (default) ++.TP ++.B cocoa ++Cocoa/OS X ++.TP ++.B win ++Win32/WGL ++.TP ++.B angle ++Direct3D11 through the OpenGL ES translation layer ANGLE. This supports ++almost everything the \fBwin\fP backend does (if the ANGLE build is new ++enough). ++.TP ++.B dxinterop (experimental) ++Win32, using WGL for rendering and Direct3D 9Ex for presentation. Works ++on Nvidia and AMD. Newer Intel chips with the latest drivers may also ++work. ++.TP ++.B x11 ++X11/GLX ++.TP ++.B wayland ++Wayland/EGL ++.TP ++.B drm ++DRM/EGL (\fBdrm\-egl\fP is a deprecated alias) ++.TP ++.B x11egl ++X11/EGL ++.TP ++.B mali\-fbdev ++Direct fbdev/EGL support on some ARM/MALI devices. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-es=<mode>\fP ++Select whether to use GLES: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B yes ++Try to prefer ES over Desktop GL ++.TP ++.B no ++Try to prefer desktop GL over ES ++.TP ++.B auto ++Use the default for each backend (default) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-fbo\-format=<fmt>\fP ++Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can ++influence performance and quality of the video output. \fBfmt\fP can be one ++of: rgb8, rgb10, rgb10_a2, rgb16, rgb16f, rgb32f, rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, ++rgba32f. Default: \fBauto\fP, which maps to rgba16 on desktop GL, and rgba16f ++or rgb10_a2 on GLES (e.g. ANGLE), unless GL_EXT_texture_norm16 is ++available. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-gamma=<0.1..2.0>\fP ++Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways (like ++with the \fB\-\-gamma\fP option or key bindings and the \fBgamma\fP property), ++the value is multiplied with the other gamma value. ++.sp ++Recommended values based on the environmental brightness: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 1.0 ++Brightly illuminated (default) ++.TP ++.B 0.9 ++Slightly dim ++.TP ++.B 0.8 ++Pitch black room ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++NOTE: Typical movie content (Blu\-ray etc.) already contains a gamma drop of ++about 0.8, so specifying it here as well will result in even darker ++image than intended! ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-gamma\-auto\fP ++Automatically corrects the gamma value depending on ambient lighting ++conditions (adding a gamma boost for dark rooms). ++.sp ++With ambient illuminance of 64lux, mpv will pick the 1.0 gamma value (no ++boost), and slightly increase the boost up until 0.8 for 16lux. ++.sp ++NOTE: Only implemented on OS X. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-target\-prim=<value>\fP ++Specifies the primaries of the display. Video colors will be adapted to ++this colorspace when ICC color management is not being used. Valid values ++are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++Disable any adaptation (default) ++.TP ++.B bt.470m ++ITU\-R BT.470 M ++.TP ++.B bt.601\-525 ++ITU\-R BT.601 (525\-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M ++.TP ++.B bt.601\-625 ++ITU\-R BT.601 (625\-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU\-R BT.470 B/G ++.TP ++.B bt.709 ++ITU\-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966\-2\-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B ++.TP ++.B bt.2020 ++ITU\-R BT.2020 (UHD) ++.TP ++.B apple ++Apple RGB ++.TP ++.B adobe ++Adobe RGB (1998) ++.TP ++.B prophoto ++ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) ++.TP ++.B cie1931 ++CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ) ++.TP ++.B dci\-p3 ++DCI\-P3 (Digital Cinema Colorspace), SMPTE RP431\-2 ++.TP ++.B v\-gamut ++Panasonic V\-Gamut (VARICAM) primaries ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-target\-trc=<value>\fP ++Specifies the transfer characteristics (gamma) of the display. Video colors ++will be adjusted to this curve when ICC color management is not being used. ++Valid values are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++Disable any adaptation (default) ++.TP ++.B bt.1886 ++ITU\-R BT.1886 curve (assuming infinite contrast) ++.TP ++.B srgb ++IEC 61966\-2\-4 (sRGB) ++.TP ++.B linear ++Linear light output ++.TP ++.B gamma1.8 ++Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB ++.TP ++.B gamma2.2 ++Pure power curve (gamma 2.2) ++.TP ++.B gamma2.8 ++Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470\-BG ++.TP ++.B prophoto ++ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) ++.TP ++.B st2084 ++SMPTE ST2084 (HDR) curve, PQ OETF ++.TP ++.B std\-b67 ++ARIB STD\-B67 (Hybrid Log\-gamma) curve, also known as BBC/NHK HDR ++.TP ++.B v\-log ++Panasonic V\-Log (VARICAM) curve ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++When using HDR output formats, mpv will encode to the specified ++curve but it will not set any HDMI flags or other signalling that might ++be required for the target device to correctly display the HDR signal. ++The user should independently guarantee this before using these signal ++formats for display. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-target\-brightness=<1..100000>\fP ++Specifies the display\(aqs approximate brightness in cd/m^2. When playing HDR ++content on a SDR display (or SDR content on an HDR display), video colors ++will be tone mapped to this target brightness using the algorithm specified ++by \fB\-\-hdr\-tone\-mapping\fP\&. The default of 250 cd/m^2 corresponds to a ++typical consumer display. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-hdr\-tone\-mapping=<value>\fP ++Specifies the algorithm used for tone\-mapping HDR images onto the target ++display. Valid values are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B clip ++Hard\-clip any out\-of\-range values. ++.TP ++.B reinhard ++Reinhard tone mapping algorithm. Very simple continuous curve. ++Preserves dynamic range and peak but uses nonlinear contrast. ++.TP ++.B hable ++Similar to \fBreinhard\fP but preserves dark contrast better (slightly ++sigmoidal). Developed by John Hable for use in video games. (default) ++.TP ++.B gamma ++Fits a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves. ++.TP ++.B linear ++Linearly stretches the entire reference gamut to (a linear multiple of) ++the display. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-tone\-mapping\-param=<value>\fP ++Set tone mapping parameters. Ignored if the tone mapping algorithm is not ++tunable. This affects the following tone mapping algorithms: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B reinhard ++Specifies the local contrast coefficient at the display peak. Defaults ++to 0.5, which means that in\-gamut values will be about half as bright ++as when clipping. ++.TP ++.B gamma ++Specifies the exponent of the function. Defaults to 1.8. ++.TP ++.B linear ++Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching. Defaults to 1.0. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-profile=<file>\fP ++Load an ICC profile and use it to transform video RGB to screen output. ++Needs LittleCMS 2 support compiled in. This option overrides the ++\fB\-\-target\-prim\fP, \fB\-\-target\-trc\fP and \fB\-\-icc\-profile\-auto\fP options. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-profile\-auto\fP ++Automatically select the ICC display profile currently specified by the ++display settings of the operating system. ++.sp ++NOTE: On Windows, the default profile must be an ICC profile. WCS profiles ++are not supported. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-cache\-dir=<dirname>\fP ++Store and load the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this directory. ++This can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while to ++create a 3D LUT. Note that these files contain uncompressed LUTs. Their ++size depends on the \fB\-\-icc\-3dlut\-size\fP, and can be very big. ++.sp ++NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so old, unused cache files may ++stick around indefinitely. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-intent=<value>\fP ++Specifies the ICC intent used for the color transformation (when using ++\fB\-\-icc\-profile\fP). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++perceptual ++.TP ++.B 1 ++relative colorimetric (default) ++.TP ++.B 2 ++saturation ++.TP ++.B 3 ++absolute colorimetric ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-3dlut\-size=<r>x<g>x<b>\fP ++Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each dimension. ++Default is 64x64x64. Sizes may range from 2 to 512. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-icc\-contrast=<0\-100000>\fP ++Specifies an upper limit on the target device\(aqs contrast ratio. This is ++detected automatically from the profile if possible, but for some profiles ++it might be missing, causing the contrast to be assumed as infinite. As a ++result, video may appear darker than intended. This only affects BT.1886 ++content. The default of 0 means no limit. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-blend\-subtitles=<yes|video|no>\fP ++Blend subtitles directly onto upscaled video frames, before interpolation ++and/or color management (default: no). Enabling this causes subtitles to be ++affected by \fB\-\-icc\-profile\fP, \fB\-\-target\-prim\fP, \fB\-\-target\-trc\fP, ++\fB\-\-interpolation\fP, \fB\-\-opengl\-gamma\fP and \fB\-\-post\-shader\fP\&. It also ++increases subtitle performance when using \fB\-\-interpolation\fP\&. ++.sp ++The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the visible ++portion of the video, so you can\(aqt have subtitles exist in the black ++margins below a video (for example). ++.sp ++If \fBvideo\fP is selected, the behavior is similar to \fByes\fP, but subs are ++drawn at the video\(aqs native resolution, and scaled along with the video. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally, ++subtitle colors are assumed to be in sRGB and color managed as ++such. Enabling this makes them treated as being in the video\(aqs ++color space instead. This is good if you want things like ++softsubbed ASS signs to match the video colors, but may cause ++SRT subtitles or similar to look slightly off. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-alpha=<blend\-tiles|blend|yes|no>\fP ++Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B blend\-tiles ++Blend the frame against a 16x16 gray/white tiles background (default). ++.TP ++.B blend ++Blend the frame against the background color (\fB\-\-background\fP, normally ++black). ++.TP ++.B yes ++Try to create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense ++if the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May ++not be supported on all platforms. If alpha framebuffers are ++unavailable, it silently falls back on a normal framebuffer. Note that ++if you set the \fB\-\-opengl\-fbo\-format\fP option to a non\-default value, a ++format with alpha must be specified, or this won\(aqt work. ++.TP ++.B no ++Ignore alpha component. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-rectangle\-textures\fP ++Force use of rectangle textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn\(aqt have ++any advantages over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding overrides ++this flag. Could be removed any time. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-background=<color>\fP ++Color used to draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video. See ++\fB\-\-osd\-color\fP option how colors are defined. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-tex\-pad\-x\fP, \fB\-\-opengl\-tex\-pad\-y\fP ++Enlarge the video source textures by this many pixels. For debugging only ++(normally textures are sized exactly, but due to hardware decoding interop ++we may have to deal with additional padding, which can be tested with these ++options). Could be removed any time. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-opengl\-early\-flush=<yes|no|auto>\fP ++Call \fBglFlush()\fP after rendering a frame and before attempting to display ++it (default: auto). Can fix stuttering in some cases, in other cases ++probably causes it. The \fBauto\fP mode will call \fBglFlush()\fP only if ++the renderer is going to wait for a while after rendering, instead of ++flipping GL front and backbuffers immediately (i.e. it doesn\(aqt call it ++in display\-sync mode). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Miscellaneous ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-display\-tags=tag1,tags2,...\fP ++Set the list of tags that should be displayed on the terminal. Tags that ++are in the list, but are not present in the played file, will not be shown. ++If a value ends with \fB*\fP, all tags are matched by prefix (though there ++is no general globbing). Just passing \fB*\fP essentially filtering. ++.sp ++The default includes a common list of tags, call mpv with \fB\-\-list\-options\fP ++to see it. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-mc=<seconds/frame>\fP ++Maximum A\-V sync correction per frame (in seconds) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-autosync=<factor>\fP ++Gradually adjusts the A/V sync based on audio delay measurements. ++Specifying \fB\-\-autosync=0\fP, the default, will cause frame timing to be ++based entirely on audio delay measurements. Specifying \fB\-\-autosync=1\fP ++will do the same, but will subtly change the A/V correction algorithm. An ++uneven video framerate in a video which plays fine with \fB\-\-no\-audio\fP can ++often be helped by setting this to an integer value greater than 1. The ++higher the value, the closer the timing will be to \fB\-\-no\-audio\fP\&. Try ++\fB\-\-autosync=30\fP to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not ++implement a perfect audio delay measurement. With this value, if large A/V ++sync offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to settle ++out. This delay in reaction time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only ++side effect of turning this option on, for all sound drivers. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-sync=<audio|...>\fP ++How the player synchronizes audio and video. ++.sp ++The modes starting with \fBdisplay\-\fP try to output video frames completely ++synchronously to the display, using the detected display vertical refresh ++rate as a hint how fast frames will be displayed on average. These modes ++change video speed slightly to match the display. See \fB\-\-video\-sync\-...\fP ++options for fine tuning. The robustness of this mode is further reduced by ++making a some idealized assumptions, which may not always apply in reality. ++Behavior can depend on the VO and the system\(aqs video and audio drivers. ++Media files must use constant framerate. Section\-wise VFR might work as well ++with some container formats (but not e.g. mkv). If the sync code detects ++severe A/V desync, or the framerate cannot be detected, the player ++automatically reverts to \fBaudio\fP mode for some time or permanently. ++.sp ++The modes with \fBdesync\fP in their names do not attempt to keep audio/video ++in sync. They will slowly (or quickly) desync, until e.g. the next seek ++happens. These modes are meant for testing, not serious use. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B audio ++Time video frames to audio. This is the most robust ++mode, because the player doesn\(aqt have to assume anything ++about how the display behaves. The disadvantage is that ++it can lead to occasional frame drops or repeats. If ++audio is disabled, this uses the system clock. This is ++the default mode. ++.TP ++.B display\-resample ++Resample audio to match the video. This mode will also ++try to adjust audio speed to compensate for other drift. ++(This means it will play the audio at a different speed ++every once in a while to reduce the A/V difference.) ++.TP ++.B display\-resample\-vdrop ++Resample audio to match the video. Drop video ++frames to compensate for drift. ++.TP ++.B display\-resample\-desync ++Like the previous mode, but no A/V compensation. ++.TP ++.B display\-vdrop ++Drop or repeat video frames to compensate desyncing ++video. (Although it should have the same effects as ++\fBaudio\fP, the implementation is very different.) ++.TP ++.B display\-adrop ++Drop or repeat audio data to compensate desyncing ++video. See \fB\-\-video\-sync\-adrop\-size\fP\&. This mode will ++cause severe audio artifacts if the real monitor ++refresh rate is too different from the reported or ++forced rate. ++.TP ++.B display\-desync ++Sync video to display, and let audio play on its own. ++.TP ++.B desync ++Sync video according to system clock, and let audio play ++on its own. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-sync\-max\-video\-change=<value>\fP ++Maximum speed difference in percent that is applied to video with ++\fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-...\fP (default: 1). Display sync mode will be ++disabled if the monitor and video refresh way do not match within the ++given range. It tries multiples as well: playing 30 fps video on a 60 Hz ++screen will duplicate every second frame. Playing 24 fps video on a 60 Hz ++screen will play video in a 2\-3\-2\-3\-... pattern. ++.sp ++The default settings are not loose enough to speed up 23.976 fps video to ++25 fps. We consider the pitch change too extreme to allow this behavior ++by default. Set this option to a value of \fB5\fP to enable it. ++.sp ++Note that in the \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-resample\fP mode, audio speed will ++additionally be changed by a small amount if necessary for A/V sync. See ++\fB\-\-video\-sync\-max\-audio\-change\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-sync\-max\-audio\-change=<value>\fP ++Maximum \fIadditional\fP speed difference in percent that is applied to audio ++with \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-...\fP (default: 0.125). Normally, the player ++plays the audio at the speed of the video. But if the difference between ++audio and video position is too high, e.g. due to drift or other timing ++errors, it will attempt to speed up or slow down audio by this additional ++factor. Too low values could lead to video frame dropping or repeating if ++the A/V desync cannot be compensated, too high values could lead to chaotic ++frame dropping due to the audio "overshooting" and skipping multiple video ++frames before the sync logic can react. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-video\-sync\-adrop\-size=<value>\fP ++For the \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\-adrop\fP mode. This mode duplicates/drops ++audio data to keep audio in sync with video. To avoid audio artifacts on ++jitter (which would add/remove samples all the time), this is done in ++relatively large, fixed units, controlled by this option. The unit is ++seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-mf\-fps=<value>\fP ++Framerate used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files with \fBmf://\fP ++(default: 1). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-mf\-type=<value>\fP ++Input file type for \fBmf://\fP (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi). By default, ++this is guessed from the file extension. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stream\-capture=<filename>\fP ++Allows capturing the primary stream (not additional audio tracks or other ++kind of streams) into the given file. Capturing can also be started and ++stopped by changing the filename with the \fBstream\-capture\fP property. ++Generally this will not produce usable results for anything else than MPEG ++or raw streams, unless capturing includes the file headers and is not ++interrupted. Note that, due to cache latencies, captured data may begin and ++end somewhat delayed compared to what you see displayed. ++.sp ++The destination file is always appended. (Before mpv 0.8.0, the file was ++overwritten.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stream\-dump=<filename>\fP ++Same as \fB\-\-stream\-capture\fP, but do not start playback. Instead, the entire ++file is dumped. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-stream\-lavf\-o=opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...\fP ++Set AVOptions on streams opened with libavformat. Unknown or misspelled ++options are silently ignored. (They are mentioned in the terminal output ++in verbose mode, i.e. \fB\-\-v\fP\&. In general we can\(aqt print errors, because ++other options such as e.g. user agent are not available with all protocols, ++and printing errors for unknown options would end up being too noisy.) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-mmcss\-profile=<name>\fP ++(Windows only.) ++Set the MMCSS profile for the video renderer thread (default: \fBPlayback\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-priority=<prio>\fP ++(Windows only.) ++Set process priority for mpv according to the predefined priorities ++available under Windows. ++.sp ++Possible values of \fB<prio>\fP: ++idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Using realtime priority can cause system lockup. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-force\-media\-title=<string>\fP ++Force the contents of the \fBmedia\-title\fP property to this value. Useful ++for scripts which want to set a title, without overriding the user\(aqs ++setting in \fB\-\-title\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-external\-file=<filename>\fP ++Add all tracks from the given file. Unlike \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP and ++\fB\-\-audio\-file\fP, this includes all tracks, and does not cause default ++stream selection over the "proper" file. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-autoload\-files=<yes|no>\fP ++Automatically load/select external files (default: yes). ++.sp ++If set to \fBno\fP, then do not automatically load external files as specified ++by \fB\-\-sub\-auto\fP and \fB\-\-audio\-file\-auto\fP\&. If external files are forcibly ++added (like with \fB\-\-sub\-file\fP), they will not be auto\-selected. ++.sp ++This does not affect playlist expansion, redirection, or other loading of ++referenced files like with ordered chapters. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=<string>\fP ++Set a "complex" libavfilter filter, which means a single filter graph can ++take input from multiple source audio and video tracks. The graph can result ++in a single audio or video output (or both). ++.sp ++Currently, the filter graph labels are used to select the participating ++input tracks and audio/video output. The following rules apply: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++A label of the form \fBaidN\fP selects audio track N as input (e.g. ++\fBaid1\fP). ++.IP \(bu 2 ++A label of the form \fBvidN\fP selects video track N as input. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++A label named \fBao\fP will be connected to the audio output. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++A label named \fBvo\fP will be connected to the video output. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Each label can be used only once. If you want to use e.g. an audio stream ++for multiple filters, you need to use the \fBasplit\fP filter. Multiple ++video or audio outputs are not possible, but you can use filters to merge ++them into one. ++.sp ++The complex filter cannot be changed yet during playback. It\(aqs also not ++possible to change the tracks connected to the filter at runtime. Other ++tracks, as long as they\(aqre not connected to the filter, and the ++corresponding output is not connected to the filter, can still be freely ++changed. ++.sp ++Note that the normal filter chains (\fB\-\-af\fP, \fB\-\-vf\fP) are applied between ++the complex graphs (e.g. \fBao\fP label) and the actual output. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aq[aid1] asplit [ao] [t] ; [t] aphasemeter [vo]\(aq\fP ++Play audio track 1, and visualize it as video using the \fBaphasemeter\fP ++filter. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aq[aid1] [aid2] amix [ao]\(aq\fP ++Play audio track 1 and 2 at the same time. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aq[vid1] [vid2] vstack [vo]\(aq\fP ++Stack video track 1 and 2 and play them at the same time. Note that ++both tracks need to have the same width, or filter initialization ++will fail (you can add \fBscale\fP filters before the \fBvstack\fP filter ++to fix the size). ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aq[aid1] asplit [ao] [t] ; [t] aphasemeter [t2] ; [vid1] [t2] overlay [vo]\(aq\fP ++Play audio track 1, and overlay its visualization over video track 1. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aq[aid1] asplit [t1] [ao] ; [t1] showvolume [t2] ; [vid1] [t2] overlay [vo]\(aq\fP ++Play audio track 1, and overlay the measured volume for each speaker ++over video track 1. ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBnull:// \-\-lavfi\-complex=\(aqlife [vo]\(aq\fP ++Conways\(aq Life Game. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++See the FFmpeg libavfilter documentation for details on the available ++filters. ++.UNINDENT ++.SH AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS ++.sp ++Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The ++syntax is: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++If the list has a trailing \(aq,\(aq, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained ++in the list. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>\fP ++Set defaults for each driver. ++.sp ++Deprecated. No replacement. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++See \fB\-\-ao=help\fP for a list of compiled\-in audio output drivers. The ++driver \fB\-\-ao=alsa\fP is preferred. \fB\-\-ao=pulse\fP is preferred on systems ++where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems, \fB\-\-ao=oss\fP or \fB\-\-ao=sndio\fP ++may work (the latter being experimental). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Available audio output drivers are: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBalsa\fP (Linux only) ++ALSA audio output driver ++.sp ++See \fI\%ALSA audio output options\fP for options specific to this AO. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++To get multichannel/surround audio, use \fB\-\-audio\-channels=auto\fP\&. The ++default for this option is \fBauto\-safe\fP, which makes this audio otuput ++explicitly reject multichannel output, as there is no way to detect ++whether a certain channel layout is actually supported. ++.sp ++You can also try \fI\%using the upmix plugin\fP\&. ++This setup enables multichannel audio on the \fBdefault\fP device ++with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo ++and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBoss\fP ++OSS audio output driver ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oss\-device\fP ++Sets the audio output device (default: \fB/dev/dsp\fP). ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oss\-mixer\-device\fP ++Sets the audio mixer device (default: \fB/dev/mixer\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oss\-mixer\-channel\fP ++Sets the audio mixer channel (default: \fBpcm\fP). Other valid values ++include \fBvol, pcm, line\fP\&. For a complete list of options look for ++\fBSOUND_DEVICE_NAMES\fP in \fB/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBjack\fP ++JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-jack\-port=<name>\fP ++Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-jack\-name=<client>\fP ++Client name that is passed to JACK (default: \fBmpv\fP). Useful ++if you want to have certain connections established automatically. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-jack\-autostart=<yes|no>\fP ++Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that ++this tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-jack\-connect=<yes|no>\fP ++Automatically create connections to output ports (default: enabled). ++When enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to ++the number of available output ports. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-jack\-std\-channel\-layout=<waveext|any>\fP ++Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no ++notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given ++channel is supposed to map to) \- it just takes whatever the application ++outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines. This means the ++user and the application are in charge of dealing with the channel ++layout. \fBwaveext\fP uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even ++though it was defined by Microsoft, is the standard on many systems. ++The value \fBany\fP makes JACK accept whatever comes from the audio ++filter chain, regardless of channel layout and without reordering. This ++mode is probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used ++with fixed setups. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBcoreaudio\fP (Mac OS X only) ++Native Mac OS X audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio ++sound server. ++.sp ++Automatically redirects to \fBcoreaudio_exclusive\fP when playing compressed ++formats. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-coreaudio\-change\-physical\-format=<yes|no>\fP ++Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format ++(default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel audio output ++will actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the ++system\-wide audio settings. This is equivalent to changing the \fBFormat\fP ++setting in the \fBAudio Devices\fP dialog in the \fBAudio MIDI Setup\fP ++utility. Note that this does not affect the selected speaker setup. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-coreaudio\-exclusive\fP ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-exclusive\fP\&. ++Use exclusive mode access. This merely redirects to ++\fBcoreaudio_exclusive\fP, but should be preferred over using that AO ++directly. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBcoreaudio_exclusive\fP (Mac OS X only) ++Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and ++exclusive mode (bypasses the sound server). ++.TP ++.B \fBopenal\fP ++Experimental OpenAL audio output driver ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is not very useful. Playing multi\-channel audio with ++it is slow. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBpulse\fP ++PulseAudio audio output driver ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-pulse\-host=<host>\fP, \fB\-\-pulse\-sink=<sink>\fP ++Specify the host and optionally output sink to use. An empty <host> ++string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer ++(most likely not what you want). ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-pulse\-buffer=<1\-2000|native>\fP ++Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers ++more data, and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller ++value makes the audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed ++changes. Default: 250. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-pulse\-latency\-hacks=<yes|no>\fP ++Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If ++enabled, mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If ++disabled, it will use PulseAudio automatically updated timing ++information. Disabling this might help with e.g. networked audio or ++some plugins, while enabling it might help in some unknown situations ++(it used to be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions). ++.sp ++If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this ++option. (Or try to update PulseAudio.) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBsdl\fP ++SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL ++1.2, but may require the \fBSDL_AUDIODRIVER\fP environment variable to be set ++appropriately for your system. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with extremely foreign ++environments, such as systems where none of the other drivers ++are available. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sdl\-buflen=<length>\fP ++Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the ++sound system. Playing a file with \fB\-v\fP will show the requested and ++obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system ++default. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sdl\-bufcnt=<count>\fP ++Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be ++changed. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBnull\fP ++Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use ++\fB\-\-ao=null \-\-ao\-null\-untimed\fP for benchmarking. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-untimed\fP ++Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio ++decoding will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the ++system clock. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-buffer\fP ++Simulated buffer length in seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-outburst\fP ++Simulated chunk size in samples. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-speed\fP ++Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio ++device will not go exactly as fast as the system clock. It will deviate ++just a little, and this option helps to simulate this. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-latency\fP ++Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-broken\-eof\fP ++Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device ++latency to the reported audio playback position. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-broken\-delay\fP ++Simulate broken audio drivers, which don\(aqt report latency correctly. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-null\-channel\-layouts\fP ++If not empty, this is a \fB,\fP separated list of channel layouts the ++AO allows. This can be used to test channel layout selection. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBpcm\fP ++Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-pcm\-waveheader=<yes|no>\fP ++Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When ++not included, raw PCM will be generated. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-pcm\-file=<filename>\fP ++Write the sound to \fB<filename>\fP instead of the default ++\fBaudiodump.wav\fP\&. If \fBno\-waveheader\fP is specified, the default is ++\fBaudiodump.pcm\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-pcm\-append=<yes|no>\fP ++Append to the file, instead of overwriting it. Always use this with the ++\fBno\-waveheader\fP option \- with \fBwaveheader\fP it\(aqs broken, because ++it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBrsound\fP ++Audio output to an RSound daemon ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be ++confused with RoarAudio, which is something completely ++different. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rsound\-host=<name/path>\fP ++Set the address of the server (default: localhost). Can be either a ++network hostname for TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path ++starting with \(aq/\(aq. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rsound\-port=<number>\fP ++Set the TCP port used for connecting to the server (default: 12345). ++Not used if connecting to a Unix domain socket. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++These options are deprecated. If anyone cares enough, their functionality ++can be added back using \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBsndio\fP ++Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Experimental. There are known bugs and issues. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel ++layouts.) ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-sndio\-device=<device>\fP ++sndio device to use (default: \fB$AUDIODEVICE\fP, resp. \fBsnd0\fP). ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBwasapi\fP ++Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this audio output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-wasapi\-exclusive\fP ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-exclusive\fP\&. ++Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents ++sound playback of any other program until mpv exits. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ao\-wasapi\-device=<id>\fP ++Deprecated, use \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP\&. ++.sp ++Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system\(aqs default audio ++endpoint. Both an ordinal number (0,1,2,...) and the GUID ++String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not change ++unless the driver is uninstalled. ++.sp ++Also supports searching active devices by human\-readable name. If more ++than one device matches the name, refuses loading it. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS ++.sp ++Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The ++syntax is: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>\fP ++Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++If the list has a trailing \fB,\fP, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained ++in the list. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>\fP ++Set defaults for each driver. ++.sp ++Deprecated. No replacement. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++See \fB\-\-vo=help\fP for a list of compiled\-in video output drivers. ++.sp ++The recommended output driver is \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP, which is the default. All ++other drivers are for compatibility or special purposes. If the default ++does not work, it will fallback to other drivers (in the same order as ++listed by \fB\-\-vo=help\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Available video output drivers are: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBxv\fP (X11 only) ++Uses the XVideo extension to enable hardware\-accelerated display. This is ++the most compatible VO on X, but may be low\-quality, and has issues with ++OSD and subtitle display. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with old systems. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-adaptor=<number>\fP ++Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-port=<number>\fP ++Select a specific XVideo port. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-ck=<cur|use|set>\fP ++Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B cur ++The default takes the color key currently set in Xv. ++.TP ++.B use ++Use but do not set the color key from mpv (use the \fB\-\-colorkey\fP ++option to change it). ++.TP ++.B set ++Same as use but also sets the supplied color key. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-ck\-method=<none|man|bg|auto>\fP ++Sets the color key drawing method (default: man). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B none ++Disables color\-keying. ++.TP ++.B man ++Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases). ++.TP ++.B bg ++Set the color key as window background. ++.TP ++.B auto ++Let Xv draw the color key. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-colorkey=<number>\fP ++Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. \fB0x000000\fP is ++black and \fB0xffffff\fP is white. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-xv\-buffers=<number>\fP ++Number of image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2). ++Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X server ++not responding quickly enough if video FPS is close to or higher than ++the display refresh rate. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBx11\fP (X11 only) ++Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works ++whenever X11 is present. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvdpau\fP (X11 only) ++Uses the VDPAU interface to display and optionally also decode video. ++Hardware decoding is used with \fB\-\-hwdec=vdpau\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Earlier versions of mpv (and MPlayer, mplayer2) provided sub\-options ++to tune vdpau post\-processing, like \fBdeint\fP, \fBsharpen\fP, \fBdenoise\fP, ++\fBchroma\-deint\fP, \fBpullup\fP, \fBhqscaling\fP\&. These sub\-options are ++deprecated, and you should use the \fBvdpaupp\fP video filter instead. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-sharpen=<\-1\-1>\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.sp ++For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for ++negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-denoise=<0\-1>\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.sp ++Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise ++reduction). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-deint=<\-4\-4>\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.sp ++Select deinterlacing mode (default: 0). In older versions (as well as ++MPlayer/mplayer2) you could use this option to enable deinterlacing. ++This doesn\(aqt work anymore, and deinterlacing is enabled with either ++the \fBd\fP key (by default mapped to the command \fBcycle deinterlace\fP), ++or the \fB\-\-deinterlace\fP option. Also, to select the default deint mode, ++you should use something like \fB\-\-vf\-defaults=vdpaupp:deint\-mode=temporal\fP ++instead of this sub\-option. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Pick the \fBvdpaupp\fP video filter default, which corresponds to 3. ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Show only first field. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Bob deinterlacing. ++.TP ++.B 3 ++Motion\-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync ++with slow video hardware and/or high resolution. ++.TP ++.B 4 ++Motion\-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge\-guided spatial ++interpolation. Needs fast video hardware. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-chroma\-deint\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.sp ++Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default). ++Use no\-chroma\-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced ++deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-pullup\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.sp ++Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal ++deinterlacing. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-hqscaling=<0\-9>\fP ++(Deprecated. See note about \fBvdpaupp\fP\&.) ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Use default VDPAU scaling (default). ++.TP ++.B 1\-9 ++Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-fps=<number>\fP ++Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value is needed ++for framedrop to allow video playback rates higher than display ++refresh rate, and for vsync\-aware frame timing adjustments). Default 0 ++means use autodetected value. A positive value is interpreted as a ++refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative ++value disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-composite\-detect\fP ++NVIDIA\(aqs current VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently ++under a compositing window manager and does not give accurate frame ++timing information. With this option enabled, the player tries to ++detect whether a compositing window manager is active. If one is ++detected, the player disables timing adjustments as if the user had ++specified \fBfps=\-1\fP (as they would be based on incorrect input). This ++means timing is somewhat less accurate than without compositing, but ++with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver, there is no ++hard playback speed limit even without the disabled logic. Enabled by ++default, use \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-composite\-detect=no\fP to disable. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-queuetime\-windowed=<number>\fP and \fBqueuetime\-fs=<number>\fP ++Use VDPAU\(aqs presentation queue functionality to queue future video ++frame changes at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50). ++See below for additional information. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-output\-surfaces=<2\-15>\fP ++Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default: ++3). See below for additional information. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>\fP ++Set the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice ++is the colorkey used if VDPAU operates in overlay mode (default: ++\fB#020507\fP, some shade of black). If the alpha component of this value ++is 0, the default VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is usually ++green). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vdpau\-force\-yuv\fP ++Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert ++to a YUV format before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability ++of certain YUV\-only features, like video equalizer or deinterlacing. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Using the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled by the queuetime ++options makes mpv\(aqs frame flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and ++allows mpv to start decoding the next frame(s) slightly earlier, which can ++reduce jitter caused by individual slow\-to\-decode frames. However, the ++NVIDIA graphics drivers can make other window behavior such as window moves ++choppy if VDPAU is using the blit queue (mainly happens if you have the ++composite extension enabled) and this feature is active. If this happens on ++your system and it bothers you then you can set the queuetime value to 0 to ++disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and fullscreen mode ++are separate because there should be no reason to disable this for ++fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should not affect the video itself). ++.sp ++You can queue more frames ahead by increasing the queuetime values and the ++\fBoutput_surfaces\fP count (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a ++certain time ahead you need at least as many surfaces as the video has ++frames during that time, plus two). This could help make video smoother in ++some cases. The main downsides are increased video RAM requirements for ++the surfaces and laggier display response to user commands (display ++changes only become visible some time after they\(aqre queued). The graphics ++driver implementation may also have limits on the length of maximum ++queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all. ++.TP ++.B \fBdirect3d\fP (Windows only) ++Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with systems that don\(aqt provide ++proper OpenGL drivers, and where ANGLE does not perform well. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Before to 0.21.0, \fBdirect3d_shaders\fP and \fBdirect3d\fP were ++different, with \fBdirect3d\fP not using shader by default. Now ++both use shaders by default, and \fBdirect3d_shaders\fP is a ++deprecated alias. Use the \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-prefer\-stretchrect\fP ++or the \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-disable\-shaders\fP options to get the old ++behavior of \fBdirect3d\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-prefer\-stretchrect\fP ++Use \fBIDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect\fP over other methods if possible. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-disable\-stretchrect\fP ++Never render the video using \fBIDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-disable\-textures\fP ++Never render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with ++textures + shader will still be allowed. Add \fBdisable\-shaders\fP to ++completely disable video rendering with textures. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-disable\-shaders\fP ++Never use shaders when rendering video. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-only\-8bit\fP ++Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component. ++Using this flag will force software conversion to 8\-bit. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-disable\-texture\-align\fP ++Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this option ++enabled, the video texture will always have exactly the same size as ++the video itself. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be removed in the future, ++might crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you ++actually need any of these for performance or proper operation. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-force\-power\-of\-2\fP ++Always force textures to power of 2, even if the device reports ++non\-power\-of\-2 texture sizes as supported. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-texture\-memory=<mode>\fP ++Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD. ++Possible values: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdefault\fP (default) ++Use \fBD3DPOOL_DEFAULT\fP, with a \fBD3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM\fP texture for ++locking. If the driver supports \fBD3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY\fP, ++\fBD3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM\fP is used directly. ++.TP ++.B \fBdefault\-pool\fP ++Use \fBD3DPOOL_DEFAULT\fP\&. (Like \fBdefault\fP, but never use a ++shadow\-texture.) ++.TP ++.B \fBdefault\-pool\-shadow\fP ++Use \fBD3DPOOL_DEFAULT\fP, with a \fBD3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM\fP texture for ++locking. (Like \fBdefault\fP, but always force the shadow\-texture.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmanaged\fP ++Use \fBD3DPOOL_MANAGED\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBscratch\fP ++Use \fBD3DPOOL_SCRATCH\fP, with a \fBD3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM\fP texture for ++locking. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-swap\-discard\fP ++Use \fBD3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD\fP, which might be faster. ++Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear every frame. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-direct3d\-exact\-backbuffer\fP ++Always resize the backbuffer to window size. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBopengl\fP ++OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering ++and color management. ++.sp ++See \fI\%OpenGL renderer options\fP for options specific to this VO. ++.sp ++By default, it tries to use fast and fail\-safe settings. Use the ++\fBopengl\-hq\fP profile to use this driver with defaults set to high ++quality rendering. (This profile is also the replacement for ++\fB\-\-vo=opengl\-hq\fP\&.) The profile can be applied with \fB\-\-profile=opengl\-hq\fP ++and its contents can be viewed with \fB\-\-show\-profile=opengl\-hq\fP\&. ++.sp ++Requires at least OpenGL 2.1. ++.sp ++Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only ++(or if the necessary extensions are available). ++.sp ++OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well. ++.sp ++Hardware decoding over OpenGL\-interop is supported to some degree. Note ++that in this mode, some corner case might not be gracefully handled, and ++color space conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of ++the hardware decoder APIs. ++.sp ++\fBopengl\fP makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better ++quality or performance by changing the \fB\-\-opengl\-fbo\-format\fP option to ++\fBrgb16f\fP, \fBrgb32f\fP or \fBrgb\fP\&. Known problems include Mesa/Intel not ++accepting \fBrgb16\fP, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture ++support, and some OS X setups being very slow with \fBrgb16\fP but fast ++with \fBrgb32f\fP\&. If you have problems, you can also try enabling the ++\fB\-\-opengl\-dumb\-mode=yes\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fBsdl\fP ++SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without ++hardware acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0. ++For tuning, refer to your copy of the file \fBSDL_hints.h\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with systems that don\(aqt provide ++proper graphics drivers, or which support GLES only. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sdl\-sw\fP ++Continue even if a software renderer is detected. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-sdl\-switch\-mode\fP ++Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvaapi\fP ++Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note ++that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than wanting to use ++hardware decoding to save power on laptops, or possibly preventing video ++tearing with some setups. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can ++use vaapi hardware decoding with \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP too. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vaapi\-scaling=<algorithm>\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B default ++Driver default (mpv default as well). ++.TP ++.B fast ++Fast, but low quality. ++.TP ++.B hq ++Unspecified driver dependent high\-quality scaling, slow. ++.TP ++.B nla ++\fBnon\-linear anamorphic scaling\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vaapi\-deint\-mode=<mode>\fP ++Select deinterlacing algorithm. Note that by default deinterlacing is ++initially always off, and needs to be enabled with the \fBd\fP key ++(default key binding for \fBcycle deinterlace\fP). ++.sp ++This option doesn\(aqt apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp). ++In this case, the default for \fBdeint\-mode\fP is \fBno\fP, and enabling ++deinterlacing via user interaction using the methods mentioned above ++actually inserts the \fBvavpp\fP video filter. If vpp is not actually ++supported with the libva backend in use, you can use this option to ++forcibly enable VO based deinterlacing. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Don\(aqt allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva). ++.TP ++.B first\-field ++Show only first field (going by \fB\-\-field\-dominance\fP). ++.TP ++.B bob ++bob deinterlacing (default for older libva). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-vaapi\-scaled\-osd=<yes|no>\fP ++If enabled, then the OSD is rendered at video resolution and scaled to ++display resolution. By default, this is disabled, and the OSD is ++rendered at display resolution if the driver supports it. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBnull\fP ++Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking. ++.sp ++Usually, it\(aqs better to disable video with \fB\-\-no\-video\fP instead. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-null\-fps=<value>\fP ++Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the ++VO accepts per second. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBcaca\fP ++Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is a joke. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBtct\fP ++Color Unicode art video output driver that works on a text console. ++Depends on support of true color by modern terminals to display the images ++at full color range. On Windows it requires an ansi terminal such as mintty. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-tct\-algo=<algo>\fP ++Select how to write the pixels to the terminal. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B half\-blocks ++Uses unicode LOWER HALF BLOCK character to achieve higher vertical ++resolution. (Default.) ++.TP ++.B plain ++Uses spaces. Causes vertical resolution to drop twofolds, but in ++theory works in more places. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-tct\-width=<width>\fP \fB\-\-vo\-tct\-height=<height>\fP ++Assume the terminal has the specified character width and/or height. ++These default to 80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-tct\-256=<yes|no>\fP (default: no) ++Use 256 colors \- for terminals which don\(aqt support true color. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBimage\fP ++Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file ++takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name. ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-format=<format>\fP ++Select the image file format. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B jpg ++JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.) ++.TP ++.B jpeg ++JPEG files, extension .jpeg. ++.TP ++.B png ++PNG files. ++.TP ++.B ppm ++Portable bitmap format. ++.TP ++.B pgm ++Portable graymap format. ++.TP ++.B pgmyuv ++Portable graymap format, using the YV12 pixel format. ++.TP ++.B tga ++Truevision TGA. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-png\-compression=<0\-9>\fP ++PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-png\-filter=<0\-5>\fP ++Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up; ++3 = average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-quality=<0\-100>\fP ++JPEG quality factor (default: 90) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-progressive=<yes|no>\fP ++Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: no). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-baseline=<yes|no>\fP ++Specify use of JPEG baseline or not (default: yes). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-optimize=<0\-100>\fP ++JPEG optimization factor (default: 100) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-smooth=<0\-100>\fP ++smooth factor (default: 0) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-jpeg\-dpi=<1\->\fP ++JPEG DPI (default: 72) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-image\-outdir=<dirname>\fP ++Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: \fB\&./\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBwayland\fP (Wayland only) ++Wayland shared memory video output as fallback for \fBopengl\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This driver is for compatibility with systems that don\(aqt provide ++working OpenGL drivers. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-wayland\-alpha\fP ++Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha ++information ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-wayland\-rgb565\fP ++Use RGB565 as buffer format. This format is implemented on most ++platforms, especially on embedded where it is far more efficient then ++RGB8888. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vo\-wayland\-triple\-buffering\fP ++Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but ++uses more memory. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBopengl\-cb\fP ++For use with libmpv direct OpenGL embedding; useless in any other contexts. ++(See \fB<mpv/opengl_cb.h>\fP\&.) ++.sp ++This also supports many of the options the \fBopengl\fP VO has. ++.TP ++.B \fBrpi\fP (Raspberry Pi) ++Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API. ++.sp ++This is deprecated. Use \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP instead, which is the default and ++provides the same functionality. The \fBrpi\fP VO will be removed in ++mpv 0.22.0. Its functionality was folded into \-\-vo=opengl, which now uses ++RPI hardware decoding by treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying ++GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.22.0: the \-\-fs flag will be reset to ++"no" by default (like on the other platforms). ++.sp ++The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rpi\-display=<number>\fP ++Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown ++(default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rpi\-layer=<number>\fP ++Select the dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown ++(default: \-10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the ++selected layer, to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video ++rendering will happen on the layer above the selected layer. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rpi\-background=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no). ++Normally it\(aqs better to kill the console framebuffer instead, which ++gives better performance. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-rpi\-osd=<yes|no>\fP ++Enabled by default. If disabled with \fBno\fP, no OSD layer is created. ++This also means there will be no subtitles rendered. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdrm\fP (Direct Rendering Manager) ++Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager. ++Should be used when one doesn\(aqt want to install full\-blown graphical ++environment (e.g. no X). Does not support hardware acceleration (if you ++need this, check the \fBdrm\fP backend for \fBopengl\fP VO). ++.sp ++The following global options are supported by this video output: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-drm\-connector=[<gpu_number>.]<name>\fP ++Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If \fB<name>\fP ++is empty or \fBauto\fP, mpv renders the output on the first available ++connector. Use \fB\-\-drm\-connector=help\fP to get list of available ++connectors. When using multiple graphic cards, use the \fB<gpu_number>\fP ++argument to disambiguate. ++(default: empty) ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-drm\-mode=<number>\fP ++Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate). ++(default: 0) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH AUDIO FILTERS ++.sp ++Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The ++syntax is: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Setup a chain of audio filters. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++To get a full list of available audio filters, see \fB\-\-af=help\fP\&. ++.sp ++Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the \fBlavfi\fP ++wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter\(aqs filters. This ++includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the ++normal filter parameters. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af\-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Set defaults for each filter. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the ++filter list: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af\-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>\fP ++Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af\-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>\fP ++Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af\-del=<index1[,index2,...]>\fP ++Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, ++negative numbers address the end of the list (\-1 is the last). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-af\-clr\fP ++Completely empties the filter list. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Available filters are: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBlavrresample[=option1:option2:...]\fP ++This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build) ++to change sample rate, sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream. ++This filter is automatically enabled if the audio output does not support ++the audio configuration of the file being played. ++.sp ++It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBfilter\-size=<length>\fP ++Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default: ++16) ++.TP ++.B \fBphase\-shift=<count>\fP ++Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10\->1024, 11\->2048, ++12\->4096, ...) (default: 10\->1024) ++.TP ++.B \fBcutoff=<cutoff>\fP ++Cutoff frequency (0.0\-1.0), default set depending upon filter length. ++.TP ++.B \fBlinear\fP ++If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase ++entries. (default: no) ++.TP ++.B \fBno\-detach\fP ++Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match. ++(If you just want to set defaults for this filter that will be used ++even by automatically inserted lavrresample instances, you should ++prefer setting them with \fB\-\-af\-defaults=lavrresample:...\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fBnormalize=<yes|no|auto>\fP ++Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: auto). ++\fBauto\fP uses the value set by \fB\-\-audio\-normalize\-downmix\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBo=<string>\fP ++Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should ++be documented by FFmpeg or Libav. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBlavcac3enc[=options]\fP ++Encode multi\-channel audio to AC\-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports ++16\-bit native\-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is ++big\-endian when outputting a raw AC\-3 stream, native\-endian when ++outputting to S/PDIF. If the input sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz or ++32 kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBtospdif=<yes|no>\fP ++Output raw AC\-3 stream if \fBno\fP, output to S/PDIF for ++pass\-through if \fByes\fP (default). ++.TP ++.B \fBbitrate=<rate>\fP ++The bitrate use for the AC\-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps. ++.sp ++The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this. ++.sp ++Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, ++160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640. ++.sp ++The special value \fBauto\fP selects a default bitrate based on the ++input channel number: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 1ch ++96 ++.TP ++.B 2ch ++192 ++.TP ++.B 3ch ++224 ++.TP ++.B 4ch ++384 ++.TP ++.B 5ch ++448 ++.TP ++.B 6ch ++448 ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBminch=<n>\fP ++If the input channel number is less than \fB<minch>\fP, the filter will ++detach itself (default: 3). ++.TP ++.B \fBencoder=<name>\fP ++Select the libavcodec encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC\-3 ++encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBequalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10\fP ++10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band\-pass ++filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is ++being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands are: ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++No. ++T} T{ ++frequency ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++0 ++T} T{ ++31.25 Hz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++1 ++T} T{ ++62.50 Hz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++2 ++T} T{ ++125.00 Hz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++3 ++T} T{ ++250.00 Hz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++4 ++T} T{ ++500.00 Hz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++5 ++T} T{ ++1.00 kHz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++6 ++T} T{ ++2.00 kHz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++7 ++T} T{ ++4.00 kHz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++8 ++T} T{ ++8.00 kHz ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++9 ++T} T{ ++16.00 kHz ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.sp ++If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center ++frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known ++bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the uppermost band ++are not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center ++frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by upsampling ++the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches this filter. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>\fP ++floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency ++band (\-12\-12) ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:\-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi\fP ++Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region ++while canceling it almost completely around 1 kHz. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBchannels=nch[:routes]\fP ++Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If ++only \fB<nch>\fP is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows: ++If the number of output channels is greater than the number of input ++channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to ++stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output ++channels is less than the number of input channels, the exceeding ++channels are truncated. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<nch>\fP ++number of output channels (1\-8) ++.TP ++.B \fB<routes>\fP ++List of \fB,\fP separated routes, in the form \fBfrom1\-to1,from2\-to2,...\fP\&. ++Each pair defines where to route each channel. There can be at most ++8 routes. Without this argument, the default routing is used. Since ++\fB,\fP is also used to separate filters, you must quote this argument ++with \fB[...]\fP or similar. ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=channels=4:[0\-1,1\-0,2\-2,3\-3] media.avi\fP ++Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that ++swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact. ++Observe that if media containing two channels were played back, ++channels 2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be ++swapped. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=channels=6:[0\-0,0\-1,0\-2,0\-3] media.avi\fP ++Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that ++copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain ++silence. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++You should probably not use this filter. If you want to change the ++output channel layout, try the \fBformat\fP filter, which can make mpv ++automatically up\- and downmix standard channel layouts. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBformat=format:srate:channels:out\-format:out\-srate:out\-channels\fP ++Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the ++filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this ++filter if needed. It is primarily useful for controlling the audio format ++going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see ++\fB\-\-audio\-format\fP, \fB\-\-audio\-samplerate\fP, and \fB\-\-audio\-channels\fP\&. This ++filter is able to force a particular format, whereas \fB\-\-audio\-*\fP ++may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility. ++.sp ++All parameters are optional. The first 3 parameters restrict what the filter ++accepts as input. They will therefore cause conversion filters to be ++inserted before this one. The \fBout\-\fP parameters tell the filters or audio ++outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually ++doing a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you ++really know you want this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with ++broken media. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<format>\fP ++Force conversion to this format. Use \fB\-\-af=format=format=help\fP to get ++a list of valid formats. ++.TP ++.B \fB<srate>\fP ++Force conversion to a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer, ++48000 for example. ++.TP ++.B \fB<channels>\fP ++Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See \fB\-\-audio\-channels\fP option ++for possible values. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB<out\-format>\fP ++.sp ++\fB<out\-srate>\fP ++.sp ++\fB<out\-channels>\fP ++.sp ++\fINOTE\fP: this filter used to be named \fBforce\fP\&. The old \fBformat\fP filter ++used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system ++handle the conversion. ++.TP ++.B \fBvolume[=<volumedb>[:...]]\fP ++Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it ++can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is ++best to use the \fIMaster\fP volume control of your sound card or the volume ++knob on your amplifier. ++.sp ++\fINOTE\fP: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled ++once for every audio stream. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<volumedb>\fP ++Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from \-200 dB ++to +60 dB, where \-200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a ++gain of 1000 (default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fBreplaygain\-track\fP ++Adjust volume gain according to the track\-gain replaygain value stored ++in the file metadata. ++.TP ++.B \fBreplaygain\-album\fP ++Like replaygain\-track, but using the album\-gain value instead. ++.TP ++.B \fBreplaygain\-preamp\fP ++Pre\-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain ++(default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fBreplaygain\-clip=yes|no\fP ++Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the ++gain (default). Use \fBreplaygain\-clip=no\fP to disable this. ++.TP ++.B \fBreplaygain\-fallback\fP ++Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option ++is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this ++is applied, no other replaygain options are applied. ++.TP ++.B \fBsoftclip\fP ++Turns soft clipping on. Soft\-clipping can make the ++sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this ++option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low. ++.sp ++\fIWARNING\fP: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a ++last resort. ++.TP ++.B \fBs16\fP ++Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster ++in some situations. ++.TP ++.B \fBdetach\fP ++Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter config ++time. Useful with replaygain: if the current file has no replaygain ++tags, then the filter will be removed if this option is enabled. ++(If \fB\-\-softvol=yes\fP is used and the player volume controls are used ++during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.) ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=volume=10.1 media.avi\fP ++Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard\-clip if the sound level ++is too high. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBpan=n:[<matrix>]\fP ++Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the ++channels filter that can be used to down\-mix many channels to only a few, ++e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width" of the center speaker in a ++surround sound system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some ++tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for ++this filter depends on the number of output channels. An example how to ++downmix a six\-channel file to two channels with this filter can be found ++in the examples section near the end. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<n>\fP ++Number of output channels (1\-8). ++.TP ++.B \fB<matrix>\fP ++A list of values \fB[L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...]\fP, ++where each element \fBLij\fP means how much of input channel i is mixed ++into output channel j (range 0\-1). So in principle you first have n ++numbers saying what to do with the first input channel, then n numbers ++that act on the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any ++numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed. ++Note that the values are separated by \fB,\fP, which is already used ++by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote ++the value list with \fB[...]\fP or similar. ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi\fP ++Would downmix from stereo to mono. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi\fP ++Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix ++channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a ++subwoofer for example). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++If you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout, ++it is easier to use the \fBformat\fP filter. For example, ++\fBmpv \(aq\-\-af=format=channels=5.1\(aq \(aq\-\-audio\-channels=5.1\(aq\fP would always force ++remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This filter supports the following \fBaf\-command\fP commands: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBset\-matrix\fP ++Set the \fB<matrix>\fP argument dynamically. This can be used to change ++the mixing matrix at runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter ++chain. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdrc[=method:target]\fP ++Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing ++the audio signal\(aqs dynamic range. (Formerly called \fBvolnorm\fP\&.) ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<method>\fP ++Sets the used method. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the standard ++weighted mean over past samples (default). ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Use several samples to smooth the variations via the standard ++weighted mean over past samples. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<target>\fP ++Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample ++type (default: 0.25). ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very ++large dynamic range. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBscaletempo[=option1:option2:...]\fP ++Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback ++speed (default). ++.sp ++This works by playing \(aqstride\(aq ms of audio at normal speed then consuming ++\(aqstride*scale\(aq ms of input audio. It pieces the strides together by ++blending \(aqoverlap\(aq% of stride with audio following the previous stride. It ++optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next \(aqsearch\(aq ms ++of audio to determine the best overlap position. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBscale=<amount>\fP ++Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this amount in addition to ++speed. (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fBstride=<amount>\fP ++Length in milliseconds to output each stride. Too high of a value will ++cause noticeable skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale ++amounts. Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing improves ++performance. (default: 60) ++.TP ++.B \fBoverlap=<percent>\fP ++Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance. ++(default: .20) ++.TP ++.B \fBsearch=<amount>\fP ++Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. Decreasing ++improves performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want ++to set this very low. (default: 14) ++.TP ++.B \fBspeed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>\fP ++Set response to speed change. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B tempo ++Scale tempo in sync with speed (default). ++.TP ++.B pitch ++Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo. ++Add this to your \fBinput.conf\fP to step by musical semi\-tones: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++[ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935 ++] multiply speed 1.059463094352953 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Loses sync with video. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B both ++Scale both tempo and pitch. ++.TP ++.B none ++Ignore speed changes. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=scaletempo \-\-speed=1.2 media.ogg\fP ++Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal ++pitch. Changing playback speed would change audio tempo to match. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none \-\-speed=1.2 media.ogg\fP ++Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal ++pitch, but changing playback speed would have no effect on audio ++tempo. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg\fP ++Would tweak the quality and performance parameters. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv \-\-af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg\fP ++Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch. ++Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at ++1.2x. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBrubberband\fP ++High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in place ++of \fBscaletempo\fP, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing ++at speed different from normal. It can also be used to adjust audio pitch ++without changing playback speed. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<pitch\-scale>\fP ++Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This filter has a number of additional sub\-options. You can list them with ++\fBmpv \-\-af=rubberband=help\fP\&. This will also show the default values ++for each option. The options are not documented here, because they are ++merely passed to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation ++to learn what each option does: ++\fI\%http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code\-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html\fP ++(The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub\-option names and values to ++those of librubberband follows a simple pattern: \fB"Option" + Name + Value\fP\&.) ++.sp ++This filter supports the following \fBaf\-command\fP commands: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBset\-pitch\fP ++Set the \fB<pitch\-scale>\fP argument dynamically. This can be used to ++change the playback pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled ++using the standard \fBspeed\fP property, not \fBaf\-command\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBlavfi=graph\fP ++Filter audio using FFmpeg\(aqs libavfilter. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<graph>\fP ++Libavfilter graph. See \fBlavfi\fP video filter for details \- the graph ++syntax is the same. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Don\(aqt forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi ++video filter section. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBo=<string>\fP ++AVOptions. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH VIDEO FILTERS ++.sp ++Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The ++syntax is: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Setup a chain of video filters. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the ++normal filter parameters. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf\-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>\fP ++Set defaults for each filter. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++To get a full list of available video filters, see \fB\-\-vf=help\fP\&. ++.sp ++Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the \fBlavfi\fP ++wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter\(aqs filters. This ++includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the ++filter list. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf\-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>\fP ++Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf\-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>\fP ++Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf\-del=<index1[,index2,...]>\fP ++Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, ++negative numbers address the end of the list (\-1 is the last). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf\-clr\fP ++Completely empties the filter list. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf=<filter>=help\fP ++Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular ++filter. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf=<filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>\fP ++Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to ++set flag parameters. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Available filters are: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBcrop[=w:h:x:y]\fP ++Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest. Useful to remove ++black bands from widescreen videos. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<w>,<h>\fP ++Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height. ++.TP ++.B \fB<x>,<y>\fP ++Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBexpand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]\fP ++Expands (not scales) video resolution to the given value and places the ++unscaled original at coordinates x, y. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<w>,<h>\fP ++Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative ++values for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBexpand=0:\-50:0:0\fP ++Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<x>,<y>\fP ++position of original image on the expanded image (default: center) ++.TP ++.B \fB<aspect>\fP ++Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBexpand=800::::4/3\fP ++Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution, in ++which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<round>\fP ++Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBflip\fP ++Flips the image upside down. ++.TP ++.B \fBmirror\fP ++Mirrors the image on the Y axis. ++.TP ++.B \fBrotate[=0|90|180|270]\fP ++Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock\-wise. ++.TP ++.B \fBscale[=w:h:param:param2:chr\-drop:noup:arnd\fP ++Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<\->RGB ++color space conversion (see also \fB\-\-sws\fP). ++.sp ++All parameters are optional. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<w>:<h>\fP ++scaled width/height (default: original width/height) ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++scaled d_width/d_height ++.TP ++.B \-1 ++original width/height ++.TP ++.B \-2 ++Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled ++aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \-3 ++Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original ++aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \-(n+8) ++Like \-n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest ++multiple of 16. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<param>[:<param2>]\fP (see also \fB\-\-sws\fP) ++Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected ++with \fB\-\-sws\fP: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++\-\-sws=2 (bicubic): B (blurring) and C (ringing) ++ 0.00:0.60 default ++ 0.00:0.75 VirtualDub\(aqs "precise bicubic" ++ 0.00:0.50 Catmull\-Rom spline ++ 0.33:0.33 Mitchell\-Netravali spline ++ 1.00:0.00 cubic B\-spline ++ ++\-\-sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) \- 100 (sharp)) ++ ++\-\-sws=9 (Lanczos): filter length (1\-10) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<chr\-drop>\fP ++chroma skipping ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Use all available input lines for chroma (default). ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Use only every 2. input line for chroma. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Use only every 4. input line for chroma. ++.TP ++.B 3 ++Use only every 8. input line for chroma. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<noup>\fP ++Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Allow upscaling (default). ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<arnd>\fP ++Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or ++slower than the default rounding. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Disable accurate rounding (default). ++.TP ++.B yes ++Enable accurate rounding. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdsize[=w:h:aspect\-method:r:aspect]\fP ++Changes the intended display aspect at an arbitrary point in the ++filter chain. Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point ++number (1.33). Note that this filter does \fInot\fP do any scaling itself; it ++just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when ++auto\-scaling to the correct aspect. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<w>,<h>\fP ++New aspect ratio given by a display width and height. Unlike older mpv ++versions or MPlayer, this does not set the display size. ++.sp ++Can also be these special values: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++original display width and height ++.TP ++.B \-1 ++original video width and height (default) ++.TP ++.B \-2 ++Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display ++aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \-3 ++Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video ++aspect ratio. ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdsize=800:\-2\fP ++Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect ++video, or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<aspect\-method>\fP ++Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \-1 ++Ignore original aspect ratio (default). ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Keep display aspect ratio by using \fB<w>\fP and \fB<h>\fP as maximum ++resolution. ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Keep display aspect ratio by using \fB<w>\fP and \fB<h>\fP as minimum ++resolution. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Keep video aspect ratio by using \fB<w>\fP and \fB<h>\fP as maximum ++resolution. ++.TP ++.B 3 ++Keep video aspect ratio by using \fB<w>\fP and \fB<h>\fP as minimum ++resolution. ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdsize=800:600:0\fP ++Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller, ++in order to keep aspect. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<r>\fP ++Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by \fB<r>\fP ++(default: 1). ++.TP ++.B \fB<aspect>\fP ++Force an aspect ratio. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBformat=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...\fP ++Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion. ++Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++For a list of available formats, see \fBformat=fmt=help\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<fmt>\fP ++Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don\(aqt change). ++.TP ++.B \fB<outfmt>\fP ++Format name that should be substituted for the output. If they do not ++have the same bytes per pixel and chroma subsampling, it will fail. ++.TP ++.B \fB<colormatrix>\fP ++Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There ++are various standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and ++BT.709 for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space ++results in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors. ++.sp ++These options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide ++varying degrees of support. The \fBopengl\fP and \fBvdpau\fP video output ++drivers usually offer full support. The \fBxv\fP output can set the color ++space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and output ++levels. The \fBscale\fP video filter can configure color space and input ++levels, but only if the output format is RGB (if the video output driver ++supports RGB output, you can force this with \fB\-vf scale,format=rgba\fP). ++.sp ++If this option is set to \fBauto\fP (which is the default), the video\(aqs ++color space flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space ++will be selected automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that ++attempts to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than ++1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is ++selected. ++.sp ++Available color spaces are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++automatic selection (default) ++.TP ++.B bt.601 ++ITU\-R BT.601 (SD) ++.TP ++.B bt.709 ++ITU\-R BT.709 (HD) ++.TP ++.B bt.2020\-ncl ++ITU\-R BT.2020 non\-constant luminance system ++.TP ++.B bt.2020\-cl ++ITU\-R BT.2020 constant luminance system ++.TP ++.B smpte\-240m ++SMPTE\-240M ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<colorlevels>\fP ++YUV color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. This option is only ++necessary when playing broken files which do not follow standard color ++levels or which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify its ++color range, it is assumed to be limited range. ++.sp ++The same limitations as with \fB<colormatrix>\fP apply. ++.sp ++Available color ranges are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++automatic selection (normally limited range) (default) ++.TP ++.B limited ++limited range (16\-235 for luma, 16\-240 for chroma) ++.TP ++.B full ++full range (0\-255 for both luma and chroma) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<primaries>\fP ++RGB primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set ++in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be ++used to override the setting. ++.sp ++This option only affects video output drivers that perform color ++management, for example \fBopengl\fP with the \fBtarget\-prim\fP or ++\fBicc\-profile\fP suboptions set. ++.sp ++If this option is set to \fBauto\fP (which is the default), the video\(aqs ++primaries flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will ++be selected automatically, using the following heuristics: If the ++\fB<colormatrix>\fP is set or determined as BT.2020 or BT.709, the ++corresponding primaries are used. Otherwise, if the video height is ++exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601\-625 is used. If it\(aqs exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC), ++BT.601\-525 is used. If the video resolution is anything else, BT.709 is ++used. ++.sp ++Available primaries are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++automatic selection (default) ++.TP ++.B bt.601\-525 ++ITU\-R BT.601 (SD) 525\-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE\-C) ++.TP ++.B bt.601\-625 ++ITU\-R BT.601 (SD) 625\-line systems (PAL, SECAM) ++.TP ++.B bt.709 ++ITU\-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB) ++.TP ++.B bt.2020 ++ITU\-R BT.2020 (UHD) ++.TP ++.B apple ++Apple RGB ++.TP ++.B adobe ++Adobe RGB (1998) ++.TP ++.B prophoto ++ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) ++.TP ++.B cie1931 ++CIE 1931 RGB ++.TP ++.B dci\-p3 ++DCI\-P3 (Digital Cinema) ++.TP ++.B v\-gamut ++Panasonic V\-Gamut primaries ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<gamma>\fP ++Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set ++in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be ++used to override the setting. ++.sp ++This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management. ++.sp ++If this option is set to \fBauto\fP (which is the default), the gamma will ++be set to BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for ++XYZ content. ++.sp ++Available gamma functions are: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B auto ++automatic selection (default) ++.TP ++.B bt.1886 ++ITU\-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020) ++.TP ++.B srgb ++IEC 61966\-2\-4 (sRGB) ++.TP ++.B linear ++Linear light ++.TP ++.B gamma1.8 ++Pure power curve (gamma 1.8) ++.TP ++.B gamma2.2 ++Pure power curve (gamma 2.2) ++.TP ++.B gamma2.8 ++Pure power curve (gamma 2.8) ++.TP ++.B prophoto ++ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve ++.TP ++.B st2084 ++SMPTE ST2084 (HDR) curve ++.TP ++.B std\-b67 ++ARIB STD\-B67 (Hybrid Log\-gamma) curve ++.TP ++.B v\-log ++Panasonic V\-Log transfer curve ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<peak>\fP ++Reference peak illumination for the video file. This is mostly ++interesting for HDR, but it can also be used tone map SDR content ++to a darker or brighter exposure. ++.sp ++The default of 0.0 will default to the display\(aqs reference brightness ++for SDR and the source\(aqs reference brightness for HDR. ++.TP ++.B \fB<stereo\-in>\fP ++Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the ++same values as the \fB\-\-video\-stereo\-mode\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fB<stereo\-out>\fP ++Set the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the ++same values as the \fB\-\-video\-stereo\-mode\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fB<rotate>\fP ++Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees. ++The special value \fB\-1\fP uses the input format. ++.TP ++.B \fB<dw>\fP, \fB<dh>\fP ++Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that ++the video is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the ++aspect ratio is an implementation detail, and might change later. ++.TP ++.B \fB<dar>\fP ++Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float, ++but values such as \fB[16:9]\fP can be passed too (\fB[...]\fP for quoting ++to prevent the option parser from interpreting the \fB:\fP character). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBnoformat[=fmt]\fP ++Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion. ++Unlike the format filter, this will allow any color space except the one ++you specify. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++For a list of available formats, see \fBnoformat=fmt=help\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<fmt>\fP ++Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBlavfi=graph[:sws\-flags[:o=opts]]\fP ++Filter video using FFmpeg\(aqs libavfilter. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<graph>\fP ++The libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input ++pad and a single video output pad. ++.sp ++See \fI\%https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg\-filters.html\fP for syntax and available ++filters. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have ++to quote the filter graph in order to prevent mpv\(aqs syntax and the ++filter graph syntax from clashing. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]\fP ++\fBgradfun\fP filter with nonsense parameters, followed by a ++\fBvflip\fP filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a ++graph and not just a single filter.) The filter graph string is ++quoted with \fB[\fP and \fB]\fP\&. This requires no additional quoting ++or escaping with some shells (like bash), while others (like ++zsh) require additional \fB"\fP quotes around the option string. ++.TP ++.B \fB\(aq\-\-vf=lavfi="gradfun=20:30,vflip"\(aq\fP ++Same as before, but uses quoting that should be safe with all ++shells. The outer \fB\(aq\fP quotes make sure that the shell does not ++remove the \fB"\fP quotes needed by mpv. ++.TP ++.B \fB\(aq\-\-vf=lavfi=graph="gradfun=radius=30:strength=20,vflip"\(aq\fP ++Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<sws\-flags>\fP ++If libavfilter inserts filters for pixel format conversion, this ++option gives the flags which should be passed to libswscale. This ++option is numeric and takes a bit\-wise combination of \fBSWS_\fP flags. ++.sp ++See \fBhttp://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg.git;a=blob;f=libswscale/swscale.h\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB<o>\fP ++Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\(aq\-\-vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"\(aq\fP ++forces a specific threading configuration. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBeq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]\fP ++Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction ++in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are ++given as floating point values. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<0.1\-10>\fP ++initial gamma value (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<\-2\-2>\fP ++initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image ++(default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<\-1\-1>\fP ++initial brightness (default: 0.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<0\-3>\fP ++initial saturation (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<0.1\-10>\fP ++gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<0.1\-10>\fP ++gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<0.1\-10>\fP ++gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0) ++.TP ++.B \fB<0\-1>\fP ++The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma ++value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified ++and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all ++the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBpullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]\fP ++Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed ++hard\-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive ++content. The \fBpullup\fP filter makes use of future context in making its ++decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern ++to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to ++identify matches and rebuild progressive frames. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBjl\fP, \fBjr\fP, \fBjt\fP, and \fBjb\fP ++These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, ++top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units of ++8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines. The default is 8 ++pixels on each side. ++.TP ++.B \fBsb\fP (strict breaks) ++Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of \fBpullup\fP ++generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an ++excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences. ++Conversely, setting it to \-1 will make \fBpullup\fP match fields more ++easily. This may help process video with slight blurring between the ++fields, but may also cause interlaced frames in the output. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp\fP (metric plane) ++This option may be set to \fBu\fP or \fBv\fP to use a chroma plane instead of the ++luma plane for doing \fBpullup\fP\(aqs computations. This may improve accuracy ++on very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, ++especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale ++video. The main purpose of setting \fBmp\fP to a chroma plane is to reduce ++CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fByadif=[mode:interlaced\-only]\fP ++Yet another deinterlacing filter ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<mode>\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B frame ++Output 1 frame for each frame. ++.TP ++.B field ++Output 1 frame for each field (default). ++.TP ++.B frame\-nospatial ++Like \fBframe\fP but skips spatial interlacing check. ++.TP ++.B field\-nospatial ++Like \fBfield\fP but skips spatial interlacing check. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<interlaced\-only>\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Deinterlace all frames. ++.TP ++.B yes ++Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This filter is automatically inserted when using the \fBd\fP key (or any ++other key that toggles the \fBdeinterlace\fP property or when using the ++\fB\-\-deinterlace\fP switch), assuming the video output does not have native ++deinterlacing support. ++.sp ++If you just want to set the default mode, put this filter and its options ++into \fB\-\-vf\-defaults\fP instead, and enable deinterlacing with \fBd\fP or ++\fB\-\-deinterlace\fP\&. ++.sp ++Also, note that the \fBd\fP key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice ++when inserting yadif with \fB\-\-vf\fP, so using the above methods is ++recommended. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub=[=bottom\-margin:top\-margin]\fP ++Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force ++subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD ++support. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<bottom\-margin>\fP ++Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can ++place subtitles there (with \fB\-\-sub\-use\-margins\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB<top\-margin>\fP ++Black band on the top for toptitles (with \fB\-\-sub\-use\-margins\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-vf=sub,eq\fP ++Moves sub rendering before the eq filter. This will put both ++subtitle colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer ++settings. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBstereo3d[=in:out]\fP ++Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<in>\fP ++Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBsbsl\fP or \fBside_by_side_left_first\fP ++side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right) ++.TP ++.B \fBsbsr\fP or \fBside_by_side_right_first\fP ++side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right) ++.TP ++.B \fBabl\fP or \fBabove_below_left_first\fP ++above\-below (left eye above, right eye below) ++.TP ++.B \fBabr\fP or \fBabove_below_right_first\fP ++above\-below (right eye above, left eye below) ++.TP ++.B \fBab2l\fP or \fBabove_below_half_height_left_first\fP ++above\-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye ++below) ++.TP ++.B \fBab2r\fP or \fBabove_below_half_height_right_first\fP ++above\-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye ++below) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<out>\fP ++Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input ++formats as well as: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBarcg\fP or \fBanaglyph_red_cyan_gray\fP ++anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on ++right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBarch\fP or \fBanaglyph_red_cyan_half_color\fP ++anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter ++on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBarcc\fP or \fBanaglyph_red_cyan_color\fP ++anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on ++right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBarcd\fP or \fBanaglyph_red_cyan_dubois\fP ++anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least\-squares ++projection of Dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right ++eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBagmg\fP or \fBanaglyph_green_magenta_gray\fP ++anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta ++filter on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBagmh\fP or \fBanaglyph_green_magenta_half_color\fP ++anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye, ++magenta filter on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBagmc\fP or \fBanaglyph_green_magenta_color\fP ++anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta ++filter on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBaybg\fP or \fBanaglyph_yellow_blue_gray\fP ++anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter ++on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBaybh\fP or \fBanaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color\fP ++anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue ++filter on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBaybc\fP or \fBanaglyph_yellow_blue_color\fP ++anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue ++filter on right eye) ++.TP ++.B \fBirl\fP or \fBinterleave_rows_left_first\fP ++Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next ++row) ++.TP ++.B \fBirr\fP or \fBinterleave_rows_right_first\fP ++Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next ++row) ++.TP ++.B \fBml\fP or \fBmono_left\fP ++mono output (left eye only) ++.TP ++.B \fBmr\fP or \fBmono_right\fP ++mono output (right eye only) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBgradfun[=strength[:radius|:size=<size>]]\fP ++Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat ++regions by truncation to 8\-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that ++should go where the bands are, and dithers them. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB<strength>\fP ++Maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the ++threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5). ++.TP ++.B \fB<radius>\fP ++Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother ++gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near ++detailed regions (default: disabled). ++.TP ++.B \fB<size>\fP ++size of the filter in percent of the image diagonal size. This is ++used to calculate the final radius size (default: 1). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdlopen=dll[:a0[:a1[:a2[:a3]]]]\fP ++Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface ++is the \fBvf_dlopen\fP interface specified using \fBlibmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h\fP\&. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This filter is deprecated. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdll=<library>\fP ++Specify the library to load. This may require a full file system path ++in some cases. This argument is required. ++.TP ++.B \fBa0=<string>\fP ++Specify the first parameter to pass to the library. ++.TP ++.B \fBa1=<string>\fP ++Specify the second parameter to pass to the library. ++.TP ++.B \fBa2=<string>\fP ++Specify the third parameter to pass to the library. ++.TP ++.B \fBa3=<string>\fP ++Specify the fourth parameter to pass to the library. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvapoursynth=file:buffered\-frames:concurrent\-frames\fP ++Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for streamed ++processing: mpv actually provides a source filter, instead of using a ++native VapourSynth video source. The mpv source will answer frame ++requests only within a small window of frames (the size of this window ++is controlled with the \fBbuffered\-frames\fP parameter), and requests outside ++of that will return errors. As such, you can\(aqt use the full power of ++VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters. ++.sp ++If you just want to play video generated by a VapourSynth (i.e. using ++a native VapourSynth video source), it\(aqs better to use \fBvspipe\fP and a ++FIFO to feed the video to mpv. The same applies if the filter script ++requires random frame access (see \fBbuffered\-frames\fP parameter). ++.sp ++This filter is experimental. If it turns out that it works well and is ++used, it will be ported to libavfilter. Otherwise, it will be just removed. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBfile\fP ++Filename of the script source. Currently, this is always a python ++script. The variable \fBvideo_in\fP is set to the mpv video source, ++and it is expected that the script reads video from it. (Otherwise, ++mpv will decode no video, and the video packet queue will overflow, ++eventually leading to audio being stopped.) The script is also ++expected to pass through timestamps using the \fB_DurationNum\fP and ++\fB_DurationDen\fP frame properties. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example:" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++import vapoursynth as vs ++core = vs.get_core() ++core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output() ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++The script will be reloaded on every seek. This is done to reset ++the filter properly on discontinuities. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBbuffered\-frames\fP ++Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be buffered before ++the filter (default: 4). This specifies the maximum number of frames ++the script can request in reverse direction. ++E.g. if \fBbuffered\-frames=5\fP, and the script just requested frame 15, ++it can still request frame 10, but frame 9 is not available anymore. ++If it requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more frames, and keep only ++frames 25\-30. ++.sp ++The actual number of buffered frames also depends on the value of the ++\fBconcurrent\-frames\fP option. Currently, both option values are ++multiplied to get the final buffer size. ++.sp ++(Normally, VapourSynth source filters must provide random access, but ++mpv was made for playback, and does not provide frame\-exact random ++access. The way this video filter works is a compromise to make simple ++filters work anyway.) ++.TP ++.B \fBconcurrent\-frames\fP ++Number of frames that should be requested in parallel. The ++level of concurrency depends on the filter and how quickly mpv can ++decode video to feed the filter. This value should probably be ++proportional to the number of cores on your machine. Most time, ++making it higher than the number of cores can actually make it ++slower. ++.sp ++By default, this uses the special value \fBauto\fP, which sets the option ++to the number of detected logical CPU cores. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following variables are defined by mpv: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo_in\fP ++The mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length ++set, which confuses many filters. Using \fBTrim\fP on the clip with a ++high dummy length can turn it into a finite clip. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo_in_dw\fP, \fBvideo_in_dh\fP ++Display size of the video. Can be different from video size if the ++video does not use square pixels (e.g. DVD). ++.TP ++.B \fBcontainer_fps\fP ++FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or ++completely broken (e.g. 0 or NaN). Even if the value is correct, ++if another filter changes the real FPS (by dropping or inserting ++frames), the value of this variable might not be useful. Note that ++the \fB\-\-fps\fP command line option overrides this value. ++.sp ++Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisplay_fps\fP ++Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvapoursynth\-lazy\fP ++The same as \fBvapoursynth\fP, but doesn\(aqt load Python scripts. Instead, a ++custom backend using Lua and the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax ++is completely different, and absolutely no convenience features are ++provided. There\(aqs no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example:" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++video_out = invoke("morpho", "Open", {clip = video_in}) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The special variable \fBvideo_in\fP is the mpv video source, while the ++special variable \fBvideo_out\fP is used to read video from. The 1st argument ++is the plugin (queried with \fBgetPluginByNs\fP), the 2nd is the filter name, ++and the 3rd argument is a table with the arguments. Positional arguments ++are not supported. The types must match exactly. Since Lua is terrible and ++can\(aqt distinguish integers and floats, integer arguments must be prefixed ++with \fBi_\fP, in which case the prefix is removed and the argument is cast ++to an integer. Should the argument\(aqs name start with \fBi_\fP, you\(aqre out of ++luck. ++.sp ++Clips (VSNodeRef) are passed as light userdata, so trying to pass any ++other userdata type will result in hard crashes. ++.TP ++.B \fBvavpp\fP ++VA\-AP\-API video post processing. Works with \fB\-\-vo=vaapi\fP and \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP ++only. Currently deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if ++deinterlacing is requested (either using the \fBd\fP key, by default mapped to ++the command \fBcycle deinterlace\fP, or the \fB\-\-deinterlace\fP option). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdeint=<method>\fP ++Select the deinterlacing algorithm. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Don\(aqt perform deinterlacing. ++.TP ++.B first\-field ++Show only first field (going by \fB\-\-field\-dominance\fP). ++.TP ++.B bob ++bob deinterlacing (default). ++.TP ++.B weave, motion\-adaptive, motion\-compensated ++Advanced deinterlacing algorithms. Whether these actually work ++depends on the GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and ++mpv bugs. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB<interlaced\-only>\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B no ++Deinterlace all frames. ++.TP ++.B yes ++Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvdpaupp\fP ++VDPAU video post processing. Works with \fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP and \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP ++only. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested ++(either using the \fBd\fP key, by default mapped to the command ++\fBcycle deinterlace\fP, or the \fB\-\-deinterlace\fP option). When enabling ++deinterlacing, it is always preferred over software deinterlacer filters ++if the \fBvdpau\fP VO is used, and also if \fBopengl\fP is used and hardware ++decoding was activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded). ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBsharpen=<\-1\-1>\fP ++For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for ++negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0). ++.TP ++.B \fBdenoise=<0\-1>\fP ++Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise ++reduction). ++.TP ++.B \fBdeint=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use ++the mode selected with \fBdeint\-mode\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBdeint\-mode=<first\-field|bob|temporal|temporal\-spatial>\fP ++Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal). ++All modes respect \fB\-\-field\-dominance\fP\&. ++.sp ++Note that there\(aqs currently a mechanism that allows the \fBvdpau\fP VO to ++change the \fBdeint\-mode\fP of auto\-inserted \fBvdpaupp\fP filters. To avoid ++confusion, it\(aqs recommended not to use the \fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP suboptions ++related to filtering. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B first\-field ++Show only first field. ++.TP ++.B bob ++Bob deinterlacing. ++.TP ++.B temporal ++Motion\-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync ++with slow video hardware and/or high resolution. ++.TP ++.B temporal\-spatial ++Motion\-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge\-guided spatial ++interpolation. Needs fast video hardware. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBchroma\-deint\fP ++Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default). ++Use no\-chroma\-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced ++deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory. ++.TP ++.B \fBpullup\fP ++Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal ++deinterlacing. ++.TP ++.B \fBinterlaced\-only=<yes|no>\fP ++If \fByes\fP (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced. ++.TP ++.B \fBhqscaling=<0\-9>\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Use default VDPAU scaling (default). ++.TP ++.B 1\-9 ++Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBvdpaurb\fP ++This filter is deprecated. Use \fB\-\-hwdec=vdpau\-copy\fP instead. ++.sp ++VDPAU video read back. Works with \fB\-\-vo=vdpau\fP and \fB\-\-vo=opengl\fP only. ++This filter will read back frames decoded by VDPAU so that other filters, ++which are not normally compatible with VDPAU, can be used like normal. ++This filter must be specified before \fBvdpaupp\fP in the filter chain if ++\fBvdpaupp\fP is used. ++.TP ++.B \fBd3d11vpp\fP ++Direct3D 11 video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware ++decoding for use. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdeint=<yes|no>\fP ++Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no). ++.TP ++.B \fBinterlaced\-only=<yes|no>\fP ++If \fByes\fP (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced. ++.TP ++.B \fBmode=<blend|bob|adaptive|mocomp|ivctc|none>\fP ++Tries to select a video processor with the given processing capability. ++If a video processor supports multiple capabilities, it is not clear ++which algorithm is actually selected. \fBnone\fP always falls back. On ++most if not all hardware, this option will probably do nothing, because ++a video processor usually supports all modes or none. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBbuffer=<num>\fP ++Buffer \fB<num>\fP frames in the filter chain. This filter is probably pretty ++useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won\(aqt help to smooth out ++latencies with decoding, because the filter will never output a frame if ++the buffer isn\(aqt full, except on EOF.) ++.UNINDENT ++.SH ENCODING ++.sp ++You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-o=<filename>\fP ++Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-of=<format>\fP ++Specifies the output format (overrides autodetection by the file name ++extension of the file specified by \fB\-o\fP). This can be a comma separated ++list of possible formats to try. See \fB\-\-of=help\fP for a full list of ++supported formats. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofopts=<options>\fP ++Specifies the output format options for libavformat. ++See \fB\-\-ofopts=help\fP for a full list of supported options. ++.sp ++Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the ++options list. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofopts\-add=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Appends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofopts\-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofopts\-del=<index1[,index2,...]>\fP ++Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, ++negative numbers address the end of the list (\-1 is the last). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofopts\-clr\fP ++Completely empties the options list. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ofps=<float value>\fP ++Specifies the output format time base (default: 24000). Low values like 25 ++limit video fps by dropping frames. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oautofps\fP ++Sets the output format time base to the guessed frame rate of the input ++video (simulates MEncoder behavior, useful for AVI; may cause frame drops). ++Note that not all codecs and not all formats support VFR encoding, and some ++which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified \- use \fB\-\-ofps\fP or ++\fB\-\-oautofps\fP to force CFR encoding in these cases. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-omaxfps=<float value>\fP ++Specifies the minimum distance of adjacent frames (default: 0, which means ++unset). Content of lower frame rate is not readjusted to this frame rate; ++content of higher frame rate is decimated to this frame rate. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oharddup\fP ++If set, the frame rate given by \fB\-\-ofps\fP is attained not by skipping time ++codes, but by duplicating frames (constant frame rate mode). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oneverdrop\fP ++If set, frames are never dropped. Instead, time codes of video are ++readjusted to always increase. This may cause AV desync, though; to work ++around this, use a high\-fps time base using \fB\-\-ofps\fP and absolutely ++avoid \fB\-\-oautofps\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oac=<codec>\fP ++Specifies the output audio codec. This can be a comma separated list of ++possible codecs to try. See \fB\-\-oac=help\fP for a full list of supported ++codecs. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oaoffset=<value>\fP ++Shifts audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing ++samples at the start. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oacopts=<options>\fP ++Specifies the output audio codec options for libavcodec. ++See \fB\-\-oacopts=help\fP for a full list of supported options. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B "\fB\-\-oac=libmp3lame \-\-oacopts=b=128000\fP" ++selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the ++options list. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oacopts\-add=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Appends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oacopts\-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oacopts\-del=<index1[,index2,...]>\fP ++Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, ++negative numbers address the end of the list (\-1 is the last). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oacopts\-clr\fP ++Completely empties the options list. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-oafirst\fP ++Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output. ++By default, the order is unspecified. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovc=<codec>\fP ++Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of ++possible codecs to try. See \fB\-\-ovc=help\fP for a full list of supported ++codecs. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovoffset=<value>\fP ++Shifts video data by the given time (in seconds) by shifting the pts ++values. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovcopts <options>\fP ++Specifies the output video codec options for libavcodec. ++See \-\-ovcopts=help for a full list of supported options. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB"\-\-ovc=mpeg4 \-\-ovcopts=qscale=5"\fP ++selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG\-4 encoding. ++.TP ++.B \fB"\-\-ovc=libx264 \-\-ovcopts=crf=23"\fP ++selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the ++options list. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovcopts\-add=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Appends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovcopts\-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>\fP ++Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovcopts\-del=<index1[,index2,...]>\fP ++Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, ++negative numbers address the end of the list (\-1 is the last). ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovcopts\-clr\fP ++Completely empties the options list. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ovfirst\fP ++Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output. ++By default, the order is unspecified. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-ocopyts\fP ++Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output ++container formats, e.g. AVI). Discontinuities are still fixed. ++By default, audio pts are set to playback time and video pts are ++synchronized to match audio pts, as some output formats do not support ++anything else. ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-orawts\fP ++Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output ++container formats, e.g. AVI). In this mode, discontinuities are not fixed ++and all pts are passed through as\-is. Never seek backwards or use multiple ++input files in this mode! ++.TP ++.B \fB\-\-no\-ometadata\fP ++Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when ++encoding (which is enabled by default). ++.UNINDENT ++.SH COMMAND INTERFACE ++.sp ++The mpv core can be controlled with commands and properties. A number of ways ++to interact with the player use them: key bindings (\fBinput.conf\fP), OSD ++(showing information with properties), JSON IPC, the client API (\fBlibmpv\fP), ++and the classic slave mode. ++.SS input.conf ++.sp ++The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++s screenshot # take a screenshot with the s key ++LEFT seek 15 # map the left\-arrow key to seeking forward by 15 seconds ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Each line maps a key to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal ++value (upper case if combined with \fBShift\fP), or a name for special keys. For ++example, \fBa\fP maps to the \fBa\fP key without shift, and \fBA\fP maps to \fBa\fP ++with shift. ++.sp ++The file is located in the mpv configuration directory (normally at ++\fB~/.config/mpv/input.conf\fP depending on platform). The default bindings are ++defined here: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++https://github.com/mpv\-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/input.conf ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++A list of special keys can be obtained with ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBmpv \-\-input\-keylist\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++In general, keys can be combined with \fBShift\fP, \fBCtrl\fP and \fBAlt\fP: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++ctrl+q quit ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fBmpv\fP can be started in input test mode, which displays key bindings and the ++commands they\(aqre bound to on the OSD, instead of executing the commands: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv \-\-input\-test \-\-force\-window \-\-idle ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(Only closing the window will make \fBmpv\fP exit, pressing normal keys will ++merely display the binding, even if mapped to quit.) ++.SS General Input Command Syntax ++.sp ++\fB[Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] [<prefixes>] <command> (<argument>)* [; <command>]\fP ++.sp ++Note that by default, the right Alt key can be used to create special ++characters, and thus does not register as a modifier. The option ++\fB\-\-no\-input\-right\-alt\-gr\fP changes this behavior. ++.sp ++Newlines always start a new binding. \fB#\fP starts a comment (outside of quoted ++string arguments). To bind commands to the \fB#\fP key, \fBSHARP\fP can be used. ++.sp ++\fB<key>\fP is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode ++character), or a symbolic name (as printed by \fB\-\-input\-keylist\fP). ++.sp ++\fB<section>\fP (braced with \fB{\fP and \fB}\fP) is the input section for this ++command. ++.sp ++Arguments are separated by whitespace. This applies even to string arguments. ++For this reason, string arguments should be quoted with \fB"\fP\&. Inside quotes, ++C\-style escaping can be used. ++.sp ++You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example: ++.nf ++a show\-text "command 1" ; show\-text "command 2" ++.fi ++.sp ++.sp ++It\(aqs also possible to bind a command to a sequence of keys: ++.nf ++a\-b\-c show\-text "command run after a, b, c have been pressed" ++.fi ++.sp ++.sp ++(This is not shown in the general command syntax.) ++.sp ++If \fBa\fP or \fBa\-b\fP or \fBb\fP are already bound, this will run the first command ++that matches, and the multi\-key command will never be called. Intermediate keys ++can be remapped to \fBignore\fP in order to avoid this issue. The maximum number ++of (non\-modifier) keys for combinations is currently 4. ++.SS List of Input Commands ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBignore\fP ++Use this to "block" keys that should be unbound, and do nothing. Useful for ++disabling default bindings, without disabling all bindings with ++\fB\-\-no\-input\-default\-bindings\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBseek <seconds> [relative|absolute|absolute\-percent|relative\-percent|exact|keyframes]\fP ++Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of ++seconds. ++.sp ++The second argument consists of flags controlling the seek mode: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B relative (default) ++Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards). ++.TP ++.B absolute ++Seek to a given time (a negative value starts from the end of the file). ++.TP ++.B absolute\-percent ++Seek to a given percent position. ++.TP ++.B relative\-percent ++Seek relative to current position in percent. ++.TP ++.B keyframes ++Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast). ++.TP ++.B exact ++Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow). ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Multiple flags can be combined, e.g.: \fBabsolute+keyframes\fP\&. ++.sp ++By default, \fBkeyframes\fP is used for relative seeks, and \fBexact\fP is used ++for absolute seeks. ++.sp ++Before mpv 0.9, the \fBkeyframes\fP and \fBexact\fP flags had to be passed as ++3rd parameter (essentially using a space instead of \fB+\fP). The 3rd ++parameter is still parsed, but is considered deprecated. ++.TP ++.B \fBrevert\-seek [mode]\fP ++Undoes the \fBseek\fP command, and some other commands that seek (but not ++necessarily all of them). Calling this command once will jump to the ++playback position before the seek. Calling it a second time undoes the ++\fBrevert\-seek\fP command itself. This only works within a single file. ++.sp ++The first argument is optional, and can change the behavior: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B mark ++Mark the current time position. The next normal \fBrevert\-seek\fP command ++will seek back to this point, no matter how many seeks happened since ++last time. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Using it without any arguments gives you the default behavior. ++.TP ++.B \fBframe\-step\fP ++Play one frame, then pause. Does nothing with audio\-only playback. ++.TP ++.B \fBframe\-back\-step\fP ++Go back by one frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries ++to be precise, not fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How ++well this works depends on whether precise seeking works correctly (e.g. ++see the \fB\-\-hr\-seek\-demuxer\-offset\fP option). Video filters or other video ++post\-processing that modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should ++usually work, but might make backstepping silently behave incorrectly in ++corner cases. Using \fB\-\-hr\-seek\-framedrop=no\fP should help, although it ++might make precise seeking slower. ++.sp ++This does not work with audio\-only playback. ++.TP ++.B \fBset <property> "<value>"\fP ++Set the given property to the given value. ++.TP ++.B \fBadd <property> [<value>]\fP ++Add the given value to the property. On overflow or underflow, clamp the ++property to the maximum. If \fB<value>\fP is omitted, assume \fB1\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBcycle <property> [up|down]\fP ++Cycle the given property. \fBup\fP and \fBdown\fP set the cycle direction. On ++overflow, set the property back to the minimum, on underflow set it to the ++maximum. If \fBup\fP or \fBdown\fP is omitted, assume \fBup\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBmultiply <property> <factor>\fP ++Multiplies the value of a property with the numeric factor. ++.TP ++.B \fBscreenshot [subtitles|video|window|\- [single|each\-frame]]\fP ++Take a screenshot. ++.sp ++First argument: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <subtitles> (default) ++Save the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles. ++Some video outputs may still include the OSD in the output under certain ++circumstances. ++.TP ++.B <video> ++Like \fBsubtitles\fP, but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact ++behavior depends on the selected video output. ++.TP ++.B <window> ++Save the contents of the mpv window. Typically scaled, with OSD and ++subtitles. The exact behavior depends on the selected video output, and ++if no support is available, this will act like \fBvideo\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B <each\-frame> ++Take a screenshot each frame. Issue this command again to stop taking ++screenshots. Note that you should disable frame\-dropping when using ++this mode \- or you might receive duplicate images in cases when a ++frame was dropped. This flag can be combined with the other flags, ++e.g. \fBvideo+each\-frame\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBscreenshot\-to\-file "<filename>" [subtitles|video|window]\fP ++Take a screenshot and save it to a given file. The format of the file will ++be guessed by the extension (and \fB\-\-screenshot\-format\fP is ignored \- the ++behavior when the extension is missing or unknown is arbitrary). ++.sp ++The second argument is like the first argument to \fBscreenshot\fP\&. ++.sp ++If the file already exists, it\(aqs overwritten. ++.sp ++Like all input command parameters, the filename is subject to property ++expansion as described in \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-next [weak|force]\fP ++Go to the next entry on the playlist. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B weak (default) ++If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing. ++.TP ++.B force ++Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-prev [weak|force]\fP ++Go to the previous entry on the playlist. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B weak (default) ++If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing. ++.TP ++.B force ++Terminate playback if the first file is being played. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBloadfile "<file>" [replace|append|append\-play [options]]\fP ++Load the given file and play it. ++.sp ++Second argument: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <replace> (default) ++Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately. ++.TP ++.B <append> ++Append the file to the playlist. ++.TP ++.B <append\-play> ++Append the file, and if nothing is currently playing, start playback. ++(Always starts with the added file, even if the playlist was not empty ++before running this command.) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The third argument is a list of options and values which should be set ++while the file is playing. It is of the form \fBopt1=value1,opt2=value2,..\fP\&. ++Not all options can be changed this way. Some options require a restart ++of the player. ++.TP ++.B \fBloadlist "<playlist>" [replace|append]\fP ++Load the given playlist file (like \fB\-\-playlist\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-clear\fP ++Clear the playlist, except the currently played file. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-remove current|<index>\fP ++Remove the playlist entry at the given index. Index values start counting ++with 0. The special value \fBcurrent\fP removes the current entry. Note that ++removing the current entry also stops playback and starts playing the next ++entry. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-move <index1> <index2>\fP ++Move the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the ++entry index2. (Paradoxically, the moved playlist entry will not have ++the index value index2 after moving if index1 was lower than index2, ++because index2 refers to the target entry, not the index the entry ++will have after moving.) ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-shuffle\fP ++Shuffle the playlist. This is similar to what is done on start if the ++\fB\-\-shuffle\fP option is used. ++.TP ++.B \fBrun "command" "arg1" "arg2" ...\fP ++Run the given command. Unlike in MPlayer/mplayer2 and earlier versions of ++mpv (0.2.x and older), this doesn\(aqt call the shell. Instead, the command ++is run directly, with each argument passed separately. Each argument is ++expanded like in \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. Note that there is a static limit ++of (as of this writing) 9 arguments (this limit could be raised on demand). ++.sp ++The program is run in a detached way. mpv doesn\(aqt wait until the command ++is completed, but continues playback right after spawning it. ++.sp ++To get the old behavior, use \fB/bin/sh\fP and \fB\-c\fP as the first two ++arguments. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++\fBrun "/bin/sh" "\-c" "echo ${title} > /tmp/playing"\fP ++.sp ++This is not a particularly good example, because it doesn\(aqt handle ++escaping, and a specially prepared file might allow an attacker to ++execute arbitrary shell commands. It is recommended to write a small ++shell script, and call that with \fBrun\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBquit [<code>]\fP ++Exit the player. If an argument is given, it\(aqs used as process exit code. ++.TP ++.B \fBquit\-watch\-later [<code>]\fP ++Exit player, and store current playback position. Playing that file later ++will seek to the previous position on start. The (optional) argument is ++exactly as in the \fBquit\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-add "<file>" [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]\fP ++Load the given subtitle file. It is selected as current subtitle after ++loading. ++.sp ++The \fBflags\fP args is one of the following values: ++.sp ++<select> ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Select the subtitle immediately. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++<auto> ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Don\(aqt select the subtitle. (Or in some special situations, let the ++default stream selection mechanism decide.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++<cached> ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Select the subtitle. If a subtitle with the same filename was already ++added, that one is selected, instead of loading a duplicate entry. ++(In this case, title/language are ignored, and if the was changed since ++it was loaded, these changes won\(aqt be reflected.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The \fBtitle\fP argument sets the track title in the UI. ++.sp ++The \fBlang\fP argument sets the track language, and can also influence ++stream selection with \fBflags\fP set to \fBauto\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-remove [<id>]\fP ++Remove the given subtitle track. If the \fBid\fP argument is missing, remove ++the current track. (Works on external subtitle files only.) ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-reload [<id>]\fP ++Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the \fBid\fP argument is missing, reload ++the current track. (Works on external subtitle files only.) ++.sp ++This works by unloading and re\-adding the subtitle track. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-step <skip>\fP ++Change subtitle timing such, that the subtitle event after the next ++\fB<skip>\fP subtitle events is displayed. \fB<skip>\fP can be negative to step ++backwards. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-seek <skip>\fP ++Seek to the next (skip set to 1) or the previous (skip set to \-1) subtitle. ++This is similar to \fBsub\-step\fP, except that it seeks video and audio ++instead of adjusting the subtitle delay. ++.sp ++For embedded subtitles (like with Matroska), this works only with subtitle ++events that have already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch ++range. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd [<level>]\fP ++Toggle OSD level. If \fB<level>\fP is specified, set the OSD mode ++(see \fB\-\-osd\-level\fP for valid values). ++.TP ++.B \fBprint\-text "<string>"\fP ++Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see ++\fI\%Property Expansion\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBshow\-text "<string>" [<duration>|\- [<level>]]\fP ++Show text on the OSD. The string can contain properties, which are expanded ++as described in \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. This can be used to show playback ++time, filename, and so on. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <duration> ++The time in ms to show the message for. By default, it uses the same ++value as \fB\-\-osd\-duration\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B <level> ++The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see \fB\-\-osd\-level\fP). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBshow\-progress\fP ++Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file ++on the OSD. ++.TP ++.B \fBwrite\-watch\-later\-config\fP ++Write the resume config file that the \fBquit\-watch\-later\fP command writes, ++but continue playback normally. ++.TP ++.B \fBstop\fP ++Stop playback and clear playlist. With default settings, this is ++essentially like \fBquit\fP\&. Useful for the client API: playback can be ++stopped without terminating the player. ++.TP ++.B \fBmouse <x> <y> [<button> [single|double]]\fP ++Send a mouse event with given coordinate (\fB<x>\fP, \fB<y>\fP). ++.sp ++Second argument: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <button> ++The button number of clicked mouse button. This should be one of 0\-19. ++If \fB<button>\fP is omitted, only the position will be updated. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Third argument: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <single> (default) ++The mouse event represents regular single click. ++.TP ++.B <double> ++The mouse event represents double\-click. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBkeypress <key_name>\fP ++Send a key event through mpv\(aqs input handler, triggering whatever ++behavior is configured to that key. \fBkey_name\fP uses the \fBinput.conf\fP ++naming scheme for keys and modifiers. Useful for the client API: key events ++can be sent to libmpv to handle internally. ++.TP ++.B \fBkeydown <key_name>\fP ++Similar to \fBkeypress\fP, but sets the \fBKEYDOWN\fP flag so that if the key is ++bound to a repeatable command, it will be run repeatedly with mpv\(aqs key ++repeat timing until the \fBkeyup\fP command is called. ++.TP ++.B \fBkeyup [<key_name>]\fP ++Set the \fBKEYUP\fP flag, stopping any repeated behavior that had been ++triggered. \fBkey_name\fP is optional. If \fBkey_name\fP is not given or is an ++empty string, \fBKEYUP\fP will be set on all keys. Otherwise, \fBKEYUP\fP will ++only be set on the key specified by \fBkey_name\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-add "<file>" [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]\fP ++Load the given audio file. See \fBsub\-add\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-remove [<id>]\fP ++Remove the given audio track. See \fBsub\-remove\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-reload [<id>]\fP ++Reload the given audio tracks. See \fBsub\-reload\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBrescan\-external\-files [<mode>]\fP ++Rescan external files according to the current \fB\-\-sub\-auto\fP and ++\fB\-\-audio\-file\-auto\fP settings. This can be used to auto\-load external ++files \fIafter\fP the file was loaded. ++.sp ++The \fBmode\fP argument is one of the following: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <reselect> (default) ++Select the default audio and subtitle streams, which typically selects ++external files with the highest preference. (The implementation is not ++perfect, and could be improved on request.) ++.TP ++.B <keep\-selection> ++Do not change current track selections. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBaf set|add|toggle|del|clr "filter1=params,filter2,..."\fP ++Change audio filter chain. See \fBvf\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBvf set|add|toggle|del|clr "filter1=params,filter2,..."\fP ++Change video filter chain. ++.sp ++The first argument decides what happens: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B set ++Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one. ++.TP ++.B add ++Append the new filter chain to the previous one. ++.TP ++.B toggle ++Check if the given filter (with the exact parameters) is already ++in the video chain. If yes, remove the filter. If no, add the filter. ++(If several filters are passed to the command, this is done for ++each filter.) ++.TP ++.B del ++Remove the given filters from the video chain. Unlike in the other ++cases, the second parameter is a comma separated list of filter names ++or integer indexes. \fB0\fP would denote the first filter. Negative ++indexes start from the last filter, and \fB\-1\fP denotes the last ++filter. ++.TP ++.B clr ++Remove all filters. Note that like the other sub\-commands, this does ++not control automatically inserted filters. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The argument is always needed. E.g. in case of \fBclr\fP use \fBvf clr ""\fP\&. ++.sp ++You can assign labels to filter by prefixing them with \fB@name:\fP (where ++\fBname\fP is a user\-chosen arbitrary identifier). Labels can be used to ++refer to filters by name in all of the filter chain modification commands. ++For \fBadd\fP, using an already used label will replace the existing filter. ++.sp ++The \fBvf\fP command shows the list of requested filters on the OSD after ++changing the filter chain. This is roughly equivalent to ++\fBshow\-text ${vf}\fP\&. Note that auto\-inserted filters for format conversion ++are not shown on the list, only what was requested by the user. ++.sp ++Normally, the commands will check whether the video chain is recreated ++successfully, and will undo the operation on failure. If the command is run ++before video is configured (can happen if the command is run immediately ++after opening a file and before a video frame is decoded), this check can\(aqt ++be run. Then it can happen that creating the video chain fails. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example for input.conf" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBa vf set flip\fP turn video upside\-down on the \fBa\fP key ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBb vf set ""\fP remove all video filters on \fBb\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBc vf toggle lavfi=gradfun\fP toggle debanding on \fBc\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBcycle\-values ["!reverse"] <property> "<value1>" "<value2>" ...\fP ++Cycle through a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the ++given property to the next value in the list. The command maintains an ++internal counter which value to pick next, and which is initially 0. It is ++reset to 0 once the last value is reached. ++.sp ++The internal counter is associated using the property name and the value ++list. If multiple commands (bound to different keys) use the same name ++and value list, they will share the internal counter. ++.sp ++The special argument \fB!reverse\fP can be used to cycle the value list in ++reverse. Compared with a command that just lists the value in reverse, this ++command will actually share the internal counter with the forward\-cycling ++key binding (as long as the rest of the arguments are the same). ++.sp ++Note that there is a static limit of (as of this writing) 10 arguments ++(this limit could be raised on demand). ++.TP ++.B \fBenable\-section "<section>" [flags]\fP ++Enable all key bindings in the named input section. ++.sp ++The enabled input sections form a stack. Bindings in sections on the top of ++the stack are preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section ++on top of the stack. If the section was already on the stack, it is ++implicitly removed beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack more than ++once.) ++.sp ++The \fBflags\fP parameter can be a combination (separated by \fB+\fP) of the ++following flags: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <exclusive> ++All sections enabled before the newly enabled section are disabled. ++They will be re\-enabled as soon as all exclusive sections above them ++are removed. In other words, the new section shadows all previous ++sections. ++.TP ++.B <allow\-hide\-cursor> ++This feature can\(aqt be used through the public API. ++.TP ++.B <allow\-vo\-dragging> ++Same. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdisable\-section "<section>"\fP ++Disable the named input section. Undoes \fBenable\-section\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBdefine\-section "<section>" "<contents>" [default|force]\fP ++Create a named input section, or replace the contents of an already existing ++input section. The \fBcontents\fP parameter uses the same syntax as the ++\fBinput.conf\fP file (except that using the section syntax in it is not ++allowed), including the need to separate bindings with a newline character. ++.sp ++If the \fBcontents\fP parameter is an empty string, the section is removed. ++.sp ++The section with the name \fBdefault\fP is the normal input section. ++.sp ++In general, input sections have to be enabled with the \fBenable\-section\fP ++command, or they are ignored. ++.sp ++The last parameter has the following meaning: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B <default> (also used if parameter omitted) ++Use a key binding defined by this section only if the user hasn\(aqt ++already bound this key to a command. ++.TP ++.B <force> ++Always bind a key. (The input section that was made active most recently ++wins if there are ambiguities.) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This command can be used to dispatch arbitrary keys to a script or a client ++API user. If the input section defines \fBscript\-binding\fP commands, it is ++also possible to get separate events on key up/down, and relatively detailed ++information about the key state. The special key name \fBunmapped\fP can be ++used to match any unmapped key. ++.TP ++.B \fBoverlay\-add <id> <x> <y> "<file>" <offset> "<fmt>" <w> <h> <stride>\fP ++Add an OSD overlay sourced from raw data. This might be useful for scripts ++and applications controlling mpv, and which want to display things on top ++of the video window. ++.sp ++Overlays are usually displayed in screen resolution, but with some VOs, ++the resolution is reduced to that of the video\(aqs. You can read the ++\fBosd\-width\fP and \fBosd\-height\fP properties. At least with \fB\-\-vo\-xv\fP and ++anamorphic video (such as DVD), \fBosd\-par\fP should be read as well, and the ++overlay should be aspect\-compensated. ++.sp ++\fBid\fP is an integer between 0 and 63 identifying the overlay element. The ++ID can be used to add multiple overlay parts, update a part by using this ++command with an already existing ID, or to remove a part with ++\fBoverlay\-remove\fP\&. Using a previously unused ID will add a new overlay, ++while reusing an ID will update it. ++.sp ++\fBx\fP and \fBy\fP specify the position where the OSD should be displayed. ++.sp ++\fBfile\fP specifies the file the raw image data is read from. It can be ++either a numeric UNIX file descriptor prefixed with \fB@\fP (e.g. \fB@4\fP), ++or a filename. The file will be mapped into memory with \fBmmap()\fP, ++copied, and unmapped before the command returns (changed in mpv 0.18.1). ++.sp ++It is also possible to pass a raw memory address for use as bitmap memory ++by passing a memory address as integer prefixed with an \fB&\fP character. ++Passing the wrong thing here will crash the player. This mode might be ++useful for use with libmpv. The \fBoffset\fP parameter is simply added to the ++memory address (since mpv 0.8.0, ignored before). ++.sp ++\fBoffset\fP is the byte offset of the first pixel in the source file. ++(The current implementation always mmap\(aqs the whole file from position 0 to ++the end of the image, so large offsets should be avoided. Before mpv 0.8.0, ++the offset was actually passed directly to \fBmmap\fP, but it was changed to ++make using it easier.) ++.sp ++\fBfmt\fP is a string identifying the image format. Currently, only \fBbgra\fP ++is defined. This format has 4 bytes per pixels, with 8 bits per component. ++The least significant 8 bits are blue, and the most significant 8 bits ++are alpha (in little endian, the components are B\-G\-R\-A, with B as first ++byte). This uses premultiplied alpha: every color component is already ++multiplied with the alpha component. This means the numeric value of each ++component is equal to or smaller than the alpha component. (Violating this ++rule will lead to different results with different VOs: numeric overflows ++resulting from blending broken alpha values is considered something that ++shouldn\(aqt happen, and consequently implementations don\(aqt ensure that you ++get predictable behavior in this case.) ++.sp ++\fBw\fP, \fBh\fP, and \fBstride\fP specify the size of the overlay. \fBw\fP is the ++visible width of the overlay, while \fBstride\fP gives the width in bytes in ++memory. In the simple case, and with the \fBbgra\fP format, \fBstride==4*w\fP\&. ++In general, the total amount of memory accessed is \fBstride * h\fP\&. ++(Technically, the minimum size would be \fBstride * (h \- 1) + w * 4\fP, but ++for simplicity, the player will access all \fBstride * h\fP bytes.) ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Before mpv 0.18.1, you had to do manual "double buffering" when updating ++an overlay by replacing it with a different memory buffer. Since mpv ++0.18.1, the memory is simply copied and doesn\(aqt reference any of the ++memory indicated by the command\(aqs arguments after the commend returns. ++If you want to use this command before mpv 0.18.1, reads the old docs ++to see how to handle this correctly. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBoverlay\-remove <id>\fP ++Remove an overlay added with \fBoverlay\-add\fP and the same ID. Does nothing ++if no overlay with this ID exists. ++.TP ++.B \fBscript\-message "<arg1>" "<arg2>" ...\fP ++Send a message to all clients, and pass it the following list of arguments. ++What this message means, how many arguments it takes, and what the arguments ++mean is fully up to the receiver and the sender. Every client receives the ++message, so be careful about name clashes (or use \fBscript\-message\-to\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBscript\-message\-to "<target>" "<arg1>" "<arg2>" ...\fP ++Same as \fBscript\-message\fP, but send it only to the client named ++\fB<target>\fP\&. Each client (scripts etc.) has a unique name. For example, ++Lua scripts can get their name via \fBmp.get_script_name()\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBscript\-binding "<name>"\fP ++Invoke a script\-provided key binding. This can be used to remap key ++bindings provided by external Lua scripts. ++.sp ++The argument is the name of the binding. ++.sp ++It can optionally be prefixed with the name of the script, using \fB/\fP as ++separator, e.g. \fBscript\-binding scriptname/bindingname\fP\&. ++.sp ++For completeness, here is how this command works internally. The details ++could change any time. On any matching key event, \fBscript\-message\-to\fP ++or \fBscript\-message\fP is called (depending on whether the script name is ++included), with the following arguments: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP 1. 3 ++The string \fBkey\-binding\fP\&. ++.IP 2. 3 ++The name of the binding (as established above). ++.IP 3. 3 ++The key state as string (see below). ++.IP 4. 3 ++The key name (since mpv 0.15.0). ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The key state consists of 2 letters: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP 1. 3 ++One of \fBd\fP (key was pressed down), \fBu\fP (was released), \fBr\fP (key ++is still down, and was repeated; only if key repeat is enabled for this ++binding), \fBp\fP (key was pressed; happens if up/down can\(aqt be tracked). ++.IP 2. 3 ++Whether the event originates from the mouse, either \fBm\fP (mouse button) ++or \fB\-\fP (something else). ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBab\-loop\fP ++Cycle through A\-B loop states. The first command will set the \fBA\fP point ++(the \fBab\-loop\-a\fP property); the second the \fBB\fP point, and the third ++will clear both points. ++.TP ++.B \fBdrop\-buffers\fP ++Drop audio/video/demuxer buffers, and restart from fresh. Might help with ++unseekable streams that are going out of sync. ++This command might be changed or removed in the future. ++.TP ++.B \fBscreenshot\-raw [subtitles|video|window]\fP ++Return a screenshot in memory. This can be used only through the client ++API. The MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP returned by this command has the \fBw\fP, \fBh\fP, ++\fBstride\fP fields set to obvious contents. A \fBformat\fP field is set to ++\fBbgr0\fP by default. This format is organized as \fBB8G8R8X8\fP (where \fBB\fP ++is the LSB). The contents of the padding \fBX\fP is undefined. The \fBdata\fP ++field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY with the actual image data. The image ++is freed as soon as the result node is freed. ++.TP ++.B \fBvf\-command "<label>" "<cmd>" "<args>"\fP ++Send a command to the filter with the given \fB<label>\fP\&. Use \fBall\fP to send ++it to all filters at once. The command and argument string is filter ++specific. Currently, this only works with the \fBlavfi\fP filter \- see ++the libavfilter documentation for which commands a filter supports. ++.sp ++Note that the \fB<label>\fP is a mpv filter label, not a libavfilter filter ++name. ++.TP ++.B \fBaf\-command "<label>" "<cmd>" "<args>"\fP ++Same as \fBvf\-command\fP, but for audio filters. ++.TP ++.B \fBapply\-profile "<name>"\fP ++Apply the contents of a named profile. This is like using \fBprofile=name\fP ++in a config file, except you can map it to a key binding to change it at ++runtime. ++.sp ++There is no such thing as "unapplying" a profile \- applying a profile ++merely sets all option values listed within the profile. ++.TP ++.B \fBload\-script "<path>"\fP ++Load a script, similar to the \fB\-\-script\fP option. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Undocumented commands: \fBtv\-last\-channel\fP (TV/DVB only), ++\fBao\-reload\fP (experimental/internal). ++.SS Hooks ++.sp ++Hooks are synchronous events between player core and a script or similar. This ++applies to client API (including the Lua scripting interface). Normally, ++events are supposed to be asynchronous, and the hook API provides an awkward ++and obscure way to handle events that require stricter coordination. There are ++no API stability guarantees made. Not following the protocol exactly can make ++the player freeze randomly. Basically, nobody should use this API. ++.sp ++There are two special commands involved. Also, the client must listen for ++client messages (\fBMPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE\fP in the C API). ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBhook\-add <hook\-name> <id> <priority>\fP ++Subscribe to the hook identified by the first argument (basically, the ++name of event). The \fBid\fP argument is an arbitrary integer chosen by the ++user. \fBpriority\fP is used to sort all hook handlers globally across all ++clients. Each client can register multiple hook handlers (even for the ++same hook\-name). Once the hook is registered, it cannot be unregistered. ++.sp ++When a specific event happens, all registered handlers are run serially. ++This uses a protocol every client has to follow explicitly. When a hook ++handler is run, a client message (\fBMPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE\fP) is sent to ++the client which registered the hook. This message has the following ++arguments: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.IP 1. 3 ++the string \fBhook_run\fP ++.IP 2. 3 ++the \fBid\fP argument the hook was registered with as string (this can be ++used to correctly handle multiple hooks registered by the same client, ++as long as the \fBid\fP argument is unique in the client) ++.IP 3. 3 ++something undefined, used by the hook mechanism to track hook execution ++(currently, it\(aqs the hook\-name, but this might change without warning) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Upon receiving this message, the client can handle the event. While doing ++this, the player core will still react to requests, but playback will ++typically be stopped. ++.sp ++When the client is done, it must continue the core\(aqs hook execution by ++running the \fBhook\-ack\fP command. ++.TP ++.B \fBhook\-ack <string>\fP ++Run the next hook in the global chain of hooks. The argument is the 3rd ++argument of the client message that starts hook execution for the ++current client. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following hooks are currently defined: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBon_load\fP ++Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done. ++For example, you could read and write the \fBstream\-open\-filename\fP ++property to redirect an URL to something else (consider support for ++streaming sites which rarely give the user a direct media URL), or ++you could set per\-file options with by setting the property ++\fBfile\-local\-options/<option name>\fP\&. The player will wait until all ++hooks are run. ++.TP ++.B \fBon_preloaded\fP ++Called after a file has been opened, and before tracks are selected and ++decoders are created. This has some usefulness if an API users wants ++to select tracks manually, based on the set of available tracks. It\(aqs ++also useful to initialize \fB\-\-lavfi\-complex\fP in a specific way by API, ++without having to "probe" the available streams at first. ++.sp ++Note that this does not yet apply default track selection. Which operations ++exactly can be done and not be done, and what information is available and ++what is not yet available yet, is all subject to change. ++.TP ++.B \fBon_unload\fP ++Run before closing a file, and before actually uninitializing ++everything. It\(aqs not possible to resume playback in this state. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Input Command Prefixes ++.sp ++These prefixes are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple ++prefixes can be specified. They are separated by whitespace. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-auto\fP (default) ++Use the default behavior for this command. ++.TP ++.B \fBno\-osd\fP ++Do not use any OSD for this command. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-bar\fP ++If possible, show a bar with this command. Seek commands will show the ++progress bar, property changing commands may show the newly set value. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-msg\fP ++If possible, show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show ++the current playback time, property changing commands show the newly set ++value as text. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-msg\-bar\fP ++Combine osd\-bar and osd\-msg. ++.TP ++.B \fBraw\fP ++Do not expand properties in string arguments. (Like \fB"${property\-name}"\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fBexpand\-properties\fP (default) ++All string arguments are expanded as described in \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBrepeatable\fP ++For some commands, keeping a key pressed doesn\(aqt run the command repeatedly. ++This prefix forces enabling key repeat in any case. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global \fB\-\-osd\-level\fP ++settings. ++.SS Input Sections ++.sp ++Input sections group a set of bindings, and enable or disable them at once. ++In \fBinput.conf\fP, each key binding is assigned to an input section, rather ++than actually having explicit text sections. ++.sp ++See also: \fBenable\-section\fP and \fBdisable\-section\fP commands. ++.sp ++Predefined bindings: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdefault\fP ++Bindings without input section are implicitly assigned to this section. It ++is enabled by default during normal playback. ++.TP ++.B \fBencode\fP ++Section which is active in encoding mode. It is enabled exclusively, so ++that bindings in the \fBdefault\fP sections are ignored. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Properties ++.sp ++Properties are used to set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary ++information. They can be manipulated with the \fBset\fP/\fBadd\fP/\fBcycle\fP ++commands, and retrieved with \fBshow\-text\fP, or anything else that uses property ++expansion. (See \fI\%Property Expansion\fP\&.) ++.sp ++The property name is annotated with RW to indicate whether the property is ++generally writable. ++.sp ++If an option is referenced, the property will normally take/return exactly the ++same values as the option. In these cases, properties are merely a way to change ++an option at runtime. ++.SS Property list ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++Most options can be set as runtime via properties as well. Just remove the ++leading \fB\-\-\fP from the option name. These are not documented. Only ++properties which do not exist as option with the same name, or which have ++very different behavior from the options are documented below. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-speed\-correction\fP, \fBvideo\-speed\-correction\fP ++Factor multiplied with \fBspeed\fP at which the player attempts to play the ++file. Usually it\(aqs exactly 1. (Display sync mode will make this useful.) ++.sp ++OSD formatting will display it in the form of \fB+1.23456%\fP, with the number ++being \fB(raw \- 1) * 100\fP for the given raw property value. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisplay\-sync\-active\fP ++Return whether \fB\-\-video\-sync=display\fP is actually active. ++.TP ++.B \fBfilename\fP ++Currently played file, with path stripped. If this is an URL, try to undo ++percent encoding as well. (The result is not necessarily correct, but ++looks better for display purposes. Use the \fBpath\fP property to get an ++unmodified filename.) ++.sp ++This has a sub\-property: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBfilename/no\-ext\fP ++Like the \fBfilename\fP property, but if the text contains a \fB\&.\fP, strip ++all text after the last \fB\&.\fP\&. Usually this removes the file extension. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBfile\-size\fP ++Length in bytes of the source file/stream. (This is the same as ++\fB${stream\-end}\fP\&. For ordered chapters and such, the ++size of the currently played segment is returned.) ++.TP ++.B \fBestimated\-frame\-count\fP ++Total number of frames in current file. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This is only an estimate. (It\(aqs computed from two unreliable ++quantities: fps and stream length.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBestimated\-frame\-number\fP ++Number of current frame in current stream. ++.sp ++\fBNOTE:\fP ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This is only an estimate. (It\(aqs computed from two unreliable ++quantities: fps and possibly rounded timestamps.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBpath\fP ++Full path of the currently played file. Usually this is exactly the same ++string you pass on the mpv command line or the \fBloadfile\fP command, even ++if it\(aqs a relative path. If you expect an absolute path, you will have to ++determine it yourself, for example by using the \fBworking\-directory\fP ++property. ++.TP ++.B \fBmedia\-title\fP ++If the currently played file has a \fBtitle\fP tag, use that. ++.sp ++Otherwise, if the media type is DVD, return the volume ID of DVD. ++.sp ++Otherwise, return the \fBfilename\fP property. ++.TP ++.B \fBfile\-format\fP ++Symbolic name of the file format. In some cases, this is a comma\-separated ++list of format names, e.g. mp4 is \fBmov,mp4,m4a,3gp,3g2,mj2\fP (the list ++may grow in the future for any format). ++.TP ++.B \fBcurrent\-demuxer\fP ++Name of the current demuxer. (This is useless.) ++.sp ++(Renamed from \fBdemuxer\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fBstream\-path\fP ++Filename (full path) of the stream layer filename. (This is probably ++useless. It looks like this can be different from \fBpath\fP only when ++using e.g. ordered chapters.) ++.TP ++.B \fBstream\-pos\fP ++Raw byte position in source stream. Technically, this returns the position ++of the most recent packet passed to a decoder. ++.TP ++.B \fBstream\-end\fP ++Raw end position in bytes in source stream. ++.TP ++.B \fBduration\fP ++Duration of the current file in seconds. If the duration is unknown, the ++property is unavailable. Note that the file duration is not always exactly ++known, so this is an estimate. ++.sp ++This replaces the \fBlength\fP property, which was deprecated after the ++mpv 0.9 release. (The semantics are the same.) ++.TP ++.B \fBavsync\fP ++Last A/V synchronization difference. Unavailable if audio or video is ++disabled. ++.TP ++.B \fBtotal\-avsync\-change\fP ++Total A\-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is ++disabled. ++.TP ++.B \fBdrop\-frame\-count\fP ++Video frames dropped by decoder, because video is too far behind audio (when ++using \fB\-\-framedrop=decoder\fP). Sometimes, this may be incremented in other ++situations, e.g. when video packets are damaged, or the decoder doesn\(aqt ++follow the usual rules. Unavailable if video is disabled. ++.TP ++.B \fBvo\-drop\-frame\-count\fP ++Frames dropped by VO (when using \fB\-\-framedrop=vo\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBmistimed\-frame\-count\fP ++Number of video frames that were not timed correctly in display\-sync mode ++for the sake of keeping A/V sync. This does not include external ++circumstances, such as video rendering being too slow or the graphics ++driver somehow skipping a vsync. It does not include rounding errors either ++(which can happen especially with bad source timestamps). For example, ++using the \fBdisplay\-desync\fP mode should never change this value from 0. ++.TP ++.B \fBvsync\-ratio\fP ++For how many vsyncs a frame is displayed on average. This is available if ++display\-sync is active only. For 30 FPS video on a 60 Hz screen, this will ++be 2. This is the moving average of what actually has been scheduled, so ++24 FPS on 60 Hz will never remain exactly on 2.5, but jitter depending on ++the last frame displayed. ++.TP ++.B \fBvo\-delayed\-frame\-count\fP ++Estimated number of frames delayed due to external circumstances in ++display\-sync mode. Note that in general, mpv has to guess that this is ++happening, and the guess can be inaccurate. ++.TP ++.B \fBpercent\-pos\fP (RW) ++Position in current file (0\-100). The advantage over using this instead of ++calculating it out of other properties is that it properly falls back to ++estimating the playback position from the byte position, if the file ++duration is not known. ++.TP ++.B \fBtime\-pos\fP (RW) ++Position in current file in seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fBtime\-start\fP ++Deprecated. Always returns 0. Before mpv 0.14, this used to return the start ++time of the file (could affect e.g. transport streams). See ++\fB\-\-rebase\-start\-time\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fBtime\-remaining\fP ++Remaining length of the file in seconds. Note that the file duration is not ++always exactly known, so this is an estimate. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-pts\fP (R) ++Current audio playback position in current file in seconds. Unlike time\-pos, ++this updates more often than once per frame. For audio\-only files, it is ++mostly equivalent to time\-pos, while for video\-only files this property is ++not available. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaytime\-remaining\fP ++\fBtime\-remaining\fP scaled by the current \fBspeed\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBplayback\-time\fP (RW) ++Position in current file in seconds. Unlike \fBtime\-pos\fP, the time is ++clamped to the range of the file. (Inaccurate file durations etc. could ++make it go out of range. Useful on attempts to seek outside of the file, ++as the seek target time is considered the current position during seeking.) ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\fP (RW) ++Current chapter number. The number of the first chapter is 0. ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\fP (RW) ++Current MKV edition number. Setting this property to a different value will ++restart playback. The number of the first edition is 0. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-titles\fP ++Number of BD/DVD titles. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fBN\fP with the 0\-based edition ++index. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-titles/count\fP ++Number of titles. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-titles/id\fP ++Title ID as integer. Currently, this is the same as the title index. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-titles/length\fP ++Length in seconds. Can be unavailable in a number of cases (currently ++it works for libdvdnav only). ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition) ++ "id" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "length" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-title\-list\fP ++List of BD/DVD titles. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisc\-title\fP (RW) ++Current BD/DVD title number. Writing works only for \fBdvdnav://\fP and ++\fBbd://\fP (and aliases for these). ++.TP ++.B \fBchapters\fP ++Number of chapters. ++.TP ++.B \fBeditions\fP ++Number of MKV editions. ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\-list\fP ++List of editions, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value ++is useless. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fBN\fP with the 0\-based edition ++index. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\-list/count\fP ++Number of editions. If there are no editions, this can be 0 or 1 (1 ++if there\(aqs a useless dummy edition). ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\-list/N/id\fP ++Edition ID as integer. Use this to set the \fBedition\fP property. ++Currently, this is the same as the edition index. ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\-list/N/default\fP ++\fByes\fP if this is the default edition, \fBno\fP otherwise. ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\-list/N/title\fP ++Edition title as stored in the file. Not always available. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition) ++ "id" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "default" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBangle\fP (RW) ++Current DVD angle. ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata\fP ++Metadata key/value pairs. ++.sp ++If the property is accessed with Lua\(aqs \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this ++returns a table with metadata keys mapping to metadata values. If it is ++accessed with the client API, this returns a \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP\fP, ++with tag keys mapping to tag values. ++.sp ++For OSD, it returns a formatted list. Trying to retrieve this property as ++a raw string doesn\(aqt work. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata/by\-key/<key>\fP ++Value of metadata entry \fB<key>\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata/list/count\fP ++Number of metadata entries. ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata/list/N/key\fP ++Key name of the Nth metadata entry. (The first entry is \fB0\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata/list/N/value\fP ++Value of the Nth metadata entry. ++.TP ++.B \fBmetadata/<key>\fP ++Old version of \fBmetadata/by\-key/<key>\fP\&. Use is discouraged, because ++the metadata key string could conflict with other sub\-properties. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The layout of this property might be subject to change. Suggestions are ++welcome how exactly this property should work. ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP ++ (key and string value for each metadata entry) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBfiltered\-metadata\fP ++Like \fBmetadata\fP, but includes only fields listed in the \fB\-\-display\-tags\fP ++option. This is the same set of tags that is printed to the terminal. ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\-metadata\fP ++Metadata of current chapter. Works similar to \fBmetadata\fP property. It ++also allows the same access methods (using sub\-properties). ++.sp ++Per\-chapter metadata is very rare. Usually, only the chapter name ++(\fBtitle\fP) is set. ++.sp ++For accessing other information, like chapter start, see the ++\fBchapter\-list\fP property. ++.TP ++.B \fBvf\-metadata/<filter\-label>\fP ++Metadata added by video filters. Accessed by the filter label, ++which, if not explicitly specified using the \fB@filter\-label:\fP syntax, ++will be \fB<filter\-name>NN\fP\&. ++.sp ++Works similar to \fBmetadata\fP property. It allows the same access ++methods (using sub\-properties). ++.sp ++An example of this kind of metadata are the cropping parameters ++added by \fB\-\-vf=lavfi=cropdetect\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBaf\-metadata/<filter\-label>\fP ++Equivalent to \fBvf\-metadata/<filter\-label>\fP, but for audio filters. ++.TP ++.B \fBidle\-active\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if no file is loaded, but the player is staying around ++because of the \fB\-\-idle\fP option. ++.sp ++(Renamed from \fBidle\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fBcore\-idle\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if the playback core is paused, otherwise \fBno\fP\&. This can ++be different \fBpause\fP in special situations, such as when the player ++pauses itself due to low network cache. ++.sp ++This also returns \fByes\fP if playback is restarting or if nothing is ++playing at all. In other words, it\(aqs only \fBno\fP if there\(aqs actually ++video playing. (Behavior since mpv 0.7.0.) ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\fP ++Network cache fill state (0\-100.0). ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-size\fP (RW) ++Network cache size in KB. This is similar to \fB\-\-cache\fP\&. This allows ++setting the cache size at runtime. Currently, it\(aqs not possible to enable ++or disable the cache at runtime using this property, just to resize an ++existing cache. ++.sp ++This does not include the backbuffer size (changed after mpv 0.10.0). ++.sp ++Note that this tries to keep the cache contents as far as possible. To make ++this easier, the cache resizing code will allocate the new cache while the ++old cache is still allocated. ++.sp ++Don\(aqt use this when playing DVD or Blu\-ray. ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-free\fP (R) ++Total free cache size in KB. ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-used\fP (R) ++Total used cache size in KB. ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-speed\fP (R) ++Current I/O read speed between the cache and the lower layer (like network). ++This gives the number bytes per seconds over a 1 second window (using ++the type \fBMPV_FORMAT_INT64\fP for the client API). ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-idle\fP (R) ++Returns \fByes\fP if the cache is idle, which means the cache is filled as ++much as possible, and is currently not reading more data. ++.TP ++.B \fBdemuxer\-cache\-duration\fP ++Approximate duration of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. The ++guess is very unreliable, and often the property will not be available ++at all, even if data is buffered. ++.TP ++.B \fBdemuxer\-cache\-time\fP ++Approximate time of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. Same as ++\fBdemuxer\-cache\-duration\fP but returns the last timestamp of buffered ++data in demuxer. ++.TP ++.B \fBdemuxer\-cache\-idle\fP ++Returns \fByes\fP if the demuxer is idle, which means the demuxer cache is ++filled to the requested amount, and is currently not reading more data. ++.TP ++.B \fBpaused\-for\-cache\fP ++Returns \fByes\fP when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache. ++.TP ++.B \fBcache\-buffering\-state\fP ++Return the percentage (0\-100) of the cache fill status until the player ++will unpause (related to \fBpaused\-for\-cache\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBeof\-reached\fP ++Returns \fByes\fP if end of playback was reached, \fBno\fP otherwise. Note ++that this is usually interesting only if \fB\-\-keep\-open\fP is enabled, ++since otherwise the player will immediately play the next file (or exit ++or enter idle mode), and in these cases the \fBeof\-reached\fP property will ++logically be cleared immediately after it\(aqs set. ++.TP ++.B \fBseeking\fP ++Returns \fByes\fP if the player is currently seeking, or otherwise trying ++to restart playback. (It\(aqs possible that it returns \fByes\fP while a file ++is loaded, or when switching ordered chapter segments. This is because ++the same underlying code is used for seeking and resyncing.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmixer\-active\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if the audio mixer is active, \fBno\fP otherwise. ++.sp ++This option is relatively useless. Before mpv 0.18.1, it could be used to ++infer behavior of the \fBvolume\fP property. ++.TP ++.B \fBao\-volume\fP (RW) ++System volume. This property is available only if mpv audio output is ++currently active, and only if the underlying implementation supports volume ++control. What this option does depends on the API. For example, on ALSA ++this usually changes system\-wide audio, while with PulseAudio this controls ++per\-application volume. ++.TP ++.B \fBao\-mute\fP (RW) ++Similar to \fBao\-volume\fP, but controls the mute state. May be unimplemented ++even if \fBao\-volume\fP works. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-codec\fP ++Audio codec selected for decoding. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-codec\-name\fP ++Audio codec. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params\fP ++Audio format as output by the audio decoder. ++This has a number of sub\-properties: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params/format\fP ++The sample format as string. This uses the same names as used in other ++places of mpv. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params/samplerate\fP ++Samplerate. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params/channels\fP ++The channel layout as a string. This is similar to what the ++\fB\-\-audio\-channels\fP accepts. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params/hr\-channels\fP ++As \fBchannels\fP, but instead of the possibly cryptic actual layout ++sent to the audio device, return a hopefully more human readable form. ++(Usually only \fBaudio\-out\-params/hr\-channels\fP makes sense.) ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-params/channel\-count\fP ++Number of audio channels. This is redundant to the \fBchannels\fP field ++described above. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP ++ "format" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "samplerate" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "channels" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "channel\-count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "hr\-channels" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-out\-params\fP ++Same as \fBaudio\-params\fP, but the format of the data written to the audio ++API. ++.TP ++.B \fBcolormatrix\fP (R) ++Redirects to \fBvideo\-params/colormatrix\fP\&. This parameter (as well as ++similar ones) can be overridden with the \fBformat\fP video filter. ++.TP ++.B \fBcolormatrix\-input\-range\fP (R) ++See \fBcolormatrix\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBcolormatrix\-primaries\fP (R) ++See \fBcolormatrix\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBhwdec\fP (RW) ++Reflects the \fB\-\-hwdec\fP option. ++.sp ++Writing to it may change the currently used hardware decoder, if possible. ++(Internally, the player may reinitialize the decoder, and will perform a ++seek to refresh the video properly.) You can watch the other hwdec ++properties to see whether this was successful. ++.sp ++Unlike in mpv 0.9.x and before, this does not return the currently active ++hardware decoder. Since mpv 0.18.0, \fBhwdec\-current\fP is available for ++this purpose. ++.TP ++.B \fBhwdec\-current\fP ++Return the current hardware decoding in use. If decoding is active, return ++one of the values used by the \fBhwdec\fP option/property. \fBno\fP indicates ++software decoding. If no decoder is loaded, the property is unavailable. ++.TP ++.B \fBhwdec\-interop\fP ++This returns the currently loaded hardware decoding/output interop driver. ++This is known only once the VO has opened (and possibly later). With some ++VOs (like \fBopengl\fP), this might be never known in advance, but only when ++the decoder attempted to create the hw decoder successfully. (Using ++\fB\-\-hwdec\-preload\fP can load it eagerly.) If there are multiple drivers ++loaded, they will be separated by \fB,\fP\&. ++.sp ++If no VO is active or no interop driver is known, this property is ++unavailable. ++.sp ++This does not necessarily use the same values as \fBhwdec\fP\&. There can be ++multiple interop drivers for the same hardware decoder, depending on ++platform and VO. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-format\fP ++Video format as string. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-codec\fP ++Video codec selected for decoding. ++.TP ++.B \fBwidth\fP, \fBheight\fP ++Video size. This uses the size of the video as decoded, or if no video ++frame has been decoded yet, the (possibly incorrect) container indicated ++size. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params\fP ++Video parameters, as output by the decoder (with overrides like aspect ++etc. applied). This has a number of sub\-properties: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/pixelformat\fP ++The pixel format as string. This uses the same names as used in other ++places of mpv. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/average\-bpp\fP ++Average bits\-per\-pixel as integer. Subsampled planar formats use a ++different resolution, which is the reason this value can sometimes be ++odd or confusing. Can be unavailable with some formats. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/plane\-depth\fP ++Bit depth for each color component as integer. This is only exposed ++for planar or single\-component formats, and is unavailable for other ++formats. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/w\fP, \fBvideo\-params/h\fP ++Video size as integers, with no aspect correction applied. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/dw\fP, \fBvideo\-params/dh\fP ++Video size as integers, scaled for correct aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/aspect\fP ++Display aspect ratio as float. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/par\fP ++Pixel aspect ratio. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/colormatrix\fP ++The colormatrix in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/colorlevels\fP ++The colorlevels as string. (Exact values subject to change.) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/primaries\fP ++The primaries in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/gamma\fP ++The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/nom\-peak\fP ++The video encoding\(aqs nominal peak brightness as float. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/sig\-peak\fP ++The video file\(aqs tagged signal peak as float. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/chroma\-location\fP ++Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/rotate\fP ++Intended display rotation in degrees (clockwise). ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-params/stereo\-in\fP ++Source file stereo 3D mode. (See \fB\-\-video\-stereo\-mode\fP option.) ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP ++ "pixelformat" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "w" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "h" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "dw" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "dh" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "aspect" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "par" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "colormatrix" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "colorlevels" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "primaries" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "gamma" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "nom\-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "sig\-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "chroma\-location" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "rotate" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "stereo\-in" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBdwidth\fP, \fBdheight\fP ++Video display size. This is the video size after filters and aspect scaling ++have been applied. The actual video window size can still be different ++from this, e.g. if the user resized the video window manually. ++.sp ++These have the same values as \fBvideo\-out\-params/dw\fP and ++\fBvideo\-out\-params/dh\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-dec\-params\fP ++Exactly like \fBvideo\-params\fP, but no overrides applied. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-out\-params\fP ++Same as \fBvideo\-params\fP, but after video filters have been applied. If ++there are no video filters in use, this will contain the same values as ++\fBvideo\-params\fP\&. Note that this is still not necessarily what the video ++window uses, since the user can change the window size, and all real VOs ++do their own scaling independently from the filter chain. ++.sp ++Has the same sub\-properties as \fBvideo\-params\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-frame\-info\fP ++Approximate information of the current frame. Note that if any of these ++are used on OSD, the information might be off by a few frames due to OSD ++redrawing and frame display being somewhat disconnected, and you might ++have to pause and force a redraw. ++.sp ++Sub\-properties: ++.sp ++\fBvideo\-frame\-info/picture\-type\fP ++\fBvideo\-frame\-info/interlaced\fP ++\fBvideo\-frame\-info/tff\fP ++\fBvideo\-frame\-info/repeat\fP ++.TP ++.B \fBcontainer\-fps\fP ++Container FPS. This can easily contain bogus values. For videos that use ++modern container formats or video codecs, this will often be incorrect. ++.sp ++(Renamed from \fBfps\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fBestimated\-vf\-fps\fP ++Estimated/measured FPS of the video filter chain output. (If no filters ++are used, this corresponds to decoder output.) This uses the average of ++the 10 past frame durations to calculate the FPS. It will be inaccurate ++if frame\-dropping is involved (such as when framedrop is explicitly ++enabled, or after precise seeking). Files with imprecise timestamps (such ++as Matroska) might lead to unstable results. ++.TP ++.B \fBwindow\-scale\fP (RW) ++Window size multiplier. Setting this will resize the video window to the ++values contained in \fBdwidth\fP and \fBdheight\fP multiplied with the value ++set with this property. Setting \fB1\fP will resize to original video size ++(or to be exact, the size the video filters output). \fB2\fP will set the ++double size, \fB0.5\fP halves the size. ++.TP ++.B \fBwindow\-minimized\fP ++Return whether the video window is minimized or not. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisplay\-names\fP ++Names of the displays that the mpv window covers. On X11, these ++are the xrandr names (LVDS1, HDMI1, DP1, VGA1, etc.). On Windows, these ++are the GDI names (\e.DISPLAY1, \e.DISPLAY2, etc.) and the first display ++in the list will be the one that Windows considers associated with the ++window (as determined by the MonitorFromWindow API.) ++.TP ++.B \fBdisplay\-fps\fP (RW) ++The refresh rate of the current display. Currently, this is the lowest FPS ++of any display covered by the video, as retrieved by the underlying system ++APIs (e.g. xrandr on X11). It is not the measured FPS. It\(aqs not necessarily ++available on all platforms. Note that any of the listed facts may change ++any time without a warning. ++.TP ++.B \fBestimated\-display\-fps\fP ++Only available if display\-sync mode (as selected by \fB\-\-video\-sync\fP) is ++active. Returns the actual rate at which display refreshes seem to occur, ++measured by system time. ++.TP ++.B \fBvsync\-jitter\fP ++Estimated deviation factor of the vsync duration. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-aspect\fP (RW) ++Video aspect, see \fB\-\-video\-aspect\fP\&. ++.sp ++If video is active, this reports the effective aspect value, instead of ++the value of the \fB\-\-video\-aspect\fP option. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-width\fP, \fBosd\-height\fP ++Last known OSD width (can be 0). This is needed if you want to use the ++\fBoverlay\-add\fP command. It gives you the actual OSD size, which can be ++different from the window size in some cases. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-par\fP ++Last known OSD display pixel aspect (can be 0). ++.TP ++.B \fBprogram\fP (W) ++Switch TS program (write\-only). ++.TP ++.B \fBdvb\-channel\fP (W) ++Pair of integers: card,channel of current DVB stream. ++Can be switched to switch to another channel on the same card. ++.TP ++.B \fBdvb\-channel\-name\fP (RW) ++Name of current DVB program. ++On write, a channel\-switch to the named channel on the same ++card is performed. Can also be used for channel switching. ++.TP ++.B \fBsub\-text\fP ++Return the current subtitle text. Formatting is stripped. If a subtitle ++is selected, but no text is currently visible, or the subtitle is not ++text\-based (i.e. DVD/BD subtitles), an empty string is returned. ++.sp ++This property is experimental and might be removed in the future. ++.TP ++.B \fBstream\-capture\fP (RW) ++A filename, see \fB\-\-stream\-capture\fP\&. Setting this will start capture using ++the given filename. Setting it to an empty string will stop it. ++.TP ++.B \fBtv\-brightness\fP, \fBtv\-contrast\fP, \fBtv\-saturation\fP, \fBtv\-hue\fP (RW) ++TV stuff. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-pos\fP (RW) ++Current position on playlist. The first entry is on position 0. Writing ++to the property will restart playback at the written entry. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-pos\-1\fP (RW) ++Same as \fBplaylist\-pos\fP, but 1\-based. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\-count\fP ++Number of total playlist entries. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\fP ++Playlist, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is ++useless. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fBN\fP with the 0\-based playlist ++entry index. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist/count\fP ++Number of playlist entries (same as \fBplaylist\-count\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist/N/filename\fP ++Filename of the Nth entry. ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist/N/current\fP, \fBplaylist/N/playing\fP ++\fByes\fP if this entry is currently playing (or being loaded). ++Unavailable or \fBno\fP otherwise. When changing files, \fBcurrent\fP and ++\fBplaying\fP can be different, because the currently playing file hasn\(aqt ++been unloaded yet; in this case, \fBcurrent\fP refers to the new ++selection. (Since mpv 0.7.0.) ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist/N/title\fP ++Name of the Nth entry. Only available if the playlist file contains ++such fields, and only if mpv\(aqs parser supports it for the given ++playlist format. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each playlist entry) ++ "filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "current" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (might be missing; since mpv 0.7.0) ++ "playing" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (same) ++ "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING (optional) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list\fP ++List of audio/video/sub tracks, current entry marked. Currently, the raw ++property value is useless. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fBN\fP with the 0\-based track ++index. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/count\fP ++Total number of tracks. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/id\fP ++The ID as it\(aqs used for \fB\-sid\fP/\fB\-\-aid\fP/\fB\-\-vid\fP\&. This is unique ++within tracks of the same type (sub/audio/video), but otherwise not. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/type\fP ++String describing the media type. One of \fBaudio\fP, \fBvideo\fP, \fBsub\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/src\-id\fP ++Track ID as used in the source file. Not always available. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/title\fP ++Track title as it is stored in the file. Not always available. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/lang\fP ++Track language as identified by the file. Not always available. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/albumart\fP ++\fByes\fP if this is a video track that consists of a single picture, ++\fBno\fP or unavailable otherwise. This is used for video tracks that are ++really attached pictures in audio files. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/default\fP ++\fByes\fP if the track has the default flag set in the file, \fBno\fP ++otherwise. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/forced\fP ++\fByes\fP if the track has the forced flag set in the file, \fBno\fP ++otherwise. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/codec\fP ++The codec name used by this track, for example \fBh264\fP\&. Unavailable ++in some rare cases. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/external\fP ++\fByes\fP if the track is an external file, \fBno\fP otherwise. This is ++set for separate subtitle files. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/external\-filename\fP ++The filename if the track is from an external file, unavailable ++otherwise. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/selected\fP ++\fByes\fP if the track is currently decoded, \fBno\fP otherwise. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/ff\-index\fP ++The stream index as usually used by the FFmpeg utilities. Note that ++this can be potentially wrong if a demuxer other than libavformat ++(\fB\-\-demuxer=lavf\fP) is used. For mkv files, the index will usually ++match even if the default (builtin) demuxer is used, but there is ++no hard guarantee. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/decoder\-desc\fP ++If this track is being decoded, the human\-readable decoder name, ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-w\fP, \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-h\fP ++Video size hint as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.) ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-channel\-count\fP ++Number of audio channels as indicated by the container. (Not always ++accurate \- in particular, the track could be decoded as a different ++number of channels.) ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-channels\fP ++Channel layout as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.) ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-samplerate\fP ++Audio sample rate as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.) ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-fps\fP ++Video FPS as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.) ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/audio\-channels\fP (deprecated) ++Deprecated alias for \fBtrack\-list/N/demux\-channel\-count\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/replaygain\-track\-peak\fP, \fBtrack\-list/N/replaygain\-track\-gain\fP ++Per\-track replaygain values. Only available for audio tracks with ++corresponding information stored in the source file. ++.TP ++.B \fBtrack\-list/N/replaygain\-album\-peak\fP, \fBtrack\-list/N/replaygain\-album\-gain\fP ++Per\-album replaygain values. If the file has per\-track but no per\-album ++information, the per\-album values will be copied from the per\-track ++values currently. It\(aqs possible that future mpv versions will make ++these properties unavailable instead in this case. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each track) ++ "id" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "type" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "src\-id" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "lang" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "albumart" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++ "default" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++ "forced" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++ "selected" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++ "external" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG ++ "external\-filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "codec" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "ff\-index" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "decoder\-desc" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "demux\-w" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "demux\-h" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "demux\-channel\-count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "demux\-channels" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "demux\-samplerate" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "demux\-fps" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "audio\-channels" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++ "replaygain\-track\-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "replaygain\-track\-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "replaygain\-album\-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++ "replaygain\-album\-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\-list\fP ++List of chapters, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value ++is useless. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fBN\fP with the 0\-based chapter ++index. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\-list/count\fP ++Number of chapters. ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\-list/N/title\fP ++Chapter title as stored in the file. Not always available. ++.TP ++.B \fBchapter\-list/N/time\fP ++Chapter start time in seconds as float. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each chapter) ++ "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "time" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBaf\fP, \fBvf\fP (RW) ++See \fB\-\-vf\fP/\fB\-\-af\fP and the \fBvf\fP/\fBaf\fP command. ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry) ++ "name" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "label" MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional] ++ "params" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional] ++ "key" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++It\(aqs also possible to write the property using this format. ++.TP ++.B \fBseekable\fP ++Return whether it\(aqs generally possible to seek in the current file. ++.TP ++.B \fBpartially\-seekable\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if the current file is considered seekable, but only because ++the cache is active. This means small relative seeks may be fine, but larger ++seeks may fail anyway. Whether a seek will succeed or not is generally not ++known in advance. ++.sp ++If this property returns true, \fBseekable\fP will also return true. ++.TP ++.B \fBplayback\-abort\fP ++Return whether playback is stopped or is to be stopped. (Useful in obscure ++situations like during \fBon_load\fP hook processing, when the user can ++stop playback, but the script has to explicitly end processing.) ++.TP ++.B \fBcursor\-autohide\fP (RW) ++See \fB\-\-cursor\-autohide\fP\&. Setting this to a new value will always update ++the cursor, and reset the internal timer. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-sym\-cc\fP ++Inserts the current OSD symbol as opaque OSD control code (cc). This makes ++sense only with the \fBshow\-text\fP command or options which set OSD messages. ++The control code is implementation specific and is useless for anything else. ++.TP ++.B \fBosd\-ass\-cc\fP ++\fB${osd\-ass\-cc/0}\fP disables escaping ASS sequences of text in OSD, ++\fB${osd\-ass\-cc/1}\fP enables it again. By default, ASS sequences are ++escaped to avoid accidental formatting, and this property can disable ++this behavior. Note that the properties return an opaque OSD control ++code, which only makes sense for the \fBshow\-text\fP command or options ++which set OSD messages. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\-\-osd\-status\-msg=\(aqThis is ${osd\-ass\-cc/0}{\e\eb1}bold text\(aq\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fBshow\-text "This is ${osd\-ass\-cc/0}{\eb1}bold text"\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Any ASS override tags as understood by libass can be used. ++.sp ++Note that you need to escape the \fB\e\fP character, because the string is ++processed for C escape sequences before passing it to the OSD code. ++.sp ++A list of tags can be found here: \fI\%http://docs.aegisub.org/latest/ASS_Tags/\fP ++.TP ++.B \fBvo\-configured\fP ++Return whether the VO is configured right now. Usually this corresponds to ++whether the video window is visible. If the \fB\-\-force\-window\fP option is ++used, this is usually always returns \fByes\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBvo\-performance\fP ++Some video output performance metrics. Not implemented by all VOs. This has ++a number of sup\-properties, of the form \fBvo\-performance/<metric>\-<value>\fP, ++all of them in milliseconds. ++.sp ++\fB<metric>\fP refers to one of: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBupload\fP ++Time needed to make the frame available to the GPU (if necessary). ++.TP ++.B \fBrender\fP ++Time needed to perform all necessary video postprocessing and rendering ++passes (if necessary). ++.TP ++.B \fBpresent\fP ++Time needed to present a rendered frame on\-screen. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When a step is unnecessary or skipped, it will have the value 0. ++.sp ++\fB<value>\fP refers to one of: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBlast\fP ++Last measured value. ++.TP ++.B \fBavg\fP ++Average over a fixed number of past samples. (The exact timeframe ++varies, but it should generally be a handful of seconds) ++.TP ++.B \fBpeak\fP ++The peak (highest value) within this averaging range. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP ++ "<metric>\-<value>" MPV_FORMAT_INT64 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++(One entry for each \fB<metric>\fP and \fB<value>\fP combination) ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-bitrate\fP, \fBaudio\-bitrate\fP, \fBsub\-bitrate\fP ++Bitrate values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the ++bit size of all packets between two keyframes by their presentation ++timestamp distance. (This uses the timestamps are stored in the file, so ++e.g. playback speed does not influence the returned values.) In particular, ++the video bitrate will update only per keyframe, and show the "past" ++bitrate. To make the property more UI friendly, updates to these properties ++are throttled in a certain way. ++.sp ++The unit is bits per second. OSD formatting turns these values in kilobits ++(or megabits, if appropriate), which can be prevented by using the ++raw property value, e.g. with \fB${=video\-bitrate}\fP\&. ++.sp ++Note that the accuracy of these properties is influenced by a few factors. ++If the underlying demuxer rewrites the packets on demuxing (done for some ++file formats), the bitrate might be slightly off. If timestamps are bad ++or jittery (like in Matroska), even constant bitrate streams might show ++fluctuating bitrate. ++.sp ++How exactly these values are calculated might change in the future. ++.sp ++In earlier versions of mpv, these properties returned a static (but bad) ++guess using a completely different method. ++.TP ++.B \fBpacket\-video\-bitrate\fP, \fBpacket\-audio\-bitrate\fP, \fBpacket\-sub\-bitrate\fP ++Old and deprecated properties for \fBvideo\-bitrate\fP, \fBaudio\-bitrate\fP, ++\fBsub\-bitrate\fP\&. They behave exactly the same, but return a value in ++kilobits. Also, they don\(aqt have any OSD formatting, though the same can be ++achieved with e.g. \fB${=video\-bitrate}\fP\&. ++.sp ++These properties shouldn\(aqt be used anymore. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-device\-list\fP ++Return the list of discovered audio devices. This is mostly for use with ++the client API, and reflects what \fB\-\-audio\-device=help\fP with the command ++line player returns. ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each device entry) ++ "name" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "description" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The \fBname\fP is what is to be passed to the \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP option (and ++often a rather cryptic audio API\-specific ID), while \fBdescription\fP is ++human readable free form text. The description is set to the device name ++(minus mpv\-specific \fB<driver>/\fP prefix) if no description is available ++or the description would have been an empty string. ++.sp ++The special entry with the name set to \fBauto\fP selects the default audio ++output driver and the default device. ++.sp ++The property can be watched with the property observation mechanism in ++the client API and in Lua scripts. (Technically, change notification is ++enabled the first time this property is read.) ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-device\fP (RW) ++Set the audio device. This directly reads/writes the \fB\-\-audio\-device\fP ++option, but on write accesses, the audio output will be scheduled for ++reloading. ++.sp ++Writing this property while no audio output is active will not automatically ++enable audio. (This is also true in the case when audio was disabled due to ++reinitialization failure after a previous write access to \fBaudio\-device\fP\&.) ++.sp ++This property also doesn\(aqt tell you which audio device is actually in use. ++.sp ++How these details are handled may change in the future. ++.TP ++.B \fBcurrent\-vo\fP ++Current video output driver (name as used with \fB\-\-vo\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBcurrent\-ao\fP ++Current audio output driver (name as used with \fB\-\-ao\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-out\-detected\-device\fP ++Return the audio device selected by the AO driver (only implemented for ++some drivers: currently only \fBcoreaudio\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBworking\-directory\fP ++Return the working directory of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC ++users, because the command line player usually works with relative paths. ++.TP ++.B \fBprotocol\-list\fP ++List of protocol prefixes potentially recognized by the player. They are ++returned without trailing \fB://\fP suffix (which is still always required). ++In some cases, the protocol will not actually be supported (consider ++\fBhttps\fP if ffmpeg is not compiled with TLS support). ++.TP ++.B \fBdecoder\-list\fP ++List of decoders supported. This lists decoders which can be passed to ++\fB\-\-vd\fP and \fB\-\-ad\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBfamily\fP ++Decoder driver. Usually \fBlavc\fP for libavcodec. ++.TP ++.B \fBcodec\fP ++Canonical codec name, which identifies the format the decoder can ++handle. ++.TP ++.B \fBdriver\fP ++The name of the decoder itself. Often, this is the same as \fBcodec\fP\&. ++Sometimes it can be different. It is used to distinguish multiple ++decoders for the same codec. ++.TP ++.B \fBdescription\fP ++Human readable description of the decoder and codec. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++When querying the property with the client API using \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE\fP, ++or with Lua \fBmp.get_property_native\fP, this will return a mpv_node with ++the following contents: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY ++ MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each decoder entry) ++ "family" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "codec" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "driver" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++ "description" MPV_FORMAT_STRING ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBencoder\-list\fP ++List of libavcodec encoders. This has the same format as \fBdecoder\-list\fP\&. ++The encoder names (\fBdriver\fP entries) can be passed to \fB\-\-ovc\fP and ++\fB\-\-oac\fP (without the \fBlavc:\fP prefix required by \fB\-\-vd\fP and \fB\-\-ad\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv\-version\fP ++Return the mpv version/copyright string. Depending on how the binary was ++built, it might contain either a release version, or just a git hash. ++.TP ++.B \fBmpv\-configuration\fP ++Return the configuration arguments which were passed to the build system ++(typically the way \fB\&./waf configure ...\fP was invoked). ++.TP ++.B \fBffmpeg\-version\fP ++Return the contents of the \fBav_version_info()\fP API call. This is a string ++which identifies the build in some way, either through a release version ++number, or a git hash. This applies to Libav as well (the property is ++still named the same.) This property is unavailable if mpv is linked against ++older FFmpeg and Libav versions. ++.TP ++.B \fBoptions/<name>\fP (RW) ++Read\-only access to value of option \fB\-\-<name>\fP\&. Most options can be ++changed at runtime by writing to this property. Note that many options ++require reloading the file for changes to take effect. If there is an ++equivalent property, prefer setting the property instead. ++.sp ++There shouldn\(aqt be any reason to access \fBoptions/<name>\fP instead of ++\fB<name>\fP, except in situations in which the properties have different ++behavior or conflicting semantics. ++.TP ++.B \fBfile\-local\-options/<name>\fP ++Similar to \fBoptions/<name>\fP, but when setting an option through this ++property, the option is reset to its old value once the current file has ++stopped playing. Trying to write an option while no file is playing (or ++is being loaded) results in an error. ++.sp ++(Note that if an option is marked as file\-local, even \fBoptions/\fP will ++access the local value, and the \fBold\fP value, which will be restored on ++end of playback, cannot be read or written until end of playback.) ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>\fP ++Additional per\-option information. ++.sp ++This has a number of sub\-properties. Replace \fB<name>\fP with the name of ++a top\-level option. No guarantee of stability is given to any of these ++sub\-properties \- they may change radically in the feature. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/name\fP ++Returns the name of the option. ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/type\fP ++Return the name of the option type, like \fBString\fP or \fBInteger\fP\&. ++For many complex types, this isn\(aqt very accurate. ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/set\-from\-commandline\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if the option was set from the mpv command line, ++\fBno\fP otherwise. What this is set to if the option is e.g. changed ++at runtime is left undefined (meaning it could change in the future). ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/set\-locally\fP ++Return \fByes\fP if the option was set per\-file. This is the case with ++automatically loaded profiles, file\-dir configs, and other cases. It ++means the option value will be restored to the value before playback ++start when playback ends. ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/default\-value\fP ++The default value of the option. May not always be available. ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/min\fP, \fBoption\-info/<name>/max\fP ++Integer minimum and maximum values allowed for the option. Only ++available if the options are numeric, and the minimum/maximum has been ++set internally. It\(aqs also possible that only one of these is set. ++.TP ++.B \fBoption\-info/<name>/choices\fP ++If the option is a choice option, the possible choices. Choices that ++are integers may or may not be included (they can be implied by \fBmin\fP ++and \fBmax\fP). Note that options which behave like choice options, but ++are not actual choice options internally, may not have this info ++available. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBproperty\-list\fP ++Return the list of top\-level properties. ++.TP ++.B \fBprofile\-list\fP ++Return the list of profiles and their contents. This is highly ++implementation\-specific, and may change any time. Currently, it returns ++an array of options for each profile. Each option has a name and a value, ++with the value currently always being a string. Note that the options array ++is not a map, as order matters and duplicate entries are possible. Recursive ++profiles are not expanded, and show up as special \fBprofile\fP options. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Inconsistencies between options and properties ++.sp ++You can access (almost) all options as properties, though there are some ++caveats with some properties (due to historical reasons): ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBvid\fP, \fBaid\fP, \fBsid\fP ++While playback is active, you can set existing tracks only. (The option ++allows setting any track ID, and which tracks to enable is chosen at ++loading time.) ++.sp ++Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well. ++.TP ++.B \fBdeinterlace\fP ++While video is active, this behaves differently from the option. It will ++never return the \fBauto\fP value (but the state as observed by the video ++chain). If you set \fBauto\fP, the property will set this as the option value, ++and will return the actual video chain state as observed instead of auto. ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-aspect\fP ++While video is active, always returns the effective aspect ratio. Setting ++a special value (like \fBno\fP, values \fB<= 0\fP) will make the property ++set this as option, and return whatever actual aspect was derived from the ++option setting. ++.TP ++.B \fBbrightness\fP (and other color options) ++If \fB\-\-vo=xv\fP is used, these properties may return the adapter\(aqs current ++values instead of the option values. ++.TP ++.B \fBdisplay\-fps\fP ++If a VO is created, this will return either the actual display FPS, or ++an invalid value, instead of the option value. ++.TP ++.B \fBvf\fP, \fBaf\fP ++If you set the properties during playback, and the filter chain fails to ++reinitialize, the new value will be rejected. Setting the option or ++setting the property outside of playback will always succeed/fail in the ++same way. Also, there are no \fBvf\-add\fP etc. properties, but you can use ++the \fBvf\fP/\fBaf\fP group of commands to achieve the same. ++.sp ++Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well. ++.TP ++.B \fBedition\fP ++While a file is loaded, the property will always return the effective ++edition, and setting the \fBauto\fP value will show somewhat strange behavior ++(the property eventually switching to whatever is the default edition). ++.TP ++.B \fBplaylist\fP ++The property is read\-only and returns the current internal playlist. The ++option is for loading playlist during command line parsing. For client API ++uses, you should use the \fBloadlist\fP command instead. ++.TP ++.B \fBwindow\-scale\fP ++Might verify the set value when setting while a window is created. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-file\fP, \fBsub\-file\fP, \fBexternal\-file\fP ++These options/properties are actually lists of filenames. To make the ++command\-line interface easier, each \fB\-\-audio\-file=...\fP option appends ++the full string to the internal list. However, when used as properties, ++every time you set the property as a string the internal list will be ++replaced with a single entry containing the string you set. \fB,\fP or other ++separators are never used. You have to use \fBMPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY\fP (or ++corresponding API, e.g. \fBmp.set_property_native()\fP with a table in Lua) ++to set multiple entries. ++.sp ++Strictly speaking, option access via API (e.g. \fBmpv_set_option_string()\fP) ++has the same problem, and it\(aqs only a difference between CLI/API. ++.TP ++.B \fBdemuxer\fP, \fBidle\fP, \fBlength\fP, \fBaudio\-samplerate\fP, \fBaudio\-channels\fP, \fBaudio\-format\fP, \fBfps\fP, \fBcache\fP, \fBplaylist\-pos\fP, \fBchapter\fP ++These behave completely different as property, but are deprecated (newer ++aliases which don\(aqt conflict have been added). After the deprecation period ++they will be changed to the proper option behavior. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Property Expansion ++.sp ++All string arguments to input commands as well as certain options (like ++\fB\-\-term\-playing\-msg\fP) are subject to property expansion. Note that property ++expansion does not work in places where e.g. numeric parameters are expected. ++(For example, the \fBadd\fP command does not do property expansion. The \fBset\fP ++command is an exception and not a general rule.) ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example for input.conf" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBi show\-text "Filename: ${filename}"\fP ++shows the filename of the current file when pressing the \fBi\fP key ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Within \fBinput.conf\fP, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the ++\fBraw\fP prefix in front of commands. ++.sp ++The following expansions are supported: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB${NAME}\fP ++Expands to the value of the property \fBNAME\fP\&. If retrieving the property ++fails, expand to an error string. (Use \fB${NAME:}\fP with a trailing ++\fB:\fP to expand to an empty string instead.) ++If \fBNAME\fP is prefixed with \fB=\fP, expand to the raw value of the property ++(see section below). ++.TP ++.B \fB${NAME:STR}\fP ++Expands to the value of the property \fBNAME\fP, or \fBSTR\fP if the ++property cannot be retrieved. \fBSTR\fP is expanded recursively. ++.TP ++.B \fB${?NAME:STR}\fP ++Expands to \fBSTR\fP (recursively) if the property \fBNAME\fP is available. ++.TP ++.B \fB${!NAME:STR}\fP ++Expands to \fBSTR\fP (recursively) if the property \fBNAME\fP cannot be ++retrieved. ++.TP ++.B \fB${?NAME==VALUE:STR}\fP ++Expands to \fBSTR\fP (recursively) if the property \fBNAME\fP expands to a ++string equal to \fBVALUE\fP\&. You can prefix \fBNAME\fP with \fB=\fP in order to ++compare the raw value of a property (see section below). If the property ++is unavailable, or other errors happen when retrieving it, the value is ++never considered equal. ++Note that \fBVALUE\fP can\(aqt contain any of the characters \fB:\fP or \fB}\fP\&. ++Also, it is possible that escaping with \fB"\fP or \fB%\fP might be added in ++the future, should the need arise. ++.TP ++.B \fB${!NAME==VALUE:STR}\fP ++Same as with the \fB?\fP variant, but \fBSTR\fP is expanded if the value is ++not equal. (Using the same semantics as with \fB?\fP\&.) ++.TP ++.B \fB$$\fP ++Expands to \fB$\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fB$}\fP ++Expands to \fB}\fP\&. (To produce this character inside recursive ++expansion.) ++.TP ++.B \fB$>\fP ++Disable property expansion and special handling of \fB$\fP for the rest ++of the string. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++In places where property expansion is allowed, C\-style escapes are often ++accepted as well. Example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\en\fP becomes a newline character ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB\e\e\fP expands to \fB\e\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Raw and Formatted Properties ++.sp ++Normally, properties are formatted as human\-readable text, meant to be ++displayed on OSD or on the terminal. It is possible to retrieve an unformatted ++(raw) value from a property by prefixing its name with \fB=\fP\&. These raw values ++can be parsed by other programs and follow the same conventions as the options ++associated with the properties. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Examples" ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB${time\-pos}\fP expands to \fB00:14:23\fP (if playback position is at 14 ++minutes 23 seconds) ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fB${=time\-pos}\fP expands to \fB863.4\fP (same time, plus 400 milliseconds \- ++milliseconds are normally not shown in the formatted case) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Sometimes, the difference in amount of information carried by raw and formatted ++property values can be rather big. In some cases, raw values have more ++information, like higher precision than seconds with \fBtime\-pos\fP\&. Sometimes ++it is the other way around, e.g. \fBaid\fP shows track title and language in the ++formatted case, but only the track number if it is raw. ++.SH ON SCREEN CONTROLLER ++.sp ++The On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to ++offer basic mouse\-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier ++for new users and to enable precise and direct seeking. ++.sp ++The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be ++disabled entirely using the \fB\-\-osc=no\fP option. ++.SS Using the OSC ++.sp ++By default, the OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the ++player window and will hide if the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for ++0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves the window. ++.SS The Interface ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C +++\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+ ++| pl prev | pl next | title | cache | +++\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-+\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-+ ++| play | skip | skip | time | seekbar | time | audio | sub | ++| | back | frwd | elapsed | | left | | | +++\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-+\-\-\-\-\-+ ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B pl prev ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++play previous file in playlist ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++show playlist ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++shift+L\-click ++T} T{ ++show playlist ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B pl next ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++play next file in playlist ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++show playlist ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++shift+L\-click ++T} T{ ++show playlist ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B title ++.nf ++Displays current media\-title or filename ++.fi ++.sp ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++show playlist position and length and full title ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++show filename ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B cache ++.nf ++Shows current cache fill status ++.fi ++.sp ++.TP ++.B play ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++toggle play/pause ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B skip back ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++show chapters ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++shift+L\-click ++T} T{ ++show chapters ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B skip frwd ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++go to next chapter ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++show chapters ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++shift+L\-click ++T} T{ ++show chapters ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B time elapsed ++.nf ++Shows current playback position timestamp ++.fi ++.sp ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B seekbar ++.nf ++Indicates current playback position and position of chapters ++.fi ++.sp ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++seek to position ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B time left ++.nf ++Shows remaining playback time timestamp ++.fi ++.sp ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++toggle between total and remaining time ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.TP ++.B audio and sub ++.nf ++Displays selected track and amount of available tracks ++.fi ++.sp ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++left\-click ++T} T{ ++cycle audio/sub tracks forward ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++right\-click ++T} T{ ++cycle audio/sub tracks backwards ++T} ++_ ++T{ ++shift+L\-click ++T} T{ ++show available audio/sub tracks ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Key Bindings ++.sp ++These key bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound to ++these keys. In case of collision, the function needs to be bound to a ++different key. See the \fI\%Script Commands\fP section. ++.TS ++center; ++|l|l|. ++_ ++T{ ++del ++T} T{ ++Cycles visibility between never / auto (mouse\-move) / always ++T} ++_ ++.TE ++.SS Configuration ++.sp ++The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file ++\fBlua\-settings/osc.conf\fP placed in mpv\(aqs user dir and through the ++\fB\-\-script\-opts\fP command\-line option. Options provided through the command\-line ++will override those from the config file. ++.SS Config Syntax ++.sp ++The config file must exactly follow the following syntax: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++# this is a comment ++optionA=value1 ++optionB=value2 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++\fB#\fP can only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no ++spaces around the \fB=\fP or anywhere else. ++.SS Command\-line Syntax ++.sp ++To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with ++\fBosc\-\fP\&. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++\-\-script\-opts=osc\-optionA=value1,osc\-optionB=value2 ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Configurable Options ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBlayout\fP ++Default: bottombar ++.sp ++The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox, ++bottombar and topbar. Default pre\-0.21.0 was \(aqbox\(aq. ++.TP ++.B \fBseekbarstyle\fP ++Default: bar ++.sp ++Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker), knob (circle ++marker with guide), or bar (fill). ++Default pre\-0.21.0 was \(aqslider\(aq. ++.TP ++.B \fBdeadzonesize\fP ++Default: 0.5 ++.sp ++Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act ++like leaving the window. Movement there won\(aqt make the OSC show up and ++it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts ++at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much ++of the window it will span. Values between 0.0 and 1.0, where 0 means the ++OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window, and 1 means the ++OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default pre\-0.21.0 was 0. ++.TP ++.B \fBminmousemove\fP ++Default: 0 ++.sp ++Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make ++the OSC show up. Default pre\-0.21.0 was 3. ++.TP ++.B \fBshowwindowed\fP ++Default: yes ++.sp ++Enable the OSC when windowed ++.TP ++.B \fBshowfullscreen\fP ++Default: yes ++.sp ++Enable the OSC when fullscreen ++.TP ++.B \fBscalewindowed\fP ++Default: 1.0 ++.sp ++Scale factor of the OSC when windowed. ++.TP ++.B \fBscalefullscreen\fP ++Default: 1.0 ++.sp ++Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen ++.TP ++.B \fBscaleforcedwindow\fP ++Default: 2.0 ++.sp ++Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window ++.TP ++.B \fBvidscale\fP ++Default: yes ++.sp ++Scale the OSC with the video ++\fBno\fP tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows ++.TP ++.B \fBvalign\fP ++Default: 0.8 ++.sp ++Vertical alignment, \-1 (top) to 1 (bottom) ++.TP ++.B \fBhalign\fP ++Default: 0.0 ++.sp ++Horizontal alignment, \-1 (left) to 1 (right) ++.TP ++.B \fBbarmargin\fP ++Default: 0 ++.sp ++Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels ++.TP ++.B \fBboxalpha\fP ++Default: 80 ++.sp ++Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent) ++.TP ++.B \fBhidetimeout\fP ++Default: 500 ++.sp ++Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be ++negative ++.TP ++.B \fBfadeduration\fP ++Default: 200 ++.sp ++Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade ++.TP ++.B \fBtooltipborder\fP ++Default: 1 ++.sp ++Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts ++.TP ++.B \fBtimetotal\fP ++Default: no ++.sp ++Show total time instead of time remaining ++.TP ++.B \fBtimems\fP ++Default: no ++.sp ++Display timecodes with milliseconds ++.TP ++.B \fBvisibility\fP ++Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move) ++.sp ++Also supports \fBnever\fP and \fBalways\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Script Commands ++.sp ++The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound ++in \fBinput.conf\fP, or sent by other scripts. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBosc\-message\fP ++Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message, ++second the duration in seconds. ++.TP ++.B \fBosc\-visibility\fP ++Controls visibility mode \fBnever\fP / \fBauto\fP (on mouse move) / \fBalways\fP ++and also \fBcycle\fP to cycle between the modes ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Example ++.sp ++You could put this into \fBinput.conf\fP to hide the OSC with the \fBa\fP key and ++to set auto mode (the default) with \fBb\fP: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++a script\-message osc\-visibility never ++b script\-message osc\-visibility auto ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBosc\-playlist\fP, \fBosc\-chapterlist\fP, \fBosc\-tracklist\fP ++Shows a limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First ++argument is duration in seconds. ++.UNINDENT ++.SH LUA SCRIPTING ++.sp ++mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the \fB\-\-script\fP option, or found in ++the \fBscripts\fP subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually ++\fB~/.config/mpv/scripts/\fP) will be loaded on program start. mpv also appends the ++\fBscripts\fP subdirectory to the end of Lua\(aqs path so you can import scripts from ++there too. Since it\(aqs added to the end, don\(aqt name scripts you want to import ++the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed by them. ++.sp ++mpv provides the built\-in module \fBmp\fP, which contains functions to send ++commands to the mpv core and to retrieve information about playback state, user ++settings, file information, and so on. ++.sp ++These scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode. ++Technically, the Lua code uses the client API internally. ++.SS Example ++.sp ++A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++function on_pause_change(name, value) ++ if value == true then ++ mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no") ++ end ++end ++mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Details on the script initialization and lifecycle ++.sp ++Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the \fBscripts\fP ++configuration subdirectory, or from a path specified with the \fB\-\-script\fP ++option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like \fB\-\-osc\fP). Each script runs in ++its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop ++is entered. This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your ++own event handlers which you have registered with \fBmp.register_event\fP, or ++timers added with \fBmp.add_timeout\fP or similar. ++.sp ++When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via ++a \fBshutdown\fP event, which by default will make the event loop return. If your ++script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback ++(unless the player is suspended, see \fBmp.suspend\fP), but it won\(aqt terminate ++when quitting, because it\(aqs waiting on your script. ++.sp ++Internally, the C code will call the Lua function \fBmp_event_loop\fP after ++loading a Lua script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude ++loaded before your script (see \fBplayer/lua/defaults.lua\fP in the mpv sources). ++The event loop will wait for events and dispatch events registered with ++\fBmp.register_event\fP\&. It will also handle timers added with \fBmp.add_timeout\fP ++and similar (by waiting with a timeout). ++.sp ++Since mpv 0.6.0, the player will wait until the script is fully loaded before ++continuing normal operation. The player considers a script as fully loaded as ++soon as it starts waiting for mpv events (or it exits). In practice this means ++the player will more or less hang until the script returns from the main chunk ++(and \fBmp_event_loop\fP is called), or the script calls \fBmp_event_loop\fP or ++\fBmp.dispatch_events\fP directly. This is done to make it possible for a script ++to fully setup event handlers etc. before playback actually starts. In older ++mpv versions, this happened asynchronously. ++.SS mp functions ++.sp ++The \fBmp\fP module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with ++\fBrequire \(aqmp\(aq\fP\&. It provides the core client API. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.command(string)\fP ++Run the given command. This is similar to the commands used in input.conf. ++See \fI\%List of Input Commands\fP\&. ++.sp ++By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command), ++as if it was used in \fBinput.conf\fP\&. See \fI\%Input Command Prefixes\fP how ++to influence OSD usage per command. ++.sp ++Returns \fBtrue\fP on success, or \fBnil, error\fP on error. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.command\fP, but pass each command argument as separate ++parameter. This has the advantage that you don\(aqt have to care about ++quoting and escaping in some cases. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append") ++mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append") ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++These two commands are equivalent, except that the first version breaks ++if the filename contains spaces or certain special characters. ++.sp ++Note that properties are \fInot\fP expanded. You can use either \fBmp.command\fP, ++the \fBexpand\-properties\fP prefix, or the \fBmp.get_property\fP family of ++functions. ++.sp ++Unlike \fBmp.command\fP, this will not use OSD by default either (except ++for some OSD\-specific commands). ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.command_native(table [,def])\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.commandv\fP, but pass the argument list as table. This has ++the advantage that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as ++native types. ++.sp ++Returns a result table on success (usually empty), or \fBdef, error\fP on ++error. \fBdef\fP is the second parameter provided to the function, and is ++nil if it\(aqs missing. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_property(name [,def])\fP ++Return the value of the given property as string. These are the same ++properties as used in input.conf. See \fI\%Properties\fP for a list of ++properties. The returned string is formatted similar to \fB${=name}\fP ++(see \fI\%Property Expansion\fP). ++.sp ++Returns the string on success, or \fBdef, error\fP on error. \fBdef\fP is the ++second parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it\(aqs missing. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_property_osd(name [,def])\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.get_property\fP, but return the property value formatted for ++OSD. This is the same string as printed with \fB${name}\fP when used in ++input.conf. ++.sp ++Returns the string on success, or \fBdef, error\fP on error. \fBdef\fP is the ++second parameter provided to the function, and is an empty string if it\(aqs ++missing. Unlike \fBget_property()\fP, assigning the return value to a variable ++will always result in a string. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_property_bool(name [,def])\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.get_property\fP, but return the property value as Boolean. ++.sp ++Returns a Boolean on success, or \fBdef, error\fP on error. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_property_number(name [,def])\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.get_property\fP, but return the property value as number. ++.sp ++Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, ++mpv internals do. This function simply request a double float from mpv, ++and mpv will usually convert integer property values to float. ++.sp ++Returns a number on success, or \fBdef, error\fP on error. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_property_native(name [,def])\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.get_property\fP, but return the property value using the best ++Lua type for the property. Most time, this will return a string, Boolean, ++or number. Some properties (for example \fBchapter\-list\fP) are returned as ++tables. ++.sp ++Returns a value on success, or \fBdef, error\fP on error. Note that \fBnil\fP ++might be a possible, valid value too in some corner cases. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.set_property(name, value)\fP ++Set the given property to the given string value. See \fBmp.get_property\fP ++and \fI\%Properties\fP for more information about properties. ++.sp ++Returns true on success, or \fBnil, error\fP on error. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.set_property_bool(name, value)\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.set_property\fP, but set the given property to the given ++Boolean value. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.set_property_number(name, value)\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.set_property\fP, but set the given property to the given ++numeric value. ++.sp ++Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, ++mpv internals do. This function will test whether the number can be ++represented as integer, and if so, it will pass an integer value to mpv, ++otherwise a double float. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.set_property_native(name, value)\fP ++Similar to \fBmp.set_property\fP, but set the given property using its native ++type. ++.sp ++Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in ++Lua, this might not always work as expected. For example, while the Lua ++wrapper can do some guesswork to decide whether a Lua table is an array ++or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there are not many ++properties for which it makes sense to use this, instead of ++\fBset_property\fP, \fBset_property_bool\fP, \fBset_property_number\fP\&. ++For these reasons, this function should probably be avoided for now, except ++for properties that use tables natively. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_time()\fP ++Return the current mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is ++basically the system time, with an arbitrary offset. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])\fP ++Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to ++the given \fBkey\fP, which is a string describing the physical key. This uses ++the same key names as in input.conf, and also allows combinations ++(e.g. \fBctrl+a\fP). If the key is empty or \fBnil\fP, no physical key is ++registered, but the user still can create own bindings (see below). ++.sp ++After calling this function, key presses will cause the function \fBfn\fP to ++be called (unless the user remapped the key with another binding). ++.sp ++The \fBname\fP argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user ++to remap the key binding via input.conf using the \fBscript\-message\fP ++command, and the name of the key binding (see below for ++an example). The name should be unique across other bindings in the same ++script \- if not, the previous binding with the same name will be ++overwritten. You can omit the name, in which case a random name is generated ++internally. ++.sp ++The last argument is used for optional flags. This is a table, which can ++have the following entries: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBrepeatable\fP ++If set to \fBtrue\fP, enables key repeat for this specific binding. ++.TP ++.B \fBcomplex\fP ++If set to \fBtrue\fP, then \fBfn\fP is called on both key up and down ++events (as well as key repeat, if enabled), with the first ++argument being a table. This table has an \fBevent\fP entry, which ++is set to one of the strings \fBdown\fP, \fBrepeat\fP, \fBup\fP or ++\fBpress\fP (the latter if key up/down can\(aqt be tracked). It further ++has an \fBis_mouse\fP entry, which tells whether the event was caused ++by a mouse button. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the \fBscript\-message\-to\fP or ++\fBscript\-binding\fP input commands and \fBmp.register_script_message\fP\&. ++.sp ++Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random ++binding, while the other bindings are not called. It is guaranteed that ++user defined bindings in the central input.conf are preferred over bindings ++added with this function (but see \fBmp.add_forced_key_binding\fP). ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++function something_handler() ++ print("the key was pressed") ++end ++mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This will print the message \fBthe key was pressed\fP when \fBx\fP was pressed. ++.sp ++The user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the ++following into his input.conf to remap the command to the \fBy\fP key: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++y script\-binding something ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++This will print the message when the key \fBy\fP is pressed. (\fBx\fP will ++still work, unless the user remaps it.) ++.sp ++You can also explicitly send a message to a named script only. Assume the ++above script was using the filename \fBfooscript.lua\fP: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++y script\-binding fooscript/something ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.add_forced_key_binding(...)\fP ++This works almost the same as \fBmp.add_key_binding\fP, but registers the ++key binding in a way that will overwrite the user\(aqs custom bindings in his ++input.conf. (\fBmp.add_key_binding\fP overwrites default key bindings only, ++but not those by the user\(aqs input.conf.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.remove_key_binding(name)\fP ++Remove a key binding added with \fBmp.add_key_binding\fP or ++\fBmp.add_forced_key_binding\fP\&. Use the same name as you used when adding ++the bindings. It\(aqs not possible to remove bindings for which you omitted ++the name. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.register_event(name, fn)\fP ++Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string, ++and the function fn is a Lua function value. ++.sp ++Some events have associated data. This is put into a Lua table and passed ++as argument to fn. The Lua table by default contains a \fBname\fP field, ++which is a string containing the event name. If the event has an error ++associated, the \fBerror\fP field is set to a string describing the error, ++on success it\(aqs not set. ++.sp ++If multiple functions are registered for the same event, they are run in ++registration order, which the first registered function running before all ++the other ones. ++.sp ++Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise. ++.sp ++See \fI\%Events\fP and \fI\%List of events\fP for details. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.unregister_event(fn)\fP ++Undo \fBmp.register_event(..., fn)\fP\&. This removes all event handlers that ++are equal to the \fBfn\fP parameter. This uses normal Lua \fB==\fP comparison, ++so be careful when dealing with closures. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.observe_property(name, type, fn)\fP ++Watch a property for changes. If the property \fBname\fP is changed, then ++the function \fBfn(name)\fP will be called. \fBtype\fP can be \fBnil\fP, or be ++set to one of \fBnone\fP, \fBnative\fP, \fBbool\fP, \fBstring\fP, or \fBnumber\fP\&. ++\fBnone\fP is the same as \fBnil\fP\&. For all other values, the new value of ++the property will be passed as second argument to \fBfn\fP, using ++\fBmp.get_property_<type>\fP to retrieve it. This means if \fBtype\fP is for ++example \fBstring\fP, \fBfn\fP is roughly called as in ++\fBfn(name, mp.get_property_string(name))\fP\&. ++.sp ++If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch ++of times in a row, only the last change triggers the change function. (The ++exact behavior depends on timing and other things.) ++.sp ++In some cases the function is not called even if the property changes. ++Whether this can happen depends on the property. ++.sp ++If the \fBtype\fP is \fBnone\fP or \fBnil\fP, sporadic property change events are ++possible. This means the change function \fBfn\fP can be called even if the ++property doesn\(aqt actually change. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.unobserve_property(fn)\fP ++Undo \fBmp.observe_property(..., fn)\fP\&. This removes all property handlers ++that are equal to the \fBfn\fP parameter. This uses normal Lua \fB==\fP ++comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)\fP ++Call the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed. ++Note that the number of seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer\(aqs ++resolution may be as low as 50 ms, although this will be improved in the ++future. ++.sp ++This is a one\-shot timer: it will be removed when it\(aqs fired. ++.sp ++Returns a timer object. See \fBmp.add_periodic_timer\fP for details. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)\fP ++Call the given function periodically. This is like \fBmp.add_timeout\fP, but ++the timer is re\-added after the function fn is run. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBstop()\fP ++Disable the timer. Does nothing if the timer is already disabled. ++This will remember the current elapsed time when stopping, so that ++\fBresume()\fP essentially unpauses the timer. ++.TP ++.B \fBkill()\fP ++Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. \fBresume()\fP will ++restart the timer. ++.TP ++.B \fBresume()\fP ++Restart the timer. If the timer was disabled with \fBstop()\fP, this ++will resume at the time it was stopped. If the timer was disabled ++with \fBkill()\fP, or if it\(aqs a previously fired one\-shot timer (added ++with \fBadd_timeout()\fP), this starts the timer from the beginning, ++using the initially configured timeout. ++.TP ++.B \fBis_enabled()\fP ++Whether the timer is currently enabled or was previously disabled ++(e.g. by \fBstop()\fP or \fBkill()\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fBtimeout\fP (RW) ++This field contains the current timeout period. This value is not ++updated as time progresses. It\(aqs only used to calculate when the ++timer should fire next when the timer expires. ++.sp ++If you write this, you can call \fBt:kill() ; t:resume()\fP to reset ++the current timeout to the new one. (\fBt:stop()\fP won\(aqt use the ++new timeout.) ++.TP ++.B \fBoneshot\fP (RW) ++Whether the timer is periodic (\fBfalse\fP) or fires just once ++(\fBtrue\fP). This value is used when the timer expires (but before ++the timer callback function fn is run). ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Note that these are method, and you have to call them using \fB:\fP instead ++of \fB\&.\fP (Refer to \fI\%http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9\fP .) ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++seconds = 0 ++timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function() ++ print("called every second") ++ # stop it after 10 seconds ++ seconds = seconds + 1 ++ if seconds >= 10 then ++ timer:kill() ++ end ++end) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_opt(key)\fP ++Return a setting from the \fB\-\-script\-opts\fP option. It\(aqs up to the user and ++the script how this mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access ++this equally, so you should be careful about collisions. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_script_name()\fP ++Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the ++filename of the script, with directory and file extension removed. If ++there are several scripts which would have the same name, it\(aqs made unique ++by appending a number. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.IP "Example" ++.sp ++The script \fB/path/to/fooscript.lua\fP becomes \fBfooscript\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.osd_message(text [,duration])\fP ++Show an OSD message on the screen. \fBduration\fP is in seconds, and is ++optional (uses \fB\-\-osd\-duration\fP by default). ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Advanced mp functions ++.sp ++These also live in the \fBmp\fP module, but are documented separately as they ++are useful only in special situations. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.suspend()\fP ++This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 (no replacement). ++.sp ++Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long\-winded explanation of this in ++the C API function \fBmpv_suspend()\fP\&. In short, this prevents the player ++from displaying the next video frame, so that you don\(aqt get blocked when ++trying to access the player. ++.sp ++Before mpv 0.17.0, this was automatically called by the event handler. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.resume()\fP ++This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 (no replacement). ++.sp ++Undo one \fBmp.suspend()\fP call. \fBmp.suspend()\fP increments an internal ++counter, and \fBmp.resume()\fP decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player ++is actually resumed. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.resume_all()\fP ++This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 (no replacement). ++.sp ++This resets the internal suspend counter and resumes the player. (It\(aqs ++like calling \fBmp.resume()\fP until the player is actually resumed.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_wakeup_pipe()\fP ++Calls \fBmpv_get_wakeup_pipe()\fP and returns the read end of the wakeup ++pipe. (See \fBclient.h\fP for details.) ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.get_next_timeout()\fP ++Return the relative time in seconds when the next timer (\fBmp.add_timeout\fP ++and similar) expires. If there is no timer, return \fBnil\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])\fP ++This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct ++control what the Lua script does (instead of being called by the default ++event loop), you can set the global variable \fBmp_event_loop\fP to your ++own function running the event loop. From your event loop, you should call ++\fBmp.dispatch_events()\fP to dequeue and dispatch mpv events. ++.sp ++If the \fBallow_wait\fP parameter is set to \fBtrue\fP, the function will block ++until the next event is received or the next timer expires. Otherwise (and ++this is the default behavior), it returns as soon as the event loop is ++emptied. It\(aqs strongly recommended to use \fBmp.get_next_timeout()\fP and ++\fBmp.get_wakeup_pipe()\fP if you\(aqre interested in properly working ++notification of new events and working timers. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.register_idle(fn)\fP ++Register an event loop idle handler. Idle handlers are called before the ++script goes to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for ++example to delay processing of property change events: if you\(aqre observing ++multiple properties at once, you might not want to act on each property ++change, but only when all change notifications have been received. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.enable_messages(level)\fP ++Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to receive. These ++messages are normally printed to the terminal. By calling this function, ++you can set the minimum log level of messages which should be received with ++the \fBlog\-message\fP event. See the description of this event for details. ++The level is a string, see \fBmsg.log\fP for allowed log levels. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.register_script_message(name, fn)\fP ++This is a helper to dispatch \fBscript\-message\fP or \fBscript\-message\-to\fP ++invocations to Lua functions. \fBfn\fP is called if \fBscript\-message\fP or ++\fBscript\-message\-to\fP (with this script as destination) is run ++with \fBname\fP as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to \fBfn\fP\&. ++If a message with the given name is already registered, it\(aqs overwritten. ++.sp ++Used by \fBmp.add_key_binding\fP, so be careful about name collisions. ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.unregister_script_message(name)\fP ++Undo a previous registration with \fBmp.register_script_message\fP\&. Does ++nothing if the \fBname\fP wasn\(aqt registered. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS mp.msg functions ++.sp ++This module allows outputting messages to the terminal, and can be loaded ++with \fBrequire \(aqmp.msg\(aq\fP\&. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmsg.log(level, ...)\fP ++The level parameter is the message priority. It\(aqs a string and one of ++\fBfatal\fP, \fBerror\fP, \fBwarn\fP, \fBinfo\fP, \fBv\fP, \fBdebug\fP\&. The user\(aqs ++settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally, ++all messages are visible, except \fBv\fP and \fBdebug\fP\&. ++.sp ++The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted ++to separate multiple parameters. ++.sp ++You don\(aqt need to add newlines. ++.TP ++.B \fBmsg.fatal(...)\fP, \fBmsg.error(...)\fP, \fBmsg.warn(...)\fP, \fBmsg.info(...)\fP, \fBmsg.verbose(...)\fP, \fBmsg.debug(...)\fP ++All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding ++\fBmsg.log(level, ...)\fP call. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS mp.options functions ++.sp ++mpv comes with a built\-in module to manage options from config\-files and the ++command\-line. All you have to do is to supply a table with default options to ++the read_options function. The function will overwrite the default values ++with values found in the config\-file and the command\-line (in that order). ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBoptions.read_options(table [, identifier])\fP ++A \fBtable\fP with key\-value pairs. The type of the default values is ++important for converting the values read from the config file or ++command\-line back. Do not use \fBnil\fP as a default value! ++.sp ++The \fBidentifier\fP is used to identify the config\-file and the command\-line ++options. These needs to unique to avoid collisions with other scripts. ++Defaults to \fBmp.get_script_name()\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Example implementation: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++require \(aqmp.options\(aq ++local options = { ++ optionA = "defaultvalueA", ++ optionB = \-0.5, ++ optionC = true, ++} ++read_options(options, "myscript") ++print(options.optionA) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The config file will be stored in \fBlua\-settings/identifier.conf\fP in mpv\(aqs user ++folder. Comment lines can be started with # and stray spaces are not removed. ++Boolean values will be represented with yes/no. ++.sp ++Example config: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++# comment ++optionA=Hello World ++optionB=9999 ++optionC=no ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Command\-line options are read from the \fB\-\-script\-opts\fP parameter. To avoid ++collisions, all keys have to be prefixed with \fBidentifier\-\fP\&. ++.sp ++Example command\-line: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++\-\-script\-opts=myscript\-optionA=TEST,myscript\-optionB=0,myscript\-optionC=yes ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS mp.utils functions ++.sp ++This built\-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have ++strictly speaking nothing to do with mpv or video/audio playback. They are ++provided for convenience. Most compensate for Lua\(aqs scarce standard library. ++.sp ++Be warned that any of these functions might disappear any time. They are not ++strictly part of the guaranteed API. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fButils.getcwd()\fP ++Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, \fBnil, error\fP ++is returned. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.readdir(path [, filter])\fP ++Enumerate all entries at the given path on the filesystem, and return them ++as array. Each entry is a directory entry (without the path). ++The list is unsorted (in whatever order the operating system returns it). ++.sp ++If the \fBfilter\fP argument is given, it must be one of the following ++strings: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBfiles\fP ++List regular files only. This excludes directories, special files ++(like UNIX device files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes ++UNIX symlinks to regular files. ++.TP ++.B \fBdirs\fP ++List directories only, or symlinks to directories. \fB\&.\fP and \fB\&..\fP ++are not included. ++.TP ++.B \fBnormal\fP ++Include the results of both \fBfiles\fP and \fBdirs\fP\&. (This is the ++default.) ++.TP ++.B \fBall\fP ++List all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the ++\fB\&.\fP and \fB\&..\fP entries. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++On error, \fBnil, error\fP is returned. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.split_path(path)\fP ++Split a path into directory component and filename component, and return ++them. The first return value is always the directory. The second return ++value is the trailing part of the path, the directory entry. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.join_path(p1, p2)\fP ++Return the concatenation of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example, ++if \fB\(gap2\fP is an absolute path, p2 is returned without change. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.subprocess(t)\fP ++Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status ++and the captured output. ++.sp ++The parameter \fBt\fP is a table. The function reads the following entries: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBargs\fP ++Array of strings. The first array entry is the executable. This ++can be either an absolute path, or a filename with no path ++components, in which case the \fBPATH\fP environment variable is ++used to resolve the executable. The other array elements are ++passed as command line arguments. ++.TP ++.B \fBcancellable\fP ++Optional. If set to \fBtrue\fP (default), then if the user stops ++playback or goes to the next file while the process is running, ++the process will be killed. ++.TP ++.B \fBmax_size\fP ++Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the data that can be captured ++from stdout. (Default: 16 MB.) ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The function returns a table as result with the following entries: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBstatus\fP ++The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error. ++.TP ++.B \fBstdout\fP ++Captured output stream as string, limited to \fBmax_size\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBerror\fP ++\fBnil\fP on success. The string \fBkilled\fP if the process was ++terminated in an unusual way. The string \fBinit\fP if the process ++could not be started. ++.sp ++On Windows, \fBkilled\fP is only returned when the process has been ++killed by mpv as a result of \fBcancellable\fP being set to \fBtrue\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBkilled_by_us\fP ++Set to \fBtrue\fP if the process has been killed by mpv as a result ++of \fBcancellable\fP being set to \fBtrue\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fButils.subprocess_detached(t)\fP ++Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv\(aqs control. ++.sp ++The parameter \fBt\fP is a table. The function reads the following entries: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBargs\fP ++Array of strings of the same semantics as the \fBargs\fP used in the ++\fBsubprocess\fP function. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The function returns \fBnil\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.parse_json(str [, trail])\fP ++Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On ++error, returns \fBnil, error\fP\&. (Currently, \fBerror\fP is just a string ++reading \fBerror\fP, because there is no fine\-grained error reporting of any ++kind.) ++.sp ++The returned value uses similar conventions as \fBmp.get_property_native()\fP ++to distinguish empty objects and arrays. ++.sp ++If the \fBtrail\fP parameter is \fBtrue\fP (or any value equal to \fBtrue\fP), ++then trailing non\-whitespace text is tolerated by the function, and the ++trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is ++always there, but with \fBtrail\fP set, no error is raised.) ++.TP ++.B \fButils.format_json(v)\fP ++Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and return it. On ++error, returns \fBnil, error\fP\&. (Errors usually only happen on value types ++incompatible with JSON.) ++.sp ++The argument value uses similar conventions as \fBmp.set_property_native()\fP ++to distinguish empty objects and arrays. ++.TP ++.B \fButils.to_string(v)\fP ++Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This ++doesn\(aqt do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Events ++.sp ++Events are notifications from player core to scripts. You can register an ++event handler with \fBmp.register_event\fP\&. ++.sp ++Note that all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally, ++and there\(aqs no such thing as blocking other scripts from receiving events. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++function my_fn(event) ++ print("start of playback!") ++end ++ ++mp.register_event("file\-loaded", my_fn) ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS List of events ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBstart\-file\fP ++Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive this, the ++player is loading the file (or possibly already done with it). ++.TP ++.B \fBend\-file\fP ++Happens after a file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the ++next file right away, or quit if this was the last file. ++.sp ++The event has the \fBreason\fP field, which takes one of these values: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBeof\fP ++The file has ended. This can (but doesn\(aqt have to) include ++incomplete files or broken network connections under ++circumstances. ++.TP ++.B \fBstop\fP ++Playback was ended by a command. ++.TP ++.B \fBquit\fP ++Playback was ended by sending the quit command. ++.TP ++.B \fBerror\fP ++An error happened. In this case, an \fBerror\fP field is present with ++the error string. ++.TP ++.B \fBredirect\fP ++Happens with playlists and similar. Details see ++\fBMPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT\fP in the C API. ++.TP ++.B \fBunknown\fP ++Unknown. Normally doesn\(aqt happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync ++with the C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets ++reason strings that did not exist yet at the time your script was ++written.) ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBfile\-loaded\fP ++Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback. ++.TP ++.B \fBseek\fP ++Happens on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks ++internally, even without user interaction. This includes e.g. segment ++changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.) ++.TP ++.B \fBplayback\-restart\fP ++Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded. ++.TP ++.B \fBidle\fP ++Idle mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was ++started with \fB\-\-idle\fP or \fB\-\-force\-window\fP\&. This mode is implicitly ended ++when the \fBstart\-file\fP or \fBshutdown\fP events happen. ++.TP ++.B \fBtick\fP ++Called after a video frame was displayed. This is a hack, and you should ++avoid using it. Use timers instead and maybe watch pausing/unpausing events ++to avoid wasting CPU when the player is paused. ++.TP ++.B \fBshutdown\fP ++Sent when the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally ++handled automatically. See \fI\%Details on the script initialization and lifecycle\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBlog\-message\fP ++Receives messages enabled with \fBmp.enable_messages\fP\&. The message data ++is contained in the table passed as first parameter to the event handler. ++The table contains, in addition to the default event fields, the following ++fields: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBprefix\fP ++The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This is what ++the terminal player puts in front of the message text when using the ++\fB\-\-v\fP option, and is also what is used for \fB\-\-msg\-level\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBlevel\fP ++The log level as string. See \fBmsg.log\fP for possible log level names. ++Note that later versions of mpv might add new levels or remove ++(undocumented) existing ones. ++.TP ++.B \fBtext\fP ++The log message. The text will end with a newline character. Sometimes ++it can contain multiple lines. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You ++should not parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change ++any time. ++.TP ++.B \fBget\-property\-reply\fP ++Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts). ++.TP ++.B \fBset\-property\-reply\fP ++Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts). ++.TP ++.B \fBcommand\-reply\fP ++Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts). ++.TP ++.B \fBclient\-message\fP ++Undocumented (used internally). ++.TP ++.B \fBvideo\-reconfig\fP ++Happens on video output or filter reconfig. ++.TP ++.B \fBaudio\-reconfig\fP ++Happens on audio output or filter reconfig. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++The following events also happen, but are deprecated: \fBtracks\-changed\fP, ++\fBtrack\-switched\fP, \fBpause\fP, \fBunpause\fP, \fBmetadata\-update\fP, ++\fBchapter\-change\fP\&. Use \fBmp.observe_property()\fP instead. ++.SS Extras ++.sp ++This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" to ++guarantee a stable interface. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBmp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)\fP ++Add a hook callback for \fBtype\fP (a string identifying a certain kind of ++hook). These hooks allow the player to call script functions and wait for ++their result (normally, the Lua scripting interface is asynchronous from ++the point of view of the player core). \fBpriority\fP is an arbitrary integer ++that allows ordering among hooks of the same kind. Using the value 50 is ++recommended as neutral default value. \fBfn\fP is the function that will be ++called during execution of the hook. ++.sp ++See \fI\%Hooks\fP for currently existing hooks and what they do \- only the hook ++list is interesting; handling hook execution is done by the Lua script ++function automatically. ++.UNINDENT ++.SH JSON IPC ++.sp ++mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON\-based IPC protocol. ++It can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket or a named pipe using ++the option \fB\-\-input\-ipc\-server\fP\&. Clients can connect to this socket and send ++commands to the player or receive events from it. ++.sp ++\fBWARNING:\fP ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++This is not intended to be a secure network protocol. It is explicitly ++insecure: there is no authentication, no encryption, and the commands ++themselves are insecure too. For example, the \fBrun\fP command is exposed, ++which can run arbitrary system commands. The use\-case is controlling the ++player locally. This is not different from the MPlayer slave protocol. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SS Socat example ++.sp ++You can use the \fBsocat\fP tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the ++shell. Assuming mpv was started with: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv file.mkv \-\-input\-ipc\-server=/tmp/mpvsocket ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Then you can control it using socat: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++> echo \(aq{ "command": ["get_property", "playback\-time"] }\(aq | socat \- /tmp/mpvsocket ++{"data":190.482000,"error":"success"} ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket ++connection. ++.sp ++See the \fB\-\-idle\fP option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or ++playing a file. ++.sp ++It\(aqs also possible to send input.conf style text\-only commands: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++> echo \(aqshow\-text ${playback\-time}\(aq | socat \- /tmp/mpvsocket ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++But you won\(aqt get a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the ++playback time on the player\(aqs OSD.) ++.SS Command Prompt example ++.sp ++Unfortunately, it\(aqs not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since ++Windows ports of socat (in Cygwin and MSYS2) don\(aqt understand named pipes. In ++the absence of a simple tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the ++\fBecho\fP command can be used to send commands, but not receive replies from the ++command prompt. ++.sp ++Assuming mpv was started with: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++mpv file.mkv \-\-input\-ipc\-server=\e\e.\epipe\empvsocket ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++You can send commands from a command prompt: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++echo show\-text ${playback\-time} >\e\e.\epipe\empvsocket ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++To be able to simultaneously read and write from the IPC pipe, like on Linux, ++it\(aqs necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or ++some wrapper like .NET\(aqs NamedPipeClientStream.) ++.SS Protocol ++.sp ++Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the ++following form: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++where \fBcommand_name\fP is the name of the command to be executed, followed by a ++list of parameters. Parameters must be formatted as native JSON values ++(integers, strings, booleans, ...). Every message \fBmust\fP be terminated with ++\fB\en\fP\&. Additionally, \fB\en\fP must not appear anywhere inside the message. In ++practice this means that messages should be minified before being sent to mpv. ++.sp ++mpv will then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run ++correctly, and an additional field holding the command\-specific return data (it ++can also be null). ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "error": "success", "data": null } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "event": "event_name" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++where \fBevent_name\fP is the name of the event. Additional event\-specific fields ++can also be present. See \fI\%List of events\fP for a list of all supported events. ++.sp ++Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine ++which response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a ++\fBrequest_id\fP which, if provided in the command request, will be copied ++verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the \fBrequest_id\fP in any ++way; it is solely for the use of the requester. ++.sp ++For example, this request: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["get_property", "time\-pos"], "request_id": 100 } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Would generate this response: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line ++break character (\fB\en\fP). ++.sp ++If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not \fB{\fP, the command ++will be interpreted as non\-JSON text command, as they are used in input.conf ++(or \fBmpv_command_string()\fP in the client API). Additionally, lines starting ++with \fB#\fP and empty lines are ignored. ++.sp ++Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not ++rely on this. ++.SS Commands ++.sp ++In addition to the commands described in \fI\%List of Input Commands\fP, a few ++extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBclient_name\fP ++Return the name of the client as string. This is the string \fBipc\-N\fP with ++N being an integer number. ++.TP ++.B \fBget_time_us\fP ++Return the current mpv internal time in microseconds as a number. This is ++basically the system time, with an arbitrary offset. ++.TP ++.B \fBget_property\fP ++Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data ++field of the replay message. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["get_property", "volume"] } ++{ "data": 50.0, "error": "success" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBget_property_string\fP ++Like \fBget_property\fP, but the resulting data will always be a string. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] } ++{ "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBset_property\fP ++Set the given property to the given value. See \fI\%Properties\fP for more ++information about properties. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] } ++{ "error": "success" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBset_property_string\fP ++Like \fBset_property\fP, but the argument value must be passed as string. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] } ++{ "error": "success" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBobserve_property\fP ++Watch a property for changes. If the given property is changed, then an ++event of type \fBproperty\-change\fP will be generated ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] } ++{ "error": "success" } ++{ "event": "property\-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBobserve_property_string\fP ++Like \fBobserve_property\fP, but the resulting data will always be a string. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] } ++{ "error": "success" } ++{ "event": "property\-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBunobserve_property\fP ++Undo \fBobserve_property\fP or \fBobserve_property_string\fP\&. This requires the ++numeric id passed to the observed command as argument. ++.sp ++Example: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.sp ++.nf ++.ft C ++{ "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] } ++{ "error": "success" } ++.ft P ++.fi ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBrequest_log_messages\fP ++Enable output of mpv log messages. They will be received as events. The ++parameter to this command is the log\-level (see \fBmpv_request_log_messages\fP ++C API function). ++.sp ++Log message output is meant for humans only (mostly for debugging). ++Attempting to retrieve information by parsing these messages will just ++lead to breakages with future mpv releases. Instead, make a feature request, ++and ask for a proper event that returns the information you need. ++.TP ++.B \fBenable_event\fP, \fBdisable_event\fP ++Enables or disables the named event. Mirrors the \fBmpv_request_event\fP C ++API function. If the string \fBall\fP is used instead of an event name, all ++events are enabled or disabled. ++.sp ++By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this ++command. ++.TP ++.B \fBsuspend\fP ++Deprecated, will be removed completely in 0.21.0. ++.sp ++Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long\-winded explanation of this in ++the C API function \fBmpv_suspend()\fP\&. In short, this prevents the player ++from displaying the next video frame, so that you don\(aqt get blocked when ++trying to access the player. ++.TP ++.B \fBresume\fP ++Deprecated, will be removed completely in 0.21.0. ++.sp ++Undo one \fBsuspend\fP call. \fBsuspend\fP increments an internal counter, and ++\fBresume\fP decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player is actually resumed. ++.TP ++.B \fBget_version\fP ++Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance ++provides. ++.sp ++See also: \fBDOCS/client\-api\-changes.rst\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.SS UTF\-8 ++.sp ++Normally, all strings are in UTF\-8. Sometimes it can happen that strings are ++in some broken encoding (often happens with file tags and such, and filenames ++on many Unixes are not required to be in UTF\-8 either). This means that mpv ++sometimes sends invalid JSON. If that is a problem for the client application\(aqs ++parser, it should filter the raw data for invalid UTF\-8 sequences and perform ++the desired replacement, before feeding the data to its JSON parser. ++.sp ++mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF\-8 with broken escape sequences. ++.SH CHANGELOG ++.sp ++There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The release changelog, which should contain most user\-visible changes, ++including new features and bug fixes: ++.sp ++\fI\%https://github.com/mpv\-player/mpv/releases\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The git log, which is the "real" changelog ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The files \fBclient\-api\-changes.rst\fP and \fBinterface\-changes.rst\fP in the ++\fBDOCS\fP sub directoryon the git repository, which document API and user ++interface changes (the latter usually documents breaking changes only, rather ++than additions). ++.IP \(bu 2 ++The file \fBmplayer\-changes.rst\fP in the \fBDOCS\fP sub directory on the git ++repository, which used to be in place of this section. It documents some ++changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer. (Not updated ++anymore.) ++.UNINDENT ++.SH EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV) ++.sp ++mpv can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The ++recommended way to do so is using libmpv. See \fBlibmpv/client.h\fP in the mpv ++source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings for other languages ++might be available (see wiki). ++.sp ++Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control ++mpv, further documentation is spread over a few places: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fI\%https://github.com/mpv\-player/mpv/blob/master/libmpv/client.h\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fI\%http://mpv.io/manual/master/#options\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fI\%http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list\-of\-input\-commands\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fI\%http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties\fP ++.IP \(bu 2 ++\fI\%https://github.com/mpv\-player/mpv\-examples/tree/master/libmpv\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES ++.sp ++There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control the ++behavior of mpv. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBHOME\fP, \fBXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP ++Used to determine mpv config directory. If \fBXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP is not set, ++\fB$HOME/.config/mpv\fP is used. ++.sp ++\fB$HOME/.mpv\fP is always added to the list of config search paths with a ++lower priority. ++.TP ++.B \fBXDG_CONFIG_DIRS\fP ++If set, XDG\-style system configuration directories are used. Otherwise, ++the UNIX convention (\fBPREFIX/etc/mpv/\fP) is used. ++.TP ++.B \fBMPV_HOME\fP ++Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides \fBHOME\fP, and mpv ++will try to load the config file as \fB$MPV_HOME/mpv.conf\fP\&. ++.TP ++.B \fBMPV_VERBOSE\fP (see also \fB\-v\fP and \fB\-\-msg\-level\fP) ++Set the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0). ++This is an integer, and the resulting verbosity corresponds to the number ++of \fB\-\-v\fP options passed to the command line. ++.TP ++.B \fBMPV_LEAK_REPORT\fP ++If set to \fB1\fP, enable internal talloc leak reporting. ++.TP ++.B \fBLADSPA_PATH\fP ++Specifies the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully ++qualified path names must be used. ++.TP ++.B \fBDISPLAY\fP ++Standard X11 display name to use. ++.TP ++.B FFmpeg/Libav: ++This library accesses various environment variables. However, they are not ++centrally documented, and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this ++list is incomplete. ++.sp ++Notable environment variables: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBhttp_proxy\fP ++URL to proxy for \fBhttp://\fP and \fBhttps://\fP URLs. ++.TP ++.B \fBno_proxy\fP ++List of domain patterns for which no proxy should be used. ++List entries are separated by \fB,\fP\&. Patterns can include \fB*\fP\&. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B libdvdcss: ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B \fBDVDCSS_CACHE\fP ++Specify a directory in which to store title key values. This will ++speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache. The ++\fBDVDCSS_CACHE\fP directory is created if it does not exist, and a ++subdirectory is created named after the DVD\(aqs title or manufacturing ++date. If \fBDVDCSS_CACHE\fP is not set or is empty, libdvdcss will use ++the default value which is \fB${HOME}/.dvdcss/\fP under Unix and ++the roaming application data directory (\fB%APPDATA%\fP) under ++Windows. The special value "off" disables caching. ++.TP ++.B \fBDVDCSS_METHOD\fP ++Sets the authentication and decryption method that libdvdcss will use ++to read scrambled discs. Can be one of \fBtitle\fP, \fBkey\fP or \fBdisc\fP\&. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B key ++is the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated ++player keys to try to get the disc key. This can fail if the drive ++does not recognize any of the player keys. ++.TP ++.B disc ++is a fallback method when key has failed. Instead of using player ++keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key using a brute force ++algorithm. This process is CPU intensive and requires 64 MB of ++memory to store temporary data. ++.TP ++.B title ++is the fallback when all other methods have failed. It does not ++rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto ++attack to guess the title key. On rare cases this may fail because ++there is not enough encrypted data on the disc to perform a ++statistical attack, but on the other hand it is the only way to ++decrypt a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region ++on an RPC2 drive. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBDVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE\fP ++Specify the raw device to use. Exact usage will depend on your ++operating system, the Linux utility to set up raw devices is raw(8) ++for instance. Please note that on most operating systems, using a raw ++device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes ++alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector). ++.TP ++.B \fBDVDCSS_VERBOSE\fP ++Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level. ++.INDENT 7.0 ++.TP ++.B 0 ++Outputs no messages at all. ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Outputs error messages to stderr. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr. ++.UNINDENT ++.TP ++.B \fBDVDREAD_NOKEYS\fP ++Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled. ++.TP ++.B \fBHOME\fP ++FIXME: Document this. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.SH EXIT CODES ++.sp ++Normally \fBmpv\fP returns 0 as exit code after finishing playback successfully. ++If errors happen, the following exit codes can be returned: ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B 1 ++Error initializing mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are ++passed to mpv. ++.TP ++.B 2 ++The file passed to mpv couldn\(aqt be played. This is somewhat fuzzy: ++currently, playback of a file is considered to be successful if ++initialization was mostly successful, even if playback fails ++immediately after initialization. ++.TP ++.B 3 ++There were some files that could be played, and some files which ++couldn\(aqt (using the definition of success from above). ++.TP ++.B 4 ++Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the ++default quit key bindings in encoding mode. ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit code 0, ++overriding the exit code that would be returned normally. Also, the \fBquit\fP ++input command can take an exit code: in this case, that exit code is returned. ++.SH FILES ++.sp ++For Windows\-specifics, see \fI\%FILES ON WINDOWS\fP section. ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.TP ++.B \fB/usr/local/etc/mpv/mpv.conf\fP ++mpv system\-wide settings (depends on \fB\-\-prefix\fP passed to configure \- mpv ++in default configuration will use \fB/usr/local/etc/mpv/\fP as config ++directory, while most Linux distributions will set it to \fB/etc/mpv/\fP). ++.TP ++.B \fB~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf\fP ++mpv user settings (see \fI\%CONFIGURATION FILES\fP section) ++.TP ++.B \fB~/.config/mpv/input.conf\fP ++key bindings (see \fI\%INPUT.CONF\fP section) ++.TP ++.B \fB~/.config/mpv/scripts/\fP ++All files in this directory are loaded as if they were passed to the ++\fB\-\-script\fP option. They are loaded in alphabetical order, and sub\-directories ++and files with no \fB\&.lua\fP extension are ignored. The \fB\-\-load\-scripts=no\fP ++option disables loading these files. ++.TP ++.B \fB~/.config/mpv/watch_later/\fP ++Contains temporary config files needed for resuming playback of files with ++the watch later feature. See for example the \fBQ\fP key binding, or the ++\fBquit\-watch\-later\fP input command. ++.sp ++Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media ++file is loaded. It contains the playback position and some (not necessarily ++all) settings that were changed during playback. The filenames are hashed ++from the full paths of the media files. It\(aqs in general not possible to ++extract the media filename from this hash. However, you can set the ++\fB\-\-write\-filename\-in\-watch\-later\-config\fP option, and the player will ++add the media filename to the contents of the resume config file. ++.TP ++.B \fB~/.config/mpv/lua\-settings/osc.conf\fP ++This is loaded by the OSC script. See the \fI\%ON SCREEN CONTROLLER\fP docs ++for details. ++.sp ++Other files in this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts ++as well, and the mpv core doesn\(aqt touch them. ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++Note that the environment variables \fB$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP and \fB$MPV_HOME\fP can ++override the standard directory \fB~/.config/mpv/\fP\&. ++.sp ++Also, the old config location at \fB~/.mpv/\fP is still read, and if the XDG ++variant does not exist, will still be preferred. ++.SH FILES ON WINDOWS ++.sp ++On win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file ++locations are different. They are generally located under \fB%APPDATA%/mpv/\fP\&. ++For example, the path to mpv.conf is \fB%APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf\fP, which maps to ++a system and user\-specific path, for example ++.INDENT 0.0 ++.INDENT 3.5 ++\fBC:\eusers\eUSERNAME\eAppData\eRoaming\empv\empv.conf\fP ++.UNINDENT ++.UNINDENT ++.sp ++You can find the exact path by running \fBecho %APPDATA%\empv\empv.conf\fP in cmd.exe. ++.sp ++Other config files (such as \fBinput.conf\fP) are in the same directory. See the ++\fI\%FILES\fP section above. ++.sp ++The environment variable \fB$MPV_HOME\fP completely overrides these, like on ++UNIX. ++.sp ++If a directory named \fBportable_config\fP next to the mpv.exe exists, all ++config will be loaded from this directory only. Watch later config files are ++written to this directory as well. (This exists on Windows only and is redundant ++with \fB$MPV_HOME\fP\&. However, since Windows is very scripting unfriendly, a ++wrapper script just setting \fB$MPV_HOME\fP, like you could do it on other ++systems, won\(aqt work. \fBportable_config\fP is provided for convenience to get ++around this restriction.) ++.sp ++Config files located in the same directory as \fBmpv.exe\fP are loaded with ++lower priority. Some config files are loaded only once, which means that ++e.g. of 2 \fBinput.conf\fP files located in two config directories, only the ++one from the directory with higher priority will be loaded. ++.sp ++A third config directory with the lowest priority is the directory named \fBmpv\fP ++in the same directory as \fBmpv.exe\fP\&. This used to be the directory with the ++highest priority, but is now discouraged to use and might be removed in the ++future. ++.sp ++Note that mpv likes to mix \fB/\fP and \fB\e\fP path separators for simplicity. ++kernel32.dll accepts this, but cmd.exe does not. ++.SH COPYRIGHT ++GPLv2+ ++.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer. ++. +-- +2.11.0 + diff --git a/pkg/mpv/patch/0004-ad_spdif-Fix-crash-when-spdif-muxer-is-not-available.patch b/pkg/mpv/patch/0004-ad_spdif-Fix-crash-when-spdif-muxer-is-not-available.patch new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ede82582 --- /dev/null +++ b/pkg/mpv/patch/0004-ad_spdif-Fix-crash-when-spdif-muxer-is-not-available.patch @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +From 479c6bedadf9f4cce17c12a7fa1e43d39578704f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 +From: Michael Forney <mforney@mforney.org> +Date: Sun, 3 Jul 2016 17:41:45 -0700 +Subject: [PATCH] ad_spdif: Fix crash when spdif muxer is not available + +Currently, if init_filter fails after lavf_ctx is allocated, uninit is called +which frees lavf_ctx, but doesn't clear the pointer in spdif_ctx. So, on the +next call of decode_packet, it thinks it is already initialized and uses it, +resulting in a crash on my system. +--- + audio/decode/ad_spdif.c | 1 + + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) + +diff --git a/audio/decode/ad_spdif.c b/audio/decode/ad_spdif.c +index 56e4a8102..71e24152f 100644 +--- a/audio/decode/ad_spdif.c ++++ b/audio/decode/ad_spdif.c +@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ static void uninit(struct dec_audio *da) + av_freep(&lavf_ctx->pb->buffer); + av_freep(&lavf_ctx->pb); + avformat_free_context(lavf_ctx); ++ spdif_ctx->lavf_ctx = NULL; + } + } + +-- +2.11.0 + |